[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: eat
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • world outlook. It must be kept in mind that there is a great
    • the greatest teachers in this field never did more than advise and
    • human soul has in the past been incarnated repeatedly in a physical
    • One of the great laws of man that must be intimately tried out on his
    • accustomed to being neat and exacting and this he must accomplish not
    • the way to comprehending the great law of reincarnation on his own. A
    • Regarding karma, the great law of just compensation, perception and
    • He who permeates himself with this mood and looks at his life and all
    • with this contemplative inner life. The great spiritual truths that he
    • the great Spirits. He has learned to survey the whole panoramic
    • permeates him. Without treading this path of reverence one does not
    • begins to perceive the great, eternal truths. Then, suddenly the world
    • about through obedience to and observation of a great sum of rules and
    • from the great book of occult schooling. A person who makes use of
    • stammering of a babe as if it were a revelation, has he created within
    • again must this effort be repeated. A clairvoyant person can evaluate
    • coupled with perseverance. There are the great levers of spiritual
    • The greatest sages of mankind did not discover the great truths by any
    • opened. Then he will find what all the great religious and
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • today which looks to the very greatest enigmas of human existence. In
    • with the great questions of Eternity, that it holds itself aloof from
    • from a world-view which looks to the great problems of human
    • here about the social question, today we want to speak from a great
    • arrangement would cause such a great change in commercial or business
    • question regarding women is one of the greatest present questions of
    • scientific and other great minds have seen in the women's question
    • with the greatest energy against the admission of women into the
    • able to fulfill the profession of a doctor. With the great authority
    • to ridicule by presenting, little by little, all the various great
    • This is no fable! This man asserted that the greatness of the spirit
    • his death, his brain was weighed, and it turned out that he had an
    • question of women. A great deal has been written on the psychological
    • A great scientist,
    • and daredevilry. Mobius finds the basic feature of the female nature
    • Thus we could say a great deal and, on the one side, could list all
    • occupied itself a great deal with this question, and Science enjoys
    • great authority. But the statements of scientists concerning the real
    • man is the really creative active one, and woman more the companion,
    • something that is far greater and more decisive than sexual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • the world's rapidly increasing population does not eat meat, it
    • on such food. For survival, salvation lies in a diet of meat.
    • vegetarian for “righteous” reasons, nor is meat to be
    • to eat meat than to abstain and yet yearn for it, we are told
    • should give up meat for a diet of vegetables.
    • “But you do not eat cats and dogs,” observed the
    • “when you feel the same disgust for meat, you should stop
    • eating it.”
    • who finds himself disgusted enough with meat will surely survive
    • should eat and drink. In some respects these critics might well be
    • following way. “What man eats and drinks is unimportant. It
    • Feuerbach, to whom the phrase, “A man is what he eats,”
    • discussion of eating going on, somebody might get it into his head
    • eats. Now, we shall have several things to say on this point.
    • statement, “A man is what he eats,” does not have a
    • the right nourishment for us? What must we eat so that we are not
    • merely the product of what we eat?
    • Now, you all know that men eat food derived from
    • found in the breathing process. It is a familiar fact that men
    • a sense, plants also breathe but their breathing process has a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • repeatedly emphasised on other occasions, self-knowledge is by no
    • deeply into the marvellous creation of the Divine-Spiritual Powers
    • only ideation, a process in the life of thought from which all
    • ideation, and immediate expression is given to an impulse of will.
    • ego are outpoured into the great world bordering on physical
    • of view. We might ask: what is there to be said about ideation,
    • a decision of your own thinking and will. If you are hungry and seat
    • ideation passes over into a state of sleep. The will, however, awakes,
    • permeates our organism from outside, and invigorates it. We feel
    • Thus there are two poles in man, the life of observation and ideation,
    • ideation is one of the poles of man's life of soul. This life of
    • that if someone has [a piece] of bread or meat in his hand it is a
    • reality because it can be eaten, but a thought is only a
    • which in the Macrocosm, the great Universe, lie one above the other.
    • acquire greater moral strength. We go to sleep in order that we may
    • these dreams in the usual sense, dreams which permeate
    • wherein the most fruitful ideas for daily life and great inventions
    • intellectual activities, permeating them with moral impulses.
    • vary greatly in different individuals. Sleeping human beings differ
    • in uniting with it, constituted an Event of the greatest possible
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • Often in anthroposophy, even a simple experiment repeated with
    • workers and others whose professions demand a great deal of writing.
    • when they write, a jerk repeated for every up and down stroke. You can
    • the astral body, is always able to permeate the physical body. Thus, the
    • but there is really no problem in life that should be treated this way.
    • strength of will was the greater.
    • body is greatly strengthened. Try to carry out what I have just described
    • witness from our souls everything that creates a barrier between us and
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • requested by our friends here, a subject having great significance for
    • being, apart from the body is the great experience of the spiritual
    • this way they reveal their inner laws. In the treatment of historical
    • that is of great importance in mankind's development. Because it is
    • the portal of death, that casts off life as something faded. It is
    • soul-spiritual seed that passes through death.
    • point in his life and to cultivate up until his death a soul-spiritual
    • egotism, not a decrease. The leaders of the mysteries thus set great
    • and raise himself to the soul-spiritual essence permeating the
    • creation of man. Did man not exist, the whole creation could not
    • soul became permeated by the God of the universe. Humanity always had
    • with a soul permeated by spiritual science. Such a person would have
    • This new impulse entered the earthly sphere through the death and
    • the forces of death that he bears within him. The spiritual source of
    • Christ. Men will experience Christ in ever greater measure, and
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • it from the spiritual death it otherwise, because of the eternal laws of
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • look up again to the Heavenly Child who brought the greatest of all
    • first time in 1705 as "The Triumph of Death" (see reproduction:
    • "Behold in this reminder of death what you really are as human beings.
    • hunting party, which is standing before the reminder of death, the three
    • coffins. At a greater distance, some people are listening to music. Behind
    • skeleton; the etheric body by the corpse half eaten by worms; the astral
    • existence that must be contemplated after death." This is what is expressed
    • Triumph of Death." The people depicted in it are already dead, even those
    • was created somewhat later, and with what we are seeking again in another
    • find manifest the fact that man may, indeed, cherish a great hope for his
    • changeable influences of the weather on the earth. In spring and summer the
    • out of its egoism as the weather changes. But in winter, the earth and its
    • influences of weather triumph over what descends, full of blessings, from
    • willing resembles the changes of the weather, which become manifest in the
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
    • willing are related only with the changeable influences of weather
    • close connection between weather changes and his inner life. "O winter, how
    • on earth, will assert itself, in contrast to the weather-like changes in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • It has been said repeatedly, and is well known to you, that in
    • through the Baptism in Jordan when Jesus of Nazareth was permeated by
    • the Christ-Being. At His death the Christ-Being poured Himself out
    • born later as the Nathan-Jesus and who was permeated by the
    • that the Jesus-Being who grew up as the Nathan boy was permeated by
    • he was permeated by the Christ-Being.
    • permeation by the Christ-Impulse. As in Christ Jesus we have a Man
    • permeated with the Christ-Impulse, so it may be said that three times
    • previously we have an Angel permeated with that Impulse. And as that
    • after the awakening of the Ego-consciousness will there be any great
    • — who later on became the Nathan-Jesus, was permeated with the
    • to be found as an etheric angel-form. Through permeation with the
    • which enabled him to become an upright harmonious being, permeated and
    • Nathan-Jesus, was permeated by Christ, took on as a spiritual etheric
    • being the human etheric form as the result of that permeation.
    • Spirits of Form poured themselves into man and permeated him, and
    • active upon the Earth. Animals are permeated by those forces; they do
    • Christ-Being who henceforward permeated the bodily organs of man, man
    • power of speech. The force of this Christ-Jesus Being now permeated
    • for the power of speech to create, by means of words, actual signs
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • But by contemplating the Mystery of Golgotha, by permeating our
    • Epistles. This greatest of earthly events was prepared for by three
    • the greatest misfortune for earthly man if certain sections of his being
    • be a great misfortune because our senses now work in our bodies in a
    • was thus permeated by the Christ. Through this means a force was
    • observation and enjoyment of nature will be permeated by Christ; when
    • that can be eaten, or that stands in some sort of relation to his vital
    • when a human being gathers cherries from a tree and eats them,
    • Now let us consider not what we eat, but the air surrounding us. Every
    • our vital organs were subdued and harmonized resulted from the great
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • Mystery wisdom, “The great Sun Spirit, Who in the future will live as a
    • I admit that it may seem strange when I say that this great Being was
    • organs were threatened with disorder and disharmony, and in the late
    • Michelangelo painted it. In the Sibyls he showed what had threatened
    • creates the bread that satisfies it — believed only by a crazy man
    • — is as false as that the power of our own soul can create the forces
    • through a development after death. When we produced Schuré's
    • way to us easier the more we were permeated with the thought of Christ
    • spiritualized by the Christ impulse. Christ, as the great Sun Spirit,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • I don't want to beat around the bush with all kinds of general
    • fraction of an hour at most. We must repeat them again and again until
    • faithfully, the great and significant moment comes when real spiritual
    • gates of death.” This image brings home to us the true soul-spiritual
    • is met only in death).
    • spiritual realm. When I pass through the gates of death, my body will
    • of death. From then on, it lives in a spiritual world.”
    • already in this life between birth and death. We become familiar with
    • that the human soul enters after death. We come to know this
    • between birth and death, we thus come to recognize that something
    • of death and is, moreover, the germ and essential core of a new life.
    • realization of repeated earth-lives in full harmony with the natural
    • not only of the life between birth and death but also of the life
    • running its course between death and rebirth, from which man then
    • comes to this view of repeated earth-lives.
    • repeated earth-lives.
    • end of a long working life, Lessing wrote his treatise on the
    • education of the human race, in which he advanced the idea of repeated
    • Spiritual science recognizes the truth of repeated earth-lives out of
    • way they want to see it. They know that Lessing was a great man, but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • was already overheated by the forces of chauvinism and materialism so
    • abyss. One feature in the Christ figure that must be worked out with
    • will be concave underneath. In this depression there will be another
    • son of Constantius Chlorus, defeated Maxentius and thus introduced
    • great objective!” Indeed, Constantine carried the symbol of the
    • ages, but they take us back to those heathen times in which an
    • If the soul does not consciously seek initiation as delineated in
    • whose aura has been permeated by Christ. During the day's twenty-four
    • characteristic quality stands out. The characteristic feature of
    • This kind of perception can certainly lead to great and significant
    • conversion out of sudden fear of death or hell: five percent claimed
    • and Ahriman. In a period, even the greatest phenomena are not always
    • at this Christ figure. It does not possess the features we would like
    • the greatness of the painting, in fact, we acknowledge it. We simply
    • of the time between death and rebirth in the sphere of humanity as
    • between birth and death. This can be seen in his definitive idea —
    • Frenchman has passed through the gate of death he loses his ether
    • death filled with firmly defined ether bodies.
    • of death, carries an ether body that dissolves in a relatively short
    • When the ether bodies of Western Europeans are separated after death,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • The Secret of Death
    • The Secret of Death
    • death because this would make it impossible for him to enter the
    • such a thought is to permeate ourselves with the consciousness of the
    • Movement. It is therefore of great importance to grasp this fact in
    • brothers, as a breath of magic that we breathe in our working
    • comes down to the earth and can permeate the souls of men. This must
    • epoch will be inspired, permeated by the spirit self. Today the man of
    • into a community of men permeated with the consciousness of
    • intelligentsia as something great and significant among their people.
    • along the paths of spiritual science. We must try to create
    • factor of blood is not meant to encompass great communities of human
    • A great
    • soul brings a great many other things in its train. This leads us to
    • public lecture yesterday I mentioned the great philosopher Soloviev,
    • many other things to grasp the meaning of death, the significance of
    • death for life. We try to understand how death is the manifestation of
    • a form of existence, how the soul is transformed in death into another
    • the manner of life between death and new birth. We endeavor to
    • understand death, to overcome death by realizing that it is only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • very different from ours. I have repeatedly drawn attention to the fact (you
    • a hyaena, whereas his etheric body will have a far greater resemblance
    • epochs, the rigidity of the etheric body will have a great influence upon
    • differ very much from one another and their features will be strongly
    • aspect. Particularly those animals which now supply meat for human
    • consumption, shall then have died out. In future, a great hymn of praise
    • eat meat. Not all the animals shall then have died out, but only certain
    • to overcome it with deeds, not with lame objections. The greater the
    • number of those who open their eyes to the spiritual, the greater will
    • be checked, and the greater will be the possibility of keeping materialism
    • materialistic world-conception may be designated as the great conspiracy
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the great advances made during the recent centuries and the immediate
    • Spiritual Science certainly does not underestimate the great progress made
    • that natural science would be able to solve the great riddles of human
    • dazzled by the greatness of human progress, and who do not comprehend
    • of knowledge. True, he enjoyed life up to the hour of his death; but this was
    • Anthroposophy, a bond should be created between life, as it has advanced, in
    • process of the world's creation in miniature? The children think they
    • that a great professor or teacher, a giant professor, ought to be located in
    • Grimm, the great authority on art, set forth his conviction that
    • great fantasy of Laplace and Kant concerning the origin and eventual fate
    • sun's heat at a constant temperature. No more barren perspective of the
    • excrement of creation, the final form in which our earth would eventually be
    • human feeling which urgently demands a solution of the great problems of
    • to repeat that Spiritual Science has no hostility toward natural science. The
    • Building at Dornach.” I shall not repeat what I said in that lecture, but
    • cold weather which wraps the earth in snow is the season when the earth is
    • of an anthropomorphic type. By permeating ourselves with the knowledge
    • human life itself is the greatest. I can, in the course of a brief lecture,
    • that what is expressed in the features becomes more clearly defined. The
    • etheric body furthermore influences the breathing and circulatory systems
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • Concerning Death and Evil, or The Supersensible Element
    • death — were attempted again and again in picture form. But these
    • are the mystery of death and the mystery of evil. For the present
    • epoch, the mystery of death is closely connected, from a certain side,
    • with the mystery of evil. Taking the mystery of death to begin with,
    • we may ask this very significant question: How stands it with death
    • nowadays takes these things far too easily. Death, for the majority of
    • scientists, is merely the cessation of life. Death is regarded merely
    • Spiritual Science cannot take things so easily, treating all things in
    • the same standardised way. After all, we might even conceive as death
    • the stopping of a clock — the death of the clock. Death, for man, is,
    • in effect, something altogether different from the so-called death of
    • other creatures. But we can learn to know the phenomenon of death in
    • which are active in the great Universe, and which — inasmuch as they
    • also take hold of man — bring him physical death. In the great
    • these forces therefore permeate man, too, and inasmuch as they are
    • active within man, they bring him death. But we must now ask
    • ourselves: These forces which are active in the great Universe — what
    • is their function, apart from the fact that they bring death to man?
    • death to man exist in the Universe for that express purpose. In
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • related to us began with the great Atlantean Catastrophe, namely this
    • has to be overcome. Man has such a great inclination in our day to
    • flows between us creating a bond. It is this fact which lies at the
    • but must consider them in their totality and create social structures
    • should be permeated with this feeling. If we do not get rid of the
    • fashion, in order to create for himself an object for his self-love,
    • our age true chasms have already been created between people. Men have
    • been created by the people and circumstances of the past. Our gaze
    • creative being must first be present in this period, when anti-social
    • which will eat its way further and further into the world. It is so
    • This indeed is one of the greatest and most fatal illusions. People
    • cannot simply create identical forms at will all over the globe. This
    • people. The expanse and greatness of the British Empire rests on this
    • society and creating social structure has spread from England to those
    • has treated the forces of the human soul as three members, or forces;
    • earth-realities. But if you take the brilliant feats of the German
    • other hand becomes ill or actually suffers a death if he desires to be
    • constitution which creates a disposition towards disease, towards
    • death, with intensive political involvement. The Russian Folk Soul has
    • Folk Soul which creates a political capacity. But because of this, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • culminating in the terrible death-throes of social life that have come
    • latter were the people who really created the political life of
    • We will now consider in rather greater detail why it was that the
    • Goethe, with all his power to unfold great, all-embracing ideas in
    • Among those who of recent years have been talking a great deal about
    • ardent admirer of Frederick the Great and pictured him as a Germanic
    • about Frederick the Great, naturally from the English point of view.
    • and presenting a true picture of Frederick the Great. Hermann Grimm
    • describes Macaulay's picture of Frederick the Great in the very apt
    • words: Macaulay makes of Frederick the Great a distorted figure of an
    • consciousness all that was alive within his soul. Indeed, the great
    • with natural science and to discern what is deathly, corpse-like in it
    • of death in order that through this experience he may be led to the
    • penetrate into men via the heads of the administrators. A great deal
    • permeated through and through by the juristic-political influences of
    • beyond his reach in the days of Greece. This is of far greater
    • great it contains no trace of spirit, not an iota of spirituality. All
    • great investigator, but at the cost of losing all spirituality.
    • precisely where science appears in all its greatness. Man immerses his
    • Then came the great migrations of the peoples. Men wandered over the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • We shall then see what a great impact on a person's everyday life these
    • still happens today — the forces that create organs in the physical body
    • remember is the same force that transforms the food we eat into the sort
    • of substances of which our body can make use. If you eat a piece of bread
    • into, I would now like to bring something of very great importance.
    • is created between the subsensible and super-sensible. Now the forces of
    • air in connection with the breathing and so on between the seventh and
    • certainty that man's blood has grown weaker. And the great turning-point
    • education, and they attach great importance to getting down to the mental
    • standardized education still plays a great part, that is, the kind of
    • our body, and we cannot eat before we have understood this; for we do
    • not eat in a physiological sense until we understand it. I told you once,
    • beside his plate, and he carefully puts a piece of meat on the scale to find
    • out how much it weighs, for he may only eat a piece of meat of a quite
    • understand that physiology is not part of the eating process but covers
    • other aspects, and that a person can eat without having studied
    • People long for a great deal, but nothing must change where their
    • A mentality based on the life of the state or the life of economics creates
    • clerks and officers. But the sort of mentality we need creates human
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • The warmth within man which is greater than that of his environment is
    • caused by inhalation and exhalation; when we breathe in, the cerebral
    • brain-structure; when we breathe out, the fluid sinks again. These
    • definite functions. This air is breathed out again. — Then people
    • as being permeated with air
    • which permeates this fluid organism and fills it with forces. The
    • It cannot be studied unless we think of it as permeated by the etheric
    • unless we think of it as permeated with forces by the astral body.
    • differentiation. It is permeated by the forces of the Ego. — That
    • in the blood the etheric body which permeates it with its forces. But
    • permeated by the etheric body. This fluid organism cannot be strictly
    • aeriform organism which is permeated by the forces of the astral body.
    • breathe in, something is built up within us, or, at the very least,
    • each indrawn breath causes a change, a modification, in an upbuilding
    • process takes place whenever we breathe out. Our aeriform organism
    • undergoes a certain change with every indrawn breath; it is not
    • exactly newly born, but it undergoes a change, both when we breathe in
    • and when we breathe out. When we breathe out, the aeriform organism
    • in contrast to the impulses of thought and ideation which are
    • way of the air arises through the fact that the air is permeated by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    • the heart. The overheated stove symbolized irregular beating of the
    • The great question with which we have been concerning ourselves for
    • inbreathing and outbreathing process the air is within him. It is of
    • lays aside his physical body at death. What is thus produced in us
    • not bear immediate fruit. For during the life between birth and death,
    • warmth-organism, is, in very fact, permeated by moral ideals. And when
    • at death the etheric body, the astral body, and the Ego emerge from
    • which now, after death, go forth into the cosmos together with us. In
    • portal of death.
    • world-creative. We carry out into the universe world-creative
    • with enthusiasm and become impulses for deeds, work as world-creative
    • creations of the pre-existing world come to their end. When we
    • within us the death of a universe and the dawn of a universe.
    • However many treatises on psychology may be written — if they are
    • constitute a force of death within us; a corpse of the universe is
    • These matters create deeper and deeper insight into the universe in
    • Think of how greatly our responsibility is increased when we realize:
    • our world, towards a new creation; our world would be led towards its
    • death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • death has a certain significance in this social life.
    • something that we ourselves have experienced. Between birth and death
    • more spiritual through the inner, will-permeated work we carry out in
    • strong effort of will. And the greater the strength and intensity of
    • world — and between birth and death we can take in only such
    • as this comes from outside, and kindle into greater activity the
    • prevailing in the material world, permeate ourselves with the force
    • inherent force — into our thinking, when we permeate our thinking
    • we live a life of thought; we permeate this with the will and thus
    • from our will, and we permeate them with our thoughts.
    • But by what means do our actions evolve to greater perfection? To use
    • greater perfection in our actions? We achieve this by developing in
    • outer world that we succeed in permeating our actions with thoughts.
    • will, so do we attain love by permeating the life of will with
    • thinking that is permeated with will gives rise to actions and deeds
    • Thus you see how in the human being the two great ideals, freedom and
    • in the will-permeated life of thought? — Now if the life of
    • between death and a new birth. And just as here the object stands
    • lived through in the real sense between death and a new birth, and
    • which, as you know, rays up from the metabolic process, can permeate
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • various nations were so great, nevertheless, in reality all these achievements
    • of something which I have repeatedly brought forward in various ways in the
    • of post-AtIantean humanity. Specific things repeat themselves in a certain
    • I once pointed out that the great Kepler, the successor of Copernicus, had
    • a feeling that his solar and planetary system was repeating, of course in a
    • condensation, as it were, of the thin cloud substance. Created out of an
    • The main content of the mystery of Isis is the death of Osiris and Isis's
    • sun. After having passed through death he is, in various places and
    • solution to the great secrets of the universe in their own particular
    • Many things which appeared in the Egyptian wisdom must be repeated in a
    • again, the content of the mystery of Isis, but we must create it out of
    • The Egyptian was permeated by luciferic powers, as were all human beings
    • outside the human being. Thus the Egyptians, who were themselves permeated
    • Now, we must realize that modern humanity is permeated by Ahriman. Ahriman
    • of the world has been created, it is here. It has become increasingly
    • it provides the basis for the creation of worlds yet to come.) But Lucifer
    • wind and weather, in the storms of winter, so modern human beings, if they
    • that theology is completely permeated by Lucifer. It no longer sees into
    • before us in a far greater glory than Osiris did in the eyes of the
    • we do not look merely each at the other, but together face the great goal we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • of the world which will be permeated by full human consciousness.
    • ancient instinctive clairvoyance was already greatly dimmed. Men's
    • between birth and death had more of a dreaming character; but just
    • To-day in our great learning we agree that we do not know what the
    • sensed when he felt mathematics to be like great poetry —
    • to such grasping of the world, permeated as it was with feeling, but
    • great mystery of earthly life was imparted from two different sides.
    • the great wide universe. There we experienced what could be
    • through between death and rebirth, and He united Himself with the life
    • we live through between birth and death. For this reason the science
    • that concerns itself with the world we live in between death and
    • passes through the gates of death and becomes the content of life
    • after death, namely, the forces already present like a seed between
    • birth and death, which only come to their full blossoming in the life
    • after death. These forces worked with great intensity in the ancient
    • future when it has laid aside the physical body after death. These
    • between death and rebirth when, as in the case of the Wisemen from the
    • Orient, they are kindled in the life between birth and death? One
    • death and rebirth. This was the world into which the Wisemen of the
    • inner being a world which, although we create it within us, we see as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • ages. Plutarch is a writer from whom we can learn a great deal
    • higher level. For when we permeate pure thinking with moral ideas and
    • And this experience brings man to greater consciousness of self. The
    • In the ancient civilisations — and herein lies the great difference
    • In this matter we labour under great illusion; we dream, and we cling
    • philosophy. They make a great mistake who assert that at one time of
    • The experiences of the soul are permeated with thoughts; the thoughts
    • light of consciousness as is the life of thought and ideation. It is
    • in both. So that in reality we are awake only in the life of ideation;
    • just through the life of ideation becoming separated from the rest of
    • of ideation, whilst in relation to another part of us we are as
    • light that permeates thoughts and ideas — which, according to some
    • beneath the Threshold. He thinks pictures, knowing, however, quite
    • between birth and death. Feeling and willing being now also flooded
    • with the light of consciousness, we can know man not only as a created
    • creative power which comes down from spiritual worlds at the time of
    • which lives beyond birth and death; he attains to a direct beholding
    • impressions of colour and sound and heat; for when we come consciously
    • losing. The men of olden times were threatened with the loss of self,
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • raises into greater clarity what lies in the ocean-depths of man's
    • If the life of soul is studied from this point of view, great
    • antipathies are the antecedents of human egotism. The greater a man's
    • way. This happens when our breathing, for example, functions
    • that it plays into his waking life, his whole being is permeated with
    • of the inner will itself, which a beneficent creation conceals by
    • permeates our limbs, our entire organism. The most that can be said is
    • realize that all were created and shaped out of sympathetic
    • negation. It is simply not possible to create a sphinx without
    • and brought about his death, so again enemies are working against the
    • This Sun-Mystery was felt to be the greatest spiritual treasure
    • greatest of all treasures was represented in Rome, at all events in an
    • outer symbol, inasmuch as beneath the foundations of the most
    • permeated by the wisdom of the West, by the spiritual light of the
    • wisdom and therefore met with his death — only when men realize that
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • his own breathing’. In this name we have a direct reference to the Old
    • Testament words: ‘And God formed Man ... and breathed into nostrils
    • the breath of life’. What at that time was done with the breath, to
    • him by becoming the experiencer, the feeler of his own breathing, by
    • receiving into himself consciousness of his breathing, is meant to be
    • back on a time in the evolution of humanity when Man, in repeating his
    • greatest, is an attempt to return to the word that has been lost, to
    • have spoken of how it would appear to Man if he were to dive beneath
    • what is experienced between birth and death. Normally we do not
    • how, beneath the threshold of consciousness, there lives what may be
    • also bears of his own being beneath the threshold of consciousness he
    • past, we must plunge beneath memory to perceive the primal source of
    • normally lies beneath the threshold of consciousness, we will hear
    • the music of the spheres, which Man absorbed between death and new
    • death and a new birth, raises himself to the world of the higher
    • mineral, plant and animal kingdoms. After this life between death and
    • through with the cosmos in the life between death and a new birth
    • Nothing is said, my dear friends, by repeating that Man consists of
    • great mystery of the extent to which Man is an actual pictured
    • experienced as he descended to earth, when with his being he created
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • indicated how the child behaves to a great extent as an imitative
    • and death. Long before this, as I said, we were beings of soul and
    • from what we experience between birth and death here on earth. Hence
    • it is hard to describe the experiences between death and a new birth;
    • permeated by the etheric world. And before man gets the inclination to
    • This is of great significance. On our descent into the earthly world,
    • experiences he has undergone, between his last death and his present
    • child, great secrets are inscribed there. Much can be seen there of
    • what the human being has experienced between his last death and his
    • of the senses. Then, other structures slip into the breathing
    • permeated gradually, through and through, with that which man brings
    • created wherein all our doing, all our human activity, is centered. It
    • he does and permeates itself with it. By this constant coming together
    • — this mutual permeation — the opportunity is given throughout
    • Then when man passes through the gate of death, this ethereal-astral
    • that has formed itself within us through this intimate permeation of
    • into a new cosmic existence, having passed through the gate of death.
    • “heartily little” (herzlich wenig); and we can repeat
    • itself our activities. Therefore it makes a great difference whether a
    • organism for the forming of karma. For, at death, what is gathered up
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • conscious evolution these words have expressed three great ideals:
    • create a substitute for his healthy sense of being — and he does so,
    • greater and greater intensity the farther we go back in history — is
    • through any art — to portray a human being, we endeavour to create a
    • abstract feelings in regard to ugliness by his features-he makes a
    • presence of a sadness that must always accompany great enthusiasm for
    • through the gate of death.
    • To glow in response to beauty means that in his soul man must create
    • human being elements with which he was wholly permeated only in
    • to create a link with pre-earthly existence that ceases when man
    • passes through the gate of death. To experience goodness is, indeed,
    • directly to the world he enters after death.
    • Forces that endure beyond the gate of death are present in men's
    • will create an image, at least, of pre-earthly connection with spirit.
    • Goodness were held to be the greatest ideals of human striving. Yet
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • short space of time — a year. Then the cycle repeats itself.
    • repeatedly observed during our historical studies. We have become familiar,
    • any such inner orientation but lived his life though, from birth to death,
    • to life after death. Everyone then knew instinctively of life before birth.
    • about life after death on the basis of life before birth
    • crossing the threshold of death the moment would come when he would not
    • stages of human development that, between birth and death, man developed an
    • those days this was only developed immediately after death. And people
    • retained it then, after death. It is a peculiarity of man's progress that,
    • in ancient times, man's consciousness after death was an intellectual one;
    • three days after death. There lies the peculiarity, that in ancient times
    • an intellectual consciousness. Then after death, they grew into an
    • after death.
    • dignity there. He will not find it in earthly life before death. He will only
    • become fully human when he has crossed the threshold of death, and pure
    • is a strange thing that this type of consciousness occurred after death in
    • past ages of human development, whereas today after death we have the
    • after death into his actual earthly life. And what we have gained,
    • life, after death. This has now taken its place in life on earth. A real
    • Man reaches it only when he has gone through the threshold of death into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • man is present in the embryonic envelopes, in the embryonic sheaths,
    • pathways, proceeding from the senses, a delicate death process
    • the breathing process. In the breathing process, the ego flows into
    • breathing process, but not in the same way as occurs in the
    • organization directly. In the breathing process, the ego permeates
    • does it take hold of the organism with the help of the breathing
    • process. It could also be said that the breathing process is a
    • weakened process of destruction, a weakened death process. The actual
    • death process is the nerve-sense process, and a weakened process of
    • destruction, a weakened death process, is the breathing process.
    • restorative process. As we have seen, the breathing process is to a
    • breathing process, the longer our life will be.
    • pulse and breathing is properly coordinated, then the lower man is
    • active in the right way if it is first permeated by the ego and
    • a case, by what means the etheric organization, permeated in the
    • and breath. If we then come to know by what outer means one or the
    • organism. If you eat something, the food contains certain chemical
    • thus bring destructive and death-bringing breakdown processes into
    • an appropriate treatment.
    • food? When we eat food, something is introduced into the organism
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • always permeated by nature processes. A substance only appears outwardly
    • organism, or with which we treat the human organism, continues to work
    • It could indeed be said that the greatest progress imaginable in medicine
    • contrast, in the area of actual therapy, there reigns great confusion —
    • concerning the treatment of illnesses with various natural substances.
    • other. What the one creates destroys the other. What destroys the other is
    • created by the one. They thus work in completely opposite ways. And the
    • metabolic system, we recognize that it naturally works with its greatest
    • That results then in the various forms of the illness treated by medicine
    • today as insignificant, but not treated in that way by a large part of
    • The rhythmic system is in the middle and always strives to create the
    • treats it.
    • treat this substance in the proper way and administer it to the human
    • forms. The suitable nutrient soil for the bacilli is created through this
    • were unsuccessful. Then the matter is statistically treated, and depending
    • is important in order to create a remedy, so it is equally important to
    • different systems it is essential to know how the method of treatment
    • treatment.) This is where administration by injection must be introduced.
    • is a question of treating the human organism in an external, mechanical
    • treatment as working primarily upon the nerve-sense system.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • foundation of the Anthroposophical Society in Great Britain.
    • body, living as it does in the whole breathing process, leaves it by
    • night, and yet the breathing goes on. Here again, something must be
    • there within the breathing process, working in it even as the astral
    • human Ego dwells in waking life by day. Moreover in the breathing organs
    • Lastly the physical body; if we ourselves had to achieve all the great
    • it from the great Universe, the Moon reflects to us like a mirror. And
    • on Earth at that time they were the great leaders and educators.
    • behind when at a certain time of old Atlantis the great teachers of
    • great Universe. Whoever seeks Initiation-wisdom in present time, must
    • Now this is only one of the ‘cities’ in the great Universe —
    • between death and new birth when man is going through the spiritual
    • between death and a new birth, and also — more in picture-form —
    • most part quite unconscious — which none the less play the greatest
    • equity, the great ‘restorer of the balance’ for all that happens
    • life is connected with the Earth itself and with the great Universe
    • account what he experiences between death and new birth, there his
    • between death and re-birth he is at one time more in the neighbourhood
    • so between death and new birth there is a working from planet to
    • the mutual relations between men. There between death and new birth,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • taken hold in a number of human souls who will then be able to create the
    • great numbers of their fellow-men, beings who, however, only show themselves
    • has gone through the gate of death, he enters the world of the stars. What
    • passes through the gate of death, and how he enters the realm of the starry
    • and who are the spiritual Individualities of the great original Leaders of
    • association with the great Cosmic Healers, he transforms for his
    • spirituality the power that had been his to create what is so infinitely
    • was so radiant with light, showed itself now to him in the great cosmic
    • And thus was he, who on Earth had unfolded so great a love for art,
    • is of very great significance. A personality who was most deeply devoted to
    • death, in the respect and recognition of his fellow men. Hermann Grimm relates
    • Earth since his death. He finds the way to tell what remains of Raphael in
    • And so, shortly before his death, Hermann Grimm began to speak once
    • on the way of death. He wants to pass over already now into the super-sensible,
    • live; and then, after you have gone through the gate of death, you will find
    • century, and that shall lead mankind past the great crisis in which it is
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • The mystery of death taught by Jesus Christ to his disciples after his resurrection. Saul and the event at Damascus when he became the apostle Paul. The role of Ahriman, Satan, the World Prince, in the course of human evolution.
    • death and had risen from the dead, with those of his disciples who
    • were able to understand him, was of the greatest importance in this
    • gave him the sure knowledge that Christ had passed through death and
    • that, after his death, he was connected with the evolution of the
    • death on the cross in accordance with human laws and justice. Paul
    • been condemned lawfully to the shameful death through crucifixion.
    • death on the cross, something very deep and great is implied in this
    • great truths of the past connected with man's earthly evolution, a
    • — knew nothing of death. It may seem strange to you today, yet
    • it is so: the oldest inhabitants of the earth knew nothing of death,
    • just as the child knows nothing of death. The people who were
    • and of the soul. Birth and death appeared to them as a metamorphosis,
    • But just as an animal knows nothing of death when it sees another
    • animal which is dead, so did these ancient men know nothing of death,
    • life of soul and spirit. Death was something pertaining to Maya, the
    • great illusion, and it made no great impression on men, for they knew
    • life, only. Although they saw death, they knew nothing of death. For,
    • their spirit-soul life was not ensnared by death. They saw human life
    • beyond birth, into the spiritual. When they looked at death, the life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • Theatre, could have written the plays which bear his name, but some
    • knowledge of the theatre and the deepest understanding for theatrical
    • printing press, the people were to come to the theatre and see the
    • exercise an extraordinary influence. We see this great effect in plays
    • inauguration of the Lessing Theatre. It did not fail to produce a
    • Shakespeare's dramas are above all character-dramas. The great
    • found an audience keenly interested in the theatre, that is to say,
    • create such great ones. He was thoroughly acquainted with the stage,
    • experiences could only enrich his dramatic creation. Even the fact
    • to some extent some of the greatest qualities in his plays: the bold
    • flourishing state, he went to London. There he began his theatrical
    • Theatre, he became a wealthy man.
    • IT” and some of the Kings' plays do not differ so greatly from
    • great character-plays which were to establish his fame for all times
    • great play “OTHELLO”.
    • the effect produced by the characters must have been even greater than
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • Shakespeare, the actor of the Globe Theatre, could have written
    • written by a man who had a thorough knowledge of the theatre and
    • the deepest understanding for theatrical effects.
    • wraps; people were to come to the theatre and see the plays
    • influence. We see this great effect in plays that have
    • Neuman-Hofer at the inauguration of the Lessing Theatre. It did
    • plays are above all character dramas. The great interest which
    • audience keenly interested in the theatre, that is to say, with a
    • create such great ones. He was thoroughly acquainted with the
    • dramatic creation. Even the fact that in spite of his good
    • extent some of the greatest qualities in his plays: the bold
    • theatrical career in the most menial way, by holding the horses
    • Globe Theatre he was a wealthy man.
    • greatly from the plays of his contemporaries, of  Marlowe
    • fashion in those days. The great character-plays, which were to
    • characters must have been much greater than today.
    • the modern theater so much depends on scenery, props, etc., when
    • greater: through the power of characterization which remains
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • founded by Manes about the third century after Christ and its great
    • Tradition holds that his death he left the writings to his widow, who
    • the Kingdom of Darkness and a kind of vortex arose. Death came into
    • create an overlapping stream, a stream which goes further than the
    • Christian Life will find it. It creates Forms and shatters Forms. But,
    • Manicheanism laid such great stress on purity. The Cathari were a sect
    • and Evil will form a far greater contrast than they do today. What
    • created in man, so, in the Sixth Root Race, Evil will appear,
    • Non-resistance to Evil. It must create a Form for the Life that is to
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • Published at the Offices of the Anthroposophical Society in Great
    • Great Britain and Dominions, 15s. yearly, 3s. 9d. quarterly. Single
    • “True World” so long as his thought is permeated by what his
    • Extension itself becomes the creation of the extensionless. Thus did
    • himself the transition from thought permeated with sense to thought
    • but which contains within itself the possibility of form-creation,
    • bound and fettered by a purely mathematical method of treatment.
    • will be the most wonderful creation of the world, for which Nature
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • Death as a Metamorphosis of Life, [Der Tod als
    • between death and a new birth — that life that seems so far
    • that consideration of the life between death and a new birth is
    • death and a new birth is so constituted that everything we do awakens
    • an echo in the environment. During the whole period between death and
    • activity of the life between death and a new birth consists in
    • world. For in this life between death and a new birth we must prepare
    • death and a new birth we know that our body, down to its smallest
    • Between death and a new birth, in company with Beings of the higher
    • which permeates the Cosmos. For between death and a new birth he is
    • — if we may use a familiar phrase. Between death and a new birth
    • — and this begins immediately or soon after death — the dead
    • and then continue between death and a new birth. Those who are able to
    • know this soul as if he himself were within it, After death knowledge
    • between death and a new birth: we are either within the other souls,
    • death and a new birth. Similarly, the human being is also within or
    • bound to them after death; he feels as though they were bearing him,
    • sustaining him with great power. The Archangels bear him more mightily
    • which passes through births and deaths — this knowledge, remote
    • Such intercourse is most certainly possible but it presents greater
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • to home were discussed. There was a particularly great interest in
    • Rudolf Steiner's death by the Agricultural Section at the Goetheanum
    • roughly how nutrition and breathing work in human beings. We also
    • breathing. We breathe continuously. And in this process, every breath
    • though as yet unable to pronounce consonants — this breath
    • Through our breathing, blood is constantly being pushed into the
    • are born, we begin to breathe. This intake of air begins, which then
    • that as long as the baby's breathing merely pushes blood into the
    • repeat this movement. At this moment not only the bloodstream goes up
    • is structured by the combined effect of the breathing, which is
    • breath, which pushes the blood into the brain.
    • this hand, but he also gets into the habit of breathing a bit more
    • Then the child will also breathe a bit more strongly on the right
    • will make greater efforts on that side and through his movements
    • treat left-handed children differently from right-handed ones when I
    • has fewer and instead is more permeated with nerves. This holds true
    • words, if you want to know what people in a certain area eat, you
    • must examine the soil. If you are interested in how people breathe in
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • the Life Processes. Aesthetic Enjoyment and Aesthetic Creativity.
    • reflection of something which becomes great and significant in the
    • spiritual world, when we have gone through death.
    • experience after death. The sense of Balance does not only keep us in
    • are so great. Many things that are in a higher spiritual sense
    • the regions of the senses and permeating them with the effects of
    • Permeation by life streams hack into the sense organs, so we can say
    • happens in this way: three life-processes, breathing, warming and
    • of soul. In ordinary breathing we breathe crude material air; with
    • breathing, warming and nutrition; not coarse nutrition, but a process
    • of nutrition which takes place without it being necessary to eat, and
    • it does not occur alone, as eating does, but in conjunction with the
    • leads to aesthetic creativity; or, if it tends more towards
    • permeated with more activity of soul in the experience of art than in
    • far that he begins to sweat, this goes too far; it does not belong to
    • like a breath of this deeper understanding of the aesthetic activity
    • aesthetic creation. And then natural necessity, on its side, is
    • breathing, can live enhanced in the soul, so that it ceases to be
    • alive in it for a greater concreteness, though this could not yet be
    • endeavour and the longing for greater concreteness fell into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • much greater change in ways of thinking than is generally appreciated.
    • Luther, Frederick the Great, Goethe and Bismarck. Grimm says that if a
    • influence, as we have often had to emphasise, and Frederick the Great
    • be achieved through a great political change, of which the French
    • thou great and sublime name ”, Kant says, on the only occasion
    • ideal for human beings. If a mutual permeation of rational necessity
    • held, this ideal condition would be expressed in the creation and
    • creates in a visible medium.  Even if he creates in words, he is
    • learn what he is to create from the material itself, and from the
    • fuses spiritual and perceptible into one creation. When all that men
    • and when all that comes from the senses is permeated by spirit, then
    • beings in whom rational necessity permeates sensual necessity, and
    • as the greatest man of his century. Goethe could not understand this.
    • There is something very great in these “Aesthetic Letters,”
    • midpoint of their being, they will create a right social structure as
    • something higher, something super-sensible. Below, underneath the
    • Today, when a man eats — that is, unites external nourishment
    • wheat, fish, meat or whatever, I carry inside me, after having
    • Hierarchy, which lives in the breathing, in all the rhythmic
    • together with Jahve, are led into men through the breath. The ancient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • of thought and ideation; the whole rhythmic activity in Man —
    • greater darkness; we have no clearer grasp of its real content than we
    • lie beneath the life of feeling; and still more deeply unconscious
    • ideas lie beneath the life of will.
    • together with the breathing and the whole rhythmic system. Now you can
    • creating around him as it were a great aura. And into the waves that
    • Why is your face of deathlike hue?”
    • “Of deathlike hue it needs must be
    • of illness and of death. Please note the words exactly. In old poems
    • death.
    • great change in the meantime.
    • education the whole arrangement and treatment of subjects is derived
    • great trouble to make our children acquainted with the terms of the
    • that many people today suffer a great deal from conditions of soul
    • cause of their inability to perceive the great significance of the
    • this place, in the way I have just explained, are coming to have great
    • of view. If we look at the accustomed treatment of history, we shall
    • treats history in such a way as to reckon quite positively with the
    • as a cosmic event. When they hear this, they treat it as a terrible
    • that the Christ Event should be brought into connection with the great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • as being the creation of the Sun. With the rising Sun they beheld the
    • really come to pass in the life of humanity through the ages. A great
    • upon the Earth with greater strength. But this is a last faint echo,
    • body, a great deal more is happening than modern science dreams of.
    • the human face, differentiating the features, but there is an
    • that is connected with procreation is subject to the Sun forces. The
    • are all in vain. Man is not primarily a creation of the Earth. He
    • when they are introduced into his organism either through eating or
    • the physical body is permeated by the astral body and in the astral
    • the part of the organism that is encircled and permeated by the
    • living in the physical world between birth and death. The astral
    • regarded as a factor of great importance in ancient times. In the
    • the thinking faculty, and Jupiter is responsible for permeating the
    • human organism. The working of the astral body in the breathing and
    • therefore connected with procreation. The Moon stimulates not only the
    • inner, reproductive processes of the organism, but the procreative
    • Around man live other creatures — and they too are not merely
    • creatures of the Earth. It appears, to begin with, as if the minerals
    • Sun. He had become a kind of amphibium — a creature who is
    • time one cannot say that man even resembles a creature like the mole,
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • life between death and a new birth. For seen from a human point of
    • view man's life between birth and death — interwoven as it is
    • death and a new birth, when he is altogether interwoven within the
    • and conclusions of great importance to human life.
    • Beings of the Hierarchies. To a very large extent, man between death
    • is formed and moulded by the work man does between death and a new
    • formed and created out of the super-sensible world; and only after it
    • between death and a new birth; while on the other hand we also bear
    • — are all transformed after you pass through the gate of Death
    • passes through the gate of Death. Then, when he has laid aside his
    • — this is transformed into a head-system after your death. And
    • to perceive the Spiritual within the realms of sense. But after death
    • exception of the head, is transformed again after death into a
    • the next earthly life. Thus the fact of repeated earthly lives is
    • I spoke to you here, I told you how man between death and a new birth
    • upon our inner being. Between death and a new birth we find ourselves
    • other condition which was ours between death and a new birth, wherein
    • last time, this is not unlike the breathing process. We have to
    • breathe in to fill ourselves with life. Then in a manner of speaking
    • we breathe out the air of death. For life is impossible in the air
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • within them an extraordinarily great interest in the world outside of
    • if we look at the chief damages created by modern civilization, they
    • feelings are concerned, pain only becomes greater the more we think
    • concerned, this does not really make such a very great difference. By
    • really to be broken down and transformed instead of created. Poisons
    • You see the teacher must, in full consciousness, be permeated through
    • the children must say to themselves: “Great thunder and
    • only the Kant-Laplace theory of the creation of the solar system and
    • detrimental feelings out into the country and are really permeated by
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • development of consciousness. The task of our epoch to permeate
    • intellect, as epoch of egoism and its necessary defeat.
    • along many channels. A great deal of occult knowledge exists in the various
    • is to permeate this mineral world through and through with the spirit
    • and how greatly his consciousness will be enhanced by them. Certain men,
    • not necessarily be of great account. If someone gives a coin to a poor man,
    • poor man living among us has no meat at Christmas and we feel bound to give
    • him some in order that we may feel justified in eating our own Christmas
    • you. This is connected with great and mighty laws of world-existence. Each
    • nature will be within us as a power. That is the great thought at the basis
    • you breathe nature into yourselves. The act of sight does not pass away
    • explode some object at a great distance — say in Hamburg! Just as by
    • terrible form. Great and mighty forces will be let loose by the
    • of it. We are living in the fifth period of the fifth great epoch; we have
    • still to live through two more periods of this great epoch. Then will
    • follow the seven periods of the sixth great epoch and then the seven
    • periods of the seventh great epoch. This makes sixteen stages of evolution
    • life of our planet there are seven great epochs, and each of these seven
    • too that one who reaches a higher Degree can accomplish greater things.
    • the individual will acquire greater and greater power over certain masses
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • The Sun Mystery ... Death, Resurrection, and is also known as
    • the human soul must repeatedly unite itself, which must be
    • repeatedly inwardly assimilated and digested. External truths
    • anxiety, then greater anxiety, and lastly actual terror. The
    • which are creatively active in the cosmos. Human beings can
    • greatest intensity and far-reaching effect take place in the
    • Intuition. It is a condition which is of great significance to
    • concerned with a great deal that belongs to the experiences of
    • in their breathing processes; they also participate, although
    • willing the condition of the greatest insensibility — as
    • element of great significance for the human being.
    • conception. We learn to know how we have lived between death
    • resolved to know death, to descend to Earth, to become man, and
    • within the nature of man to pass through death, thereafter to
    • significance that a God should experience death. We can thus
    • death upon Himself, that is, assumed a human form in order to
    • death, having liberated himself from human bodily conditions,
    • human being who must pass from birth to death, and from death
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • affairs, a great deal that has been lost, and must be renewed. The art I
    • way we shall treat the term “etheric body” so as to draw
    • detach themselves, a few days after man's death, as etheric body from
    • been repeated for the soul during sleep. But this is a more
    • etherically. It is as if we were to repeat inwards everything which we
    • morning. In a silent language we repeat all that we have said from
    • And beholding it more closely, one can see that this organ permeates
    • the Second Hierarchy. When he has gone through the gate of death, man
    • after death. Then he feels himself in his astral body. But again it is
    • the Second Hierarchy after death. Between birth and death the human
    • again. The human being must not live on after death in those forms
    • consciousness they knew a great deal about these realities. But this
    • to which the great German thinker ascribed a conceptual faculty,
    • creating Seraphim.
    • see the creating Cherubim.
    • within them what is of the nature of Soul, and who create what is
    • altogether from human observation) reveal themselves in creation,
    • the created world, which is really nothing but the outer Glory of
    • creating Beings, to the world of experience, of Soul — which is
    • the individual Spirits. Between death and a new birth he must behold
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • this lecture is a problem that has engaged the attention of a great
    • Baptism something of great significance happened to Jesus of
    • realising that there is a far greater satisfaction in experiencing
    • great and mighty Mystery — in effect to the Mystery of a
    • ‘man,’ albeit by far the greatest. Thus in the 19th
    • existence of an Aristotle, a Socrates, or an Alexander the Great. Not
    • entered history as a mere ‘idea,’ as an impulse created
    • nations in the course of human evolution. This is the greatest
    • sleeping — indeed in a death-like condition — but the
    • was to show that something of great importance came to pass while the
    • of all the experiences won through repeated earthly lives and the
    • great stage of world history through the founding of Christianity.
    • rituals with the essential features in the various Gospels we find,
    • Initiation ceremonies — but with reference to the great
    • shroud of the Mysteries and enters upon the great stage of world
    • time on the Earth the Christ permeated the being of Jesus of
    • of physical body, life (or etheric) body, and of the soul-sheaths; in
    • the ‘soul-sheaths’ but in the true Ego — this was
    • Divinity is the creative formative impulse.’ Now however he
    • permeating all worlds, can be revealed to me, I must look into my own
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Science lived in one of the greatest artists of our time. In
    • no need to reiterate the generalisation that ‘an artist creates
    • of the greatest possible clarity — a world where ideas shine into
    • poet as great as Goethe does not use phrases; and if there were no
    • pervade the created universe. He felt the reality of this music and
    • Beethoven): “The primal organs of creation and of nature are
    • days of creation, when as yet there was no human being to receive them
    • domains. The great riddles of the universe were presented to those who
    • greater perfection in the animal and finally to self-consciousness in
    • time had now come for a re-union of the arts, and with his great gifts
    • organs of creation, we can well understand why in his musical dramas
    • for the myths portray Beings far greater than physical man can ever
    • I shall here repeat certain teachings of Spiritual Science which will
    • is created by the ascent of the one and the descent of the other. Such
    • truths can only be expressed with the greatest delicacy. Richard
    • to soul, and when we study the fundamental features of his works we
    • wisdom it was created. But first we must consider certain things which
    • is able to speak with greater clarity of what natural science is only
    • sun's rays in the air. The air was permeated with vapours and clouds.
    • and breathe in a sphere of wisdom. This gives rise to brotherhood,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • ideas. The great spiritual picture to which Plato tried to lift the
    • world who are the Creators of time and of the connections between time
    • cycle, repeated visibly in the Sun, repeats itself every year. But the
    • year the cycle is repeated. If these Powers alone held sway, there
    • breast-system (breathing-process and heart) and the forty-two earthly
    • universe. Great and sublime was the wisdom presented in the schools of
    • Hierarchies, in the great structure of the spiritual universe.
    • totality, one great system — the four hundred and seventy-four
    • every remnant of ancient Heathendom — so, in the domain of
    • absorbed a very great deal from pupils of men like Iamblichus and who
    • In very creatures of nature they see the Divine-Spiritual. This is
    • destroy the heathen temples. Indeed he would have been willing to
    • the heathen temples and he also had the interests of the Christians at
    • heart. Truth and truth alone was his quest. And the great obstacle in
    • the Persian spear which caused Julian's death. It was then that the
    • this moment of death it was revealed to the prophetic vision of Julian
    • sometimes difficult to believe beneath what thick layers the history
    • away from the domain of spiritual life just as the heathen altars were
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • the great change which takes place in man's inner life may be
    • thinking can become sounder; we must moreover create a foundation
    • fearful catastrophe of the great war, because of the difficulty which
    • great importance to this mystery, but to-day it is necessary to bear
    • past four or five years, can send a great truth trickling into
    • should, learn to consider his life between birth and death as a
    • to-day talk a great deal of “God” and of the “Divine”.
    • another; they have spoken a great deal of “guilt” and
    • One nation after the other began to participate in the great
    • A clear view of things is impossible unless we extend this fact, that a great
    • evolution — but we are facing the BEGINNING of the greatest
    • these, battles. In the near future, the East and the West threaten to
    • this can only be grasped with greatest difficulty. How do these
    • the portal of death.
    • What we develop ONLY between birth and death, appears to one who is able to
    • spiritual world between death and a new birth. Read my descriptions of the
    • the life between death and a new birth.
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • permeated with the etheric body. And it also had to change when it
    • became permeated with the astral body upon the Moon. Not only
    • the great difference between the forms of the animal kingdom and of
    • the great differentiations which exist in regard to the various
    • find such a great difference as may be found, for instance, between a
    • lion and a nightingale. If there would be such a great difference in
    • borne in mind is that the animals show infinitely greater differences
    • when the great ideas of the Central European world-conception had
    • to penetrate into such a great idea, went through a terrible time. We
    • bear within them a great truth. Oken subdivided the human being as
    • the portal of death; namely, the etheric body would, in that case,
    • “Inner Being of Man and Life Between Death and a New Birth”.]
    • capacity of thinking up to the moment of death. Our thinking consists
    • death something may arise that can be incorporated with the whole
    • When our etheric body is handed over to the cosmos after our death,
    • upon our astral body, if during the time between death and a new
    • between birth and death the Spirits of Form have been working upon
    • death and a new birth and contains forces which must be active, in
    • time between death and a new birth, as a mighty spherical form.
    • without knowing, all these, things” ... Yet a great error
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • Art and Architecture that Reveal the Underlying Wholeness of Creation
    • or Art and Architecture that Reveal the Underlying Wholeness of Creation,
    • Architecture were created by the forces which ray down from the
    • great building of wood, with its hand-carved, weaving forms and
    • Thomasius. The bareness and inadequate accommodation of the theatre
    • Great and mighty
    • creations of art and of culture through the ages have many things to
    • heard how the creations of art and of culture help us to understand
    • creation of ancient works of art, was made easier than it is for us
    • Temples of Greece and other great monuments, human thoughts alone
    • What we ourselves have to create is essentially new — in
    • those in operation in bygone times. We have to create out of the
    • we must create out of full and clear consciousness, free from any
    • work fruitful — for what we have to create must be basically,
    • striking and significant feature of this early Art of Building?
    • arises within the temple itself. Can there be any greater enigma than
    • features, the look on his face, and so on. If with the eyes of the
    • as great in every respect as that presented by the Egyptian Temple.
    • whole bearing and appearance. When the soul truly permeates the body,
    • perfection, permeated by soul, an infinitude complete in itself. And
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • human being which extends beyond birth and death. Such teachings,
    • which had been of great importance in earlier times, now glimmered
    • teachings concerning what extends beyond birth and death, slowly faded
    • accordance with the great Laws of Nature. Two vistas lay before the
    • of the life between birth and death. (In the very oldest Vedas nothing
    • is, in fact, contained about what extends beyond birth and death.) The
    • definite. The Egyptians attached greater importance to preservation of
    • in this combination, to create new colonies: the Phoenicians and the
    • wherever in the traditions, [are] men of great strength and are in the
    • element, into the great idea of the organization of States. The
    • the first having been to create religious culture, the task of the
    • second to create the foundations of material culture, and the task of
    • Over in Asia, mixtures had repeatedly taken place, and the Jews, the
    • found where the greatest number of spiritual impulses had been given,
    • family out of which an Initiate was to issue was selected with great
    • A new impulse and a new possibility were created through the Initiate
    • mankind itself. None of the Great Leaders who brought men forward, who
    • other worlds the great impulses they had to give to the earth. The
    • those who were political leaders and leaders of great religious
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • time once more to this the greatest question of mankind, inasmuch as
    • Such was the deep-seated feeling in human souls before
    • sickness of Lazarus. But the sickness was not unto Death; it was unto
    • been their very breath of life. In the Sun itself they beheld the
    • Christ-Being in the spiritual worlds had been the great Teacher of
    • the greatest fact that ever took place on Earth, answer was given to
    • after His Death. Nay, what He was able to tell them after His Death
    • those who were nearest to Him after His Death, when He appeared to
    • Then it was that He spoke to them as the great Healer —
    • the Therapeut, the Comforter — to whom the great Mystery was
    • the Gate of Death, conscious of immortality. And you will no longer
    • of what He taught to those who were near Him after His bodily Death.
    • In primæval ages men had not known Death. Since ever they came to
    • die, but to them this Death was a mere semblance among the outer
    • facts around them. They felt it not as Death. Only in later years, as
    • fact of Death. For by degrees the soul within them had grown so
    • through Death.
    • consciousness, feel the greatest satisfaction) he finds himself
    • feels it as a slow process of Death. A sphere of existence higher
    • he feels himself bound up, even in life, with Death. Again and again
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • when we are studying some deep-seated change in speech are so long
    • weather. These feelings interested him, it is true, in another
    • welled up from the depths of his soul. Whether danger threatened
    • Intuitions, is created by these Beings. The Archangels move on
    • the Roman we can still feel ourselves near; then comes a great gulf.
    • ] is Aristotle, the great and
    • time the universal spirit. He is great in a certain aspect but he is
    • pulsates in the body; they feel it in the power of the breath. In the
    • power of the breath as it enfills and surges through the body, they
    • approaches the abstract. And behind this lies a fact of great
    • passage through Death. You have often heard me speak of this.
    • changes from one form of life into another. The actual event of death
    • experience of the Gods. Death came as a result of Luciferic and
    • too quickly. Death had no place in the life-experience of the higher
    • is, through Death, uniting Himself so deeply with the destiny of
    • passes through Death. The event of Golgotha is accordingly more than
    • worlds of the Gods themselves. Christ's passing through death
    • an element of death, how they tend to become mere empty husks. In
    • There is only one way whereby the speech-creating power can be
    • become a power in man that can create speech. And among all the facts
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • IN a time of great and
    • the creation of man by Jahve or Jehovah as the dawn of
    • phase of evolution had preceded the creation of the world by Jehovah
    • preceded by that of other Beings, that the creation of man had
    • actual Creator of the world — the Demiurgos.
    • in the Bible story the humanity created by Jehovah is naturally
    • Creator of the world who sends forth other Beings from Himself. The
    • conditions of earthly birth and earthly death.
    • man was created.
    • of the Pleroma, the human being created by Jehovah comes into
    • Golgotha — there grew up the conception of the great mystery
    • between birth and death and at best there dawns upon him the
    • with the spiritual world — which was moreover of far greater
    • the first three and greater part of the fourth centuries of our era.
    • picture to yourselves this great wall which grew up in Europe in
    • the origin and subsequent development of medieval thought. Great
    • beneath their feet. And they then proceeded to work out a science of
    • apparent when we look over to the East, behind the great wall, where
    • happenings, these beings were not the creations of fantasy as modern
    • everywhere maintained. Eastwards of the great wall of which I have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • between death and a new birth, and the physical world interpenetrate.
    • in our so-called physical life between birth and death. We ourselves
    • and such characteristics. For we are connected between death and a
    • a certain special aspect. Between birth and death we are living here
    • repeat it: If we did not have our sense organs, we could know nothing
    • away from us when we pass through the gate of death. Hence we may
    • even say: It is our specific task between birth and death to make
    • During our whole physical life between birth and death, there is a
    • only be hinted at. A very great deal will yet be necessary towards an
    • death, it is they, by their forces, who draw our etheric body out of
    • death. They are only there, however, for a short time, as you know,
    • the human being himself, who has passed through the gate of death.
    • through the time between death and a new birth. But he remains
    • death. One who has attained Imaginative perception will be aware of
    • before us through the gate of death; and who, especially in the first
    • period after their passage through the gate of death, are able to
    • the dead. In truth, those who have passed through the gate of death
    • death and a new birth, and so he becomes able to work upon the world
    • from those who have passed before us through the gate of death.
    • penetrate the veil. He who has passed through the gate of death is of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the myth by Dupuis. In other places we have repeatedly for years
    • are formed about the origin of myths, the creation of mythology,
    • and the Israelites. Moreover, one can say that a great part of the
    • only between birth and death, but which passes through birth and
    • death and also leads a life between death and a new birth. Even from
    • preservation of mummies, in their peculiar death-ceremonies —
    • through the Gate of Death and in new form experiences new destinies
    • is it in man that passes through the gate of death and that enters
    • after the death of Osiris. Then it is related that Isis had the
    • and set cow-horns there instead and Typhon was defeated in two
    • something very deep and of great meaning. It shows that in those
    • sought to know about that which goes through births and deaths —
    • expressly turned the soul's gaze beyond death. To the people of Egypt
    • of death, that is, the God whom man has to meet after death. At the
    • after death, has at one time ruled over the living.
    • above all to the human soul after death. This lay far from the Greek
    • mind. To be sure, the Greeks spoke too of the human soul after death,
    • death. The race to which Zeus belongs is a race of Gods for the
    • mind's eye to the world to which man belongs between birth and death
    • (I am calling attention to various features which we shall
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • him when he has passed through the portal of death. The figures of
    • Osiris and Isis were brought into connection with the Death-Mystery
    • differently in the female sex, and which apparently makes greater
    • human life between birth and death. To the age of puberty he
    • and death they brought into connection with more widely extended
    • think, so does it depend on greater, more extended star
    • the sex problem, and that greatest decadence which is expressed in
    • during the whole human life between birth and death.
    • into the conception: The Elohim or Jahve have breathed into man the
    • living breath (Odem), the air. There the essence was lifted out of
    • time of the death of Osiris — and therewith the time too in
    • lived spiritually in the essences which permeated the larynx and
    • human pair before the death of Osiris would never have felt anything
    • treated today as sexual problems. But you see how what here is pure,
    • in words, but only to be permeated with a low-minded type of thought,
    • someone has learnt a great deal, has become wise — let us say,
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • pervading Nature, as later on man is related between birth and death
    • thought of as together creating mankind. We can only think of
    • which those Gods were not yet creating and ruling who were recognized
    • themselves a greater antiquity than that of the Gods then in power.
    • time the Gods who created the human race. Only because the Old
    • Testament doctrine makes the Divine the creator of man, only through
    • side of men only when they are between death and a new birth.
    • to look up to the great mysteries in his surroundings, then he must
    • become famous. Beneath this statue, as is well known, stood the
    • features to begin with. And through these characteristic features
    • imperfect way. But I will try to characterize its features in a
    • times. But far the greater number of people saw nothing at all. Far
    • the greater number of people saw neither what was built nor what this
    • represented. Far the greater number of people stood — to use
    • whole thing was supposed to proceed — for an artistic creation
    • features, my dear friends, that can be given of the new Osiris-Isis
    • are not supposed to lie beneath the tombstone in Lauenburg, on which
    • living between birth and death, if one can form a few ideas of the
    • between death and a new birth. For the one reality is only the pole
    • speaks of man? Of what does even a great part of modern fiction
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • of man today so that a counterweight may be created to the principle
    • a certain example — naturally at a great distance — an
    • greatest age, one that brings most of all to humanity, one that
    • very great, greater from a certain aspect than they were in former
    • He met the other man and learnt to know him. As he breathed the air
    • man naturally breathes differently. For in every man's neighbourhood
    • one shares the air out-breathed by the other. Modern men have become
    • his breathing. The thorax moved differently when the person was
    • breathed differently when he beheld the sun, when he beheld the dawn,
    • the earth. But think of the great revolution that now comes with the
    • from the celestial constellations as the great swing-over that had
    • forehead. Man can become great with this earth-culture in this fifth
    • this epoch great must be brought about from the forces of the
    • But in this fifth post-Atlantean age he has the greatest possibility
    • between birth and death — we will speak next time of the other
    • life between death and a new birth — is especially serviceable
    • greatest spiritual possibilities. In no age was it granted to men to
    • and death: the Saturn- Jupiter- and Mars-forces.
    • speak, the becoming older of man, the going-towards-death, just as
    • sleeping Isis! The greatest part of mankind is sleeping
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • as first interesting us after the great Atlantean catastrophe,
    • that followed the great Atlantean catastrophe mankind can be said to
    • immediately upon the great flooding of the earth — called in
    • first epoch after the great Atlantean catastrophe man remained
    • great difference in the first 2,160 years after the great Atlantean
    • in which man no more remained capable of development to such a great
    • age, into the fifties. In the second epoch after the great Atlantean
    • affairs. Today we see the claim made by great circles of mankind to
    • Friedrich Schlegel saw a great onesidedness in the French Revolution.
    • Friedrich Schlegel sees a great onesidedness in the French
    • Christianized. And he sees the great evil to be that science has
    • demands that the Christ-Impulse should once more permeate the
    • with them, as they do not feel strong enough really to permeate
    • warmth, and his great personal impulse was to serve his age, to
    • in Vienna that he had a hope, a great hope, that out of the disorder
    • The final lecture treated especially of the prevailing spirit of the
    • truly delivered with great power, he put the Bible text: ‘I
    • Europe have become in the course of the 19th Century! I repeat: it is
    • Europe? One can admit that he had a feeling for the greatness, the
    • things and carry out things that are great and brilliant, but it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • once in ancient Greece the great and significant inscription
    • man that goes about among us, what man is between birth and death
    • science we need not be so fond of comparisons as to treat them
    • of the organism needs the whole of life up to death to do this. One
    • death is a kind of accident: but from a spiritual science outlook it
    • meets with death, an immense amount rapidly takes place. Think to
    • what they seem to us here on the physical plane. A sudden death
    • caused by external circumstances — one must treat the matter
    • through the gate of death, who live in the spiritual world after
    • death, one understands to some degree the speech of the dead, the
    • also ‘The Inner Nature of Man and Life between Death and
    • science has made very great advances in our time and has a rich
    • It will the sooner become spirituality the greater the number of
    • and so it goes from generation to generation. Out in the great cosmic
    • as in a great world machine. But for the modern clever men what has
    • organism, so that he may conserve it on earth, carry it through death
    • living, as I live on towards death that is to bear me into the
    • it in myself.’ Just think what a relationship is created again
    • still carry youthfulness through death.
    • smallest, since he cannot raise himself to the great. But it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • meditating over all these things one can gain great help by thinking
    • its completeness, what we experience between birth and death and
    • again between death and a new birth — that is actually the
    • can realize that a considerable part of man's task between death and
    • it ourselves. Between death and a new birth we come to know all the
    • spiritually, the wide universe is our home between death and a new
    • death and rebirth we become familiar with the laws of the cosmos. And
    • heredity from one's ancestors. I have said repeatedly that everyone
    • divining-rod, which has played such a great role in this war. You
    • showed under treatment in the camera obscura, an immense aura, so
    • living here between birth and death, for the rest of the organism
    • course even in the embryonic stage) and then the features and so on
    • continually perceive a sort of inbreathing of ether or auric
    • substance into the earth, and again an out-breathing.
    • outwards, we pass out again in death.
    • there are a great many cockchafers in a year then in three to five
    • a year in which there are great numbers of cockchafers. Now I had
    • when we go through the portal of death to return to the cosmos, to
    • a long time we live as souls between death and rebirth before we
    • have passed through the gate of death, even up to our next
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    • THROUGH REPEATED EARTH LIVES
    • The Soul's Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    • you know, when the human being goes through the portal of death, he
    • whole great universe. In reality we participate in the making of the
    • feel ourselves as participants in the creation of the world.
    • The ego on its way between death and a new birth develops quite
    • body, it develops an even greater longing for a certain spot on
    • period between death and a new birth with its strong inclination
    • itself drawn toward the earth, creates the organization from within
    • outwards, which is counter to the other organization; it creates
    • the breathing system, the blood circulation, and so forth. It stands
    • essentially the product of the macrocosm acting upon the great
    • and, from a physical point of view, our circulation, our breathing
    • development by making breathing a conscious process, and thereby also
    • the process of circulation; breathing in accordance with definite
    • rules raised the breathing process as well as the circulation to
    • ancient India? He made the breathing process into something
    • it, you understand, by raising his breathing process to
    • special way of shaping the breathing process; for this method must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • April, 1923) I want to speak in greater detail of how the
    • in greater or lesser degree of development — when they come
    • features that are ignored in the usual one-sided conception of the
    • physical life on Earth have to breathe, have to be surrounded with
    • breathe in what the human being, as he sleeps, brings to them
    • death and a new birth to be full of strong and vital experiences. The
    • life of a man between death and a new birth is weakened when no
    • firstly, so to permeate the physical body that we do not only desire
    • not only plays a part in the period immediately following death, but
    • guide him aright between death and a new birth, so does the Ego weave
    • live through the period between death and a new birth, but, at our
    • great and far-reaching task lies before him in the karmic adjustment
    • there is a great deal more in the process of learning to walk than
    • death to a new birth can be lived through in the right manner. If
    • the Archai. Universal human love carries with it creative power. To
    • these are creative forces in the forming and shaping of karma.
    • experienced with great intensity; but he is also able to induce in
    • with the actively creative powers of the world. But those who have
    • the Archangeloi. This relationship has repeated itself in every
    • period of sleep, and we bear with us through the Gate of Death into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • have spoken in this way — to bring an offering to the great God
    • find that they reveal just this attitude of mind. Then a great
    • read in the same sense. Take, for instance, that wonderful treatise
    • What, then, is it that has permeated man's conception of the
    • repeated one after the other, really meant something. World-mysteries
    • past age when it was an experience of infinitely greater intensity,
    • of experiencing the sentient life connected with the animal creation
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Printed in Great Britain by
    • “Missionhaus” in Christiania, seating some 2,000 people.]
    • issued. I attach great importance to the fact that here too, as in
    • which have helped to make modern science great. Modern science has
    • achieved greatness through scrupulous observation of the material
    • great problem concerning the eternal nature of the soul — it is
    • thinking in man is developed to a greater strength and intensity than
    • It is not necessary to devote a great deal of time each day to these
    • exercises but they must be repeated over and over again. One person
    • everything teems, is saturated, has great intensity; our whole being
    • year to year, we have acquired greater and greater capacities.
    • breathe their psycho-spiritual content into the consciousness in a
    • anthroposophical Spiritual Science is not an artificial creation of
    • who lives a great deal in the world of thought knows only too well
    • them. This demands very great efforts in the systematic meditation
    • that is now permeated with will. He can speak of the super-sensible
    • from the outer world enters the breathing organs as a reality, so
    • super-sensible world. It is like an in-breathing, it is an
    • Inspiration. The spiritual world is breathed into the ordinary world.
    • continual out-breathing and in-breathing of the spiritual world, and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • human beings who were no longer able to rise to great heights of
    • really learn a great deal in this connection, if they would train
    • were, on the other hand. permeated by the idea that Nature could be
    • permeate the human soul. The habit of calling attention to the
    • life of the present, have treated in an amateurish way what has
    • subject which in the past had always been treated in a
    • was made to permeate with materialistic world-conceptions the many
    • has not been created by Darwinism, or by spectral analysis,
    • scholastic thinkers used to say: Human cognition, which is permeated
    • which are worthy of the greatest respect and appreciation.
    • materialism has, after all, achieved great things through its methods
    • of investigation, it has achieved great and mighty things.
    • When Darwinism brought forward its great standpoint, Darwinism, which
    • between birth and death, is an image of what he has experienced
    • supersensibly between his last death and his birth. These who seek
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • nineteenth and early twentieth century have become great. It was
    • repeating himself.
    • with a certain emphasis, realising that Haeckel was a great
    • great historical significance in the nineteenth century, particularly
    • grasped by a small minority; the great majority lives in traditional
    • feelings. What we experience in the form of feelings, is permeated by
    • the circulation of the blood, the breathing rhythm, and so forth.
    • human being. When it permeates the instincts, ahrimanic powers get
    • the East and asserting itself over a great part of the earth. This is
    • certainly rooted, in so far as the conceptions permeate the head, in
    • reason, there is such a great difference between the things to which
    • see in this a symptom showing the presence of a great amount of
    • great deal of love, are generally unloving, whereas those who have a
    • great amount of love do not speak much of love, so the people who
    • nineteenth-century, that is to say, within the great majority of men,
    • of permeating the moral and religious life. For this alone is able
    • human being knows that there is the moment of death, this one moment
    • number of differences is integrated in the moment of death, and
    • are born, we begin to die; there is a minute process of death in us
    • think out a great part of our soul-life and, above all, of our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • The Secret of Death
    • The Secret of Death
    • that cause death to pass over the earth very, very frequently, in a
    • comparatively short time, death that has always been looked upon by
    • human being passes through the portal of death, he must leave his
    • the portal of death, he is, to begin with, still united with his
    • between death and a new birth; he passes through the after-death
    • during the time between death and a new birth, also the etheric body
    • portal of death at an early age, that etheric body might still have
    • through the portal of death in his 25th, 26th
    • bodies of those who have passed through the portal of death in their
    • through his life between birth and death.
    • death after having reached a normal age. We should therefore say to
    • childhood stage, when we pass through the portal of death. We might
    • known to many of you, but that I must nevertheless repeat here, a
    • would simply say that the cause of his death was the fact that he
    • [a] case resembling that of the boy who found his death under
    • the child's death. In a similar case, we think correctly and
    • encounter its death. The van therefore merely provided the external
    • conditions that enabled the child to meet its death, as prescribed in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • pictures of great majesty. He too tries to fit man into his place
    • existence after death, for a true clairvoyant perception of man’s
    • being after death is to be obtained through this very medium of a
    • it were at the threshold of the knowledge of life after death but
    • been possible to create from the inner being, had by that time been
    • which nutrition and sense-perception coincide. When man eats, he
    • which were first dissolved begin to build up again. When we eat salt,
    • then give it form again. When we eat substances drawn from plants,
    • within himself. Cosmic thoughts repeat themselves in the thoughts of
    • merely logical form of knowledge which, though of great significance,
    • meaning but who still felt that some great value was contained in
    • in the element of air, by the process of breathing, again gradually
    • the life-giving air, to the air which man takes in with his breath
    • begins, directly the breath contacts it, to become indefinite, That
    • knowledge again expressed a great deal more than is suggested
    • would, have said: It is not possible for the soul to live or breathe
    • senses between birth and death, is dead. The real salt- and
    • notion remains to-day. Consequently no great importance is attached
    • possessed of a wisdom incomparably greater than any contemporary
    • there is no pre-existent life, that man’s soul is created
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • of this youthful freshness of an intellect that was not yet permeated
    • through a great deal during the fourth post-Atlantean epoch. Roman
    • life was then entering into its decay; it bequeathed to European
    • great deal. At the beginning of the fifth epoch, the consciousness
    • soul enabling man to really permeate, really grasp his ego, first
    • temptations and leads man into great soul-dangers and even into
    • but at the same time to ennoble it, to permeate it again with a
    • are now facing a great turning point in the whole civilisation of
    • more recent times. The time of probation has indeed come! Great tasks
    • we have just passed through the age of the great egoism.
    • and pre-Platonic times, still knew a great deal of the processes of
    • greatest event of the earth's evolution: the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • that time it was to a great extent decadent, but at any rate it still
    • ancient knowledge to enable a great number of men of that time to
    • as a great scientist; the very man who reached the point of saying
    • speech. Languages contain a great store of ancient crystallized
    • be so much better if, before going to sleep in the evening, a greater
    • body; he passed through the experience of death, an experience
    • a super-earthly Being shared with us the experience of death, thus
    • we should have the great modesty of recognising that the experiences
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • here between birth and death, man passes again and again through the
    • life between death and a new birth. Just as here on earth we have
    • experiences between death and a new birth, and these experiences are
    • is fashioned and permeated not only by the forces emanating from the
    • some conception of what happens between death and a new birth.
    • between death and a new birth to-day, man is related to earthly
    • relationship with earthly affairs that we now have only between death
    • and a new birth. Only our life between death and a new birth in the
    • everybody to-day ought constantly to repeat them to himself. Only so
    • death, he speaks of the air becoming hard, granite-like.
    • death, without doing anything towards it. His body is organised in
    • and death, is furnished for him by his body. He loses it the moment
    • and death we say: Man lives in the body and concerns himself with
    • Spiritual Science, must be overcome. Interest in the great affairs of
    • These great concerns of the life of humanity are clearly to be
    • right stream of Spiritual Science. Let me repeat: The whole of our
    • permeate us through and through, we ray forth the ego:
    • creates out of intuitions, people do not understand it. My
    • preserving what already has death within it.
    • sculpture or painting, the attempt has been made to create this
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • or allegorical art, but true art — which means creative,
    • a great number of people who have the above-mentioned urge towards a
    • drawn into the forms of thinking and ideation prevailing in various
    • flow with great difficulty for the Anthroposophical Movement, nor,
    • case stands, for there is at the present time far too great a
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter.
    • The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter.
    • The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter.]
    • great events of the present are taking place, to those who must stand
    • death, as a result of these events:
    • live, reminds us daily and hourly of death, this significant event
    • death. For only in the light of spiritual science, death becomes
    • pass through births and deaths and take on a special form of
    • existence between birth and death, in order to assume another form of
    • existence after their passage through the portal of death. In
    • the light of spiritual science, death becomes an event,
    • materialistic world-conception can look upon death as the end of
    • left us in order to pass through the portal of death, chiefly as a
    • few things on death, on this great event, and on the facts of human
    • between death and a new birth, so that we were able to gain many
    • gradually be acquired by speaking of things repeatedly and throwing
    • Immanuel Hermann Fichte, son of the great thinker Johann Gottlieb
    • We eat in such a way that we send the food out of us; when we send
    • being passes through the portal of death, it becomes all the more
    • first days after his death, are particularly important as far as the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • of it — it now streams along as a breath in the sound “RRRUUO”
    • expresses in a deep way that the greatness of the Finnish nation is
    • country, and this expresses that the originally great and significant
    • great road went from the Black Sea to the Finnish Bay and along this
    • belonging to the once great Finnish nation (the present one is only a
    • remnant of the formerly great and widely spread nation) had souls
    • place? How was it possible that a great nation could develop at a
    • take together the following things and say: There is still a great
    • quantity of water, there below; beyond there is the air; man breathes
    • in the air, and this ocean world is a great powerful being that is
    • create forms expressing that which lives in the inner being of Nature
    • leans over in the three great Bays, that were still experienced by
    • great Finnish nation, should still exist after having accomplished
    • permeated with modern anthroposophical ideas, so that it will once
    • the creative forces of “Kalevala.” “Kalevala”
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • held, to discuss at greater length the subject originally intended
    • created? Everybody who has sought out the Anthroposophical Society
    • will certainly discover that by far the greater number of those who
    • without any great inner stirrings into the will tendencies of the
    • invariably a featherbed. Living means work. Here one has this hard
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • heat, chemical and life parts also vibrate in sympathy, but it is the light
    • to repeat these movements if stirred to do so. Five days later these two men
    • as light movements, because this light-ether body is seated within the
    • gates of death, the ego and astral body are naturally at first far more
    • death man sees everything pass before him; for the etheric has the tendency
    • continually to repeat and to reproduce from within itself all those movements
    • this sentence on the blackboard, for it is of great importance]:
    • I will repeat what a soul by whom these Powers are to some extent recognised
    • have just repeated to you is not simply an invented prayer, but it was thus
    • not come near the upper Gods, that they may behold me. May great darkness
    • something, however, that we must possess — this humility, this great
    • or written about they are treated with scorn, are flung aside into the
    • regarding the world in the evening are the creation of what they read in the
    • connection with great mysteries of existence, such as that of the human
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • it also throws light on the great span of human existence that
    • includes the time between death and a new birth.
    • science can be of great help to us just where daily life is
    • the stone a plant has its whole material nature permeated by an
    • repeat indefinitely. It is due to the etheric body that the parts of
    • a living entity repeat again and again, for it is the etheric body
    • wheat a wheat stalk and ears will grow, and out of a bean will come a
    • presented great difficulties, because things go in through one ear
    • and who in his youth took in a great deal and worked well, and has
    • process of recovery meets with greater difficulties in the one than
    • course that it is only present after death for a certain time. And
    • It is the forgotten ideas! That is the great blessing of forgetting!
    • on man's etheric body. So our forgotten memories have great
    • is meant to develop and yet is not helped in its development creates
    • memory picture we have immediately after death. There it becomes
    • works in the large span of life between death and a new birth. What
    • Kamaloca exists because immediately after death the human being
    • At death man first of all leaves his physical body behind him. Then
    • the greater part of the etheric body withdraws and dissolves in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • with great intensity and will do so to an even greater extent in the
    • suffer from an acute case that requires treatment. Thus a large
    • medicine assumes greater and greater dimensions and insinuates itself
    • materialistic world conception, that is, he treats people as though
    • fourfold nature and for everybody to go repeating that man consists
    • are still quoted today, they do in fact say a very great deal. Present-day
    • science has no inkling of the fact that scientists ought to treat
    • right treatment is to deal directly with the symptom. The essential
    • unnecessary to maltreat the heart or, as the case may be, the
    • stomach complaint is treated with hydrochloric acid, it would be a
    • we have to treat the nerves that provide for the stomach instead of
    • first thing to consider in the treatment of this sort of complaint is
    • treatment. We need quite a different basis, for spiritual knowledge
    • nothing to do with heredity, but a great deal to do with nationality
    • example a great mistake is being made in the field of medicine, for
    • treated externally today and lumped together with acute illnesses,
    • certainly lose their greatest value, therefore they are seldom used
    • recovery. If we see man as the complicated being he is, the treatment
    • will be considered in greater detail in one of the coming lectures,
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • her wisdom had created cork so that man could make stoppers with it.
    • before the arising of the sexes. A great uniformity was there then.
    • present day seasons was very great, and it was of great importance to
    • traveled just a short distance over the earth, that had a great
    • olden times. Everything had the greatest influence on people, and so
    • the vocal cords and the other speech organs. It makes a great
    • doing, and as this is really happening all the time, it has a great
    • sunrise, for instance, had a powerfully creative effect upon man,
    • it light or sound, heat or cold, hardness or softness or this or that
    • Mazdao, the Great Aura’. The spiritual part, all the spiritual
    • were eating — an activity quite different from what it is today
    • between the great divine-spiritual harmony with its health and the
    • is more divine, for man does not have so great an influence on that,
    • consciousness can carry out the following feat — it always has
    • particular mineral substance that has permeated him. Something very
    • man takes. You create a new man within you consisting of this mineral
    • been dosing himself in this way for a long time applies for treatment
    • to someone who wants to treat him psychologically and work especially
    • need not be surprised if spiritual treatment is not very successful
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • the day ego described a circle, passing through the greater part of
    • this circle outside the realm of the great ego and descending into
    • the great ego at night. For sixteen hours on average it is outside
    • have to speak in great detail if you are to understand it all. You
    • processes are rhythmically repeated in the physical body too, however
    • create the outer physical movement in accordance with their own inner
    • results when man is permeated with the great truths of spiritual
    • days. At one time everything outside him made a great impression on
    • signifies for man's being and also for the rest of natural creation
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • seven days. Let us go into this in greater detail.
    • starting-point. You know of course that a great difference exists and
    • in greater detail today. With such things as these, which appear
    • penetrate a little way beneath the surface of the physical sense
    • have to look once again to the great cosmic relationships to find the
    • creatures. The orbiting of a planet around its sun or of a satellite
    • regulating of the great cosmic relationships. Man as microcosm is a
    • true image of the great world relationships, for he is created out of
    • the great cosmic cycle, when the hour and minute hands coincide at
    • greater the disorder that came into them. I would like to clarify
    • like an angel not to think in harmony with the great spiritual
    • no longer knows how to take guidance from the great script of the
    • into day. It is of far greater significance that in his inner life of
    • thought man has torn himself away from the great universal rhythm.
    • contradiction to the life of the great universe.
    • recommends people to eat certain foods only at certain times of the
    • inwards he must now create rhythm from inside outwards. That is the
    • created the cosmos, man has to permeate himself with a new rhythm if
    • he wants to share in the creating of a new cosmos. It is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • karma, on that great law of causes which show the spiritual
    • what actually happens to man spiritually in the period after death.
    • know that on passing through the portal of death man first of all has
    • astral body and etheric body exists only after death, and then for a
    • immediately after death have also been mentioned; man's feeling of
    • past life standing before him as a great tableau. Then, after a
    • know that when man has just passed through the portal of death he
    • moment of death. For he has laid aside only the physical body, the
    • body that man satisfied his desires. After death he no longer has
    • could say a great deal about it, of course. Today, however, we shall
    • another being or creature or the world in general, hinders the doer
    • therefore, whilst living his life backwards in Kamaloca after death,
    • getting rid of all the hindrances you created in life. You are full
    • that we form connections with a great number of people in one life,
    • vary a great deal in this respect. Some souls have acquired great
    • which we shall only understand if we look at it in greater detail.
    • in life in a more fragmentary manner. Not until after death does it
    • appear in the etheric body in the great memory tableau. Then we have
    • of initiation into the great mysteries of existence in one of his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • man's being. We have looked at the great riddle of man from as many
    • and altogether that which is greatest, is not to be sought in unknown
    • greatest wisdom, if we can only understand this. Therefore let us
    • greatest and most powerful share of divinity, he towers above his
    • fellow creatures. Therefore only a knowledge and understanding that
    • the inherited characteristics like a sheath, its own qualities and
    • incarnation, and the sheaths surrounding it, comprising the inherited
    • from within. It is this fact of being able to work creatively on
    • observe the breathing process when people laugh or cry. This enables
    • us to see deeply into what is happening. If you watch the breathing
    • essentially of a long out-breath and a short in-breath. It is the
    • opposite with laughing: a short out-breath and a long in-breath. Thus
    • the breathing process changes when the human being is under the
    • This is like a squeezing out of the breath: a long out-breath. In the
    • long in-breath when you laugh. Here, so to say, in the change in the
    • breathing process we see the ego at work within the astral body. That
    • even accompanied by a change of breathing. Therefore let us show the
    • have a breathing process that is so to speak strictly governed from
    • has been described today. That which sustains the breathing process
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • one with the sun; and how greatly he had to change as first of all
    • present-day eye cannot distinguish certain sea creatures from their
    • get to the North Pole the greater are the differences between winter
    • Lemurian times, in the great increase of forces raying in from
    • living upon it is here at its greatest. On the other hand the
    • only used them as sheaths to the very smallest extent. If, therefore,
    • though they had great clairvoyant faculties, and who looked out to
    • the greatest imaginable degree. A great number of people looked up to
    • greatest chance of survival living in the countries between the
    • of great spiritual significance, were physically small in those days,
    • Atlantean population: Where the people are small we find great
    • was a great contrast between men who were good as to their qualities
    • and who were normal, for they had not developed egoism to too great
    • future, and they were also the ones that the great sun initiate,
    • permeated their whole being and made it a manifestation of egohood,
    • permeates his external being with the colour of his inner nature as
    • they deposited too many carbonic constituents beneath their skin and
    • beginning their essential feature.
    • that are sheaths for every possible level of soul, from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • AND CREATION OUT OF NOTHINGNESS
    • aspects on the subject of the great evolutionary processes of the
    • like to draw your attention to a fact that can tell you a great deal
    • process. We have repeatedly emphasised that in the first seven years
    • the physical maternal sheath. But we know that when this has happened
    • he is still enclosed in a second maternal sheath, an etheric one.
    • physical maternal sheath. At the change of teeth this etheric sheath
    • astral maternal sheath that is stripped off at puberty. After this
    • were it not protected by the various sheaths. For when that which has
    • the protecting sheath first of the etheric body then of the astral
    • sheaths in the twentieth to the twenty-second year; then it becomes
    • and then dies. Why? Because it is a creature which, like a plant, has
    • able to take anything with him at his physical death, from his last
    • life between birth and death. And if he were not able to take
    • death and has to prepare for a new incarnation. The point is that man
    • light permeating it from top to bottom. In the lily of the valley,
    • that although the physical seed is small it is permeated by a
    • disappears further and further and the physical grows great, whilst
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • will deal chiefly with the life after death when the Kamaloka period
    • is over. After death relationships between individuals continue as
    • the planetary spheres after death depend upon moral and religious
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • great deal has been said previously about the Luciferic and Ahrimanic
    • be taken as a standard example of the way in which the great truths
    • In the course of years we have spoken a great deal of
    • the life between death and a new birth. The same subject will,
    • Between death and the new birth a human being
    • between death and the new birth — which is, in fact, existence
    • essential to become accustomed to a great deal that is the exact
    • had to be created. An outer event, an external influence, was
    • creation, or where there is a genuine striving for knowledge or for
    • good. An artist will assuredly not create the best work of which his
    • create the necessary Inspirations. If we are to ‘know’
    • Intuition to another. We must create the whole structure; nothing
    • death — known to us under the name of Kamaloka — the
    • periods in the life after death which follow the period of Kamaloka.
    • When a human being has passed through the Gate of Death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • the body when waking from sleep. Between birth and death a human
    • repair the damage to these sheaths cannot be drawn from the Earth but
    • only from the planetary spheres after death. Particular qualities
    • be experienced by the soul after death when passing through the
    • after death. Understanding of every human soul without distinction of
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • during the winter are to be concerned with the life between death and
    • of lectures has been given. It must be taken for granted that a great
    • morning he will find that a great deal of what his memory has
    • destruction that ultimately brings about death in the physical world.
    • the gate of death we can make compensation in some form for
    • you will realise that between birth and death it is possible for man
    • continually damaging our bodily sheath. With the forces that are
    • reveals that in the life between death and the new birth we acquire
    • forces able to restore our worn-out sheaths. Between death and the
    • bodies are the reservoirs of forces needed for our bodily sheaths. On
    • Let us consider the astral body first. After death the
    • passed through the gate of death becomes in the real sense a Mercury
    • beings between death and the new birth are investigated, it will be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • with, be changed during the life after death. From the possible suffering
    • in later karma. Those living on Earth are able to have a great
    • creation of an actual link between the physical and spiritual worlds.
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • has already been indicated about the life between death and the new
    • spiritual world after death, the relationship between us is, at
    • again the relationship that existed before death because of the lack
    • over and over again the circumstances created during the life before
    • our death. For instance, if at some particular time, say ten years
    • before the death of the person in question, or before our own death,
    • a corresponding length of time after death and only after that period
    • life after death, the happier relationship previously existing
    • between us. It is important to realise that after death we are not in
    • in many respects. It is true that in the life between death and the
    • period after death, during the time in Kamaloka, an individual sees
    • what has been determined by his life before death, but to begin with
    • greater influence on the dead than the dead has on himself or others
    • conditions of souls between death and rebirth.
    • upper consciousness. After death we do not experience only the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • After death the human being draws forces from the
    • expulsion from Paradise. The purpose of life between death and
    • death and the condition of sleep is fundamentally one of
    • death. Forces once drawn from the stellar worlds must now be drawn
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • human being which at death leaves the physical body and, to a
    • between death and the new birth, and that during this period its
    • if, during his life on Earth before death, he developed a genuinely
    • before his death. To sum up, we may say that as long as a human being
    • between death and a new birth he is connected with the forces
    • with the forces of the stars between death and the new birth. The
    • is different during the period of existence between death and the new
    • his being but is something quite different. In the life between death
    • you can gather how greatly perception between death and rebirth
    • during the life after death. There man feels as if his whole being
    • at a point. There comes a period between death and the new birth when
    • actually how things are during the life between death and the new
    • that is really very similar to life between death and rebirth,
    • condition between death and rebirth than is usually imagined.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • Sermon at Benares, the first great accomplishment of the Buddha who
    • were Teachers of great significance. What actually took place there
    • between death and the new birth. We have heard how during that period
    • spheres, to traverse the expanse of cosmic space. Between death and
    • planetary spheres. Since the last death, every soul incarnated on the
    • picture with the greatest possible clarity how the Earth evolves,
    • pass between death and a new birth. Like our Earth, these heavenly
    • evolution. Whenever we pass into a planetary sphere after death —
    • death and rebirth. Until the fifteenth/sixteenth century the
    • great transformation which could have been achieved only by
    • This possibility had to be created! And it was created
    • made this possible. We will speak on another occasion in greater
    • spiritual world, to influence human souls between birth and death, in
    • order henceforward to work in the Mars sphere for souls between death
    • only between death and a new birth.
    • We are now at the threshold of a great mystery, a
    • culminating in death. But you can have some idea of it if you reflect
    • that the Being who was the greatest Prince of Peace and Love, who was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • existence between birth and death and death and rebirth. But this 'I'
    • corresponding etheric organs is maintained. Between death and rebirth
    • during earthly life between birth and death.
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • have already considered certain aspects of man's life between death
    • death and rebirth, passes into the Mars sphere and there undergoes an
    • will help them to understand the life between death and rebirth in
    • we try to carry this question to greater depths than has hitherto
    • studies of man's life between death and the new birth. The question
    • too, that when an individual passes through the gate of death he
    • sheath of that body is cast off when the Kamaloka period is over.
    • death and rebirth. In the innermost sphere the human ‘I’
    • period between birth and death in the physical body, through the
    • greater part of the time between death and rebirth — it is the
    • whole period between death and rebirth conditions were the same as
    • with an intelligence much greater than that of a parrot will never
    • of existence between death and the new birth. All the forces that
    • life between birth and death man is quite unaware of the forces which
    • between birth and death vanishes and is of no significance when he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • in life on Earth and after death. 'Public Opinion' and
    • Progressive dimness of man's life of soul after death
    • to a far greater extent than was the case after the Mystery of
    • significance in man's life after death. The effect of the Buddha's
    • death and rebirth. Rosicrucianism has always recognised this.
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • understand with greater exactitude than has hitherto been possible
    • man's life between birth and death in the physical world on the one
    • side and on the other between death and rebirth in the spiritual
    • repeatedly considered a crucial occurrence in a man's life which
    • including the existence between death and the new birth, is possible
    • birth and death, man's life has undergone essential changes in the
    • the life between death and rebirth has also changed. Those who think
    • very great influence upon man's life of soul between birth and death
    • have been nonsense to speak of public opinion as we do today. A great
    • single personalities who admittedly exerted a great deal of authority
    • you will find a great deal on the subject of spiritual
    • between death and rebirth is of particular significance for this
    • Mystery of Golgotha, we find that after death men had an active,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • The greatest mysteries of existence are within man
    • memory we grasp a tiny corner of world-creation, namely what has
    • passed over from creation into existence. From the viewpoint of sleep
    • Experiences during the life between death and the new birth. At a
    • this is an experience of the moment of the last death in reverse.
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • Now the greatest mysteries of existence are not to be
    • world-creation, we grasp what has passed over from creation into
    • fugitive stage of created existence. But when we waken spiritually
    • are there beholding are the creative, life-giving principles working
    • to work at the creation of man, at a level above that of mineral,
    • except man — as a creation, together with happenings in the
    • accumulates and the natural death of old age ensues when the
    • Study of the life between death and rebirth, however,
    • preceding life is experienced for a time after death. All of you are
    • life between death and rebirth, a reversal of all ordinary vision and
    • time to which I have just referred, between death and the new birth,
    • the great intensity at what may now be called the human body; we
    • discern all its secrets. Thus between death and rebirth there comes a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • contacts between death and rebirth. Rejection of spiritual ideas in
    • after death, also inability to mould the physical organs efficiently
    • for the next incarnation. Individuals after death are approached by
    • beings during a soul's life after death can be recognised in
    • sense of duty enables contact to be made after death with spiritual
    • established during the life between death and rebirth even if there
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • When people do not flatly deny the possibility of a life after death,
    • may be a life after death but why should we trouble about it during
    • life on Earth? When death has taken place we shall discover whether
    • anything of importance. For if the life after death has anything to
    • the life between death and rebirth are considered in their spiritual
    • aspect. When a man has passed through the gate of death he comes into
    • the period of existence between death and the new birth.
    • Hierarchies with whom he has made contact between death and the new
    • during the time that has preceded our birth since the last death.
    • Between death and the next birth we must approach, stage by stage,
    • In the life between death and rebirth we can pass before
    • necessarily choose in our life between death and the new birth, is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • in the Soul World after Death, the Spiritland, the Spirit in the
    • Spiritland after Death. These descriptions are more closely related
    • lecture-course the descriptions are of great cosmic conditions and
    • death in Kamaloka and final discarding of longings connected with
    • experiences beyond the Saturn sphere between death and rebirth make
    • Old Sun. The death on Golgotha was only seemingly a death; in reality
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • have undertaken to study the life between death and rebirth from
    • on the subject of the life between death and rebirth
    • the soul after death through the Soul-World. This Soul-World is
    • was how the Soul-World through which the soul has to pass after death
    • given of how the soul, having passed through the gate of death, lays
    • from the great macrocosmic spheres, there arises the human being who
    • through his existence between birth and death.
    • dealt with the great cosmic relationships connected with the
    • the first period after death the soul has to look back upon what was
    • say: When the soul passes through the gate of death, everything given
    • these impressions after death. Recall any sense-impressions
    • experience. When the sense-organs fall away at death, all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • us, at this great distance in time? That might be a troublesome
    • living back into the thought-world of that time and recreating it in
    • period will have great difficulty in understanding it. Our souls are
    • cosmic evolution. They find it a great relief, these souls of today,
    • so we often find souls who are greatly comforted when they can apply
    • and permeates everything that comes into being in the realms of
    • this desire, Achamod, thrown out into the world and permeating it.
    • This Demiurgos is the real arch-creator and sustainer of
    • that which is permeated with Achamod and the material. The souls of
    • with a sheath drawn from the material world, but when I sink into my
    • lying like a weight on the soul, becomes even greater if we reflect
    • It is not my wish that you should treat our
    • period at the beginning of our era was a great riddle. I want you to
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • endeavour encountered the very greatest difficulties. We must pause
    • Earth before and after the death on Golgotha: it had appeared here
    • the greatest historical mystery in the Earth's evolution; but
    • can enter into the souls of the great teachers of the ancient Indian
    • the comprehensive, deeply-grounded wisdom, permeated throughout with
    • We know that the souls of those great teachers were open to cosmic
    • soul of one of these great teachers of ancient India, one must say
    • great intelligence is chaotically mixed up with arrant humbug. And
    • such things from beneath the layer of materialistic culture which
    • the great paintings in the Sistine Chapel, where Michelangelo
    • the Prophets, we find, have to a greater or lesser degree something
    • he is a man on Earth. That is the greatness of this portrayal of the
    • the great Universe, and out of this working of the Cosmos on their
    • permeated with the actual life of the world-spirit; and this was felt
    • themselves truly to the great phenomena of the Cosmos, but they would
    • waged by Christ, who had permeated the Earth-aura, against Sibyllism
    • Paul also, in a certain way, created something out of
    • Paul is great throughout the world where the olive tree is
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • affected by a colour that it would have felt itself permeated with
    • to go through a development which would enable him to be permeated
    • response to this cry made himself fitted to be permeated by the
    • later became the Nathan Jesus-child was permeated by the Christ
    • something which made it possible for him to be permeated by the very
    • these organs — the organs of breathing, blood circulation and
    • the Sun and was there permeated by the Christ Being, the sublime
    • Spirit of Christ permeated him again. And through what was now
    • brought about by the permeation of this Being by the Christ Spirit,
    • Thus it came about that when a man breathed in a particular place, he
    • accomplished in the spiritual worlds through a further permeation of
    • great danger to which humanity was exposed on Earth.
    • who now for the third time descended upon him, permeating him. So in
    • the cosmic height, beyond the Earth, there was a third permeation of
    • Jesus-child had been permeated by the Christ Being. And the essential
    • had originated from the permeation by the Sun-Spirit of the Nathan
    • come into existence because the Being who had been permeated by the
    • permeated with the Christ had to accomplish the deed of vanquishing
    • planets of the Being, permeated by the Christ, who later became the
    • permeated by the Christ. This reflection was the Apollo who spoke
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Mystery of Golgotha. We spoke of the three permeations of a Being of
    • and resounds through it, because in the great world-orchestra the
    • creates, and nourishes itself in creating, in that which takes the
    • the subject of the creative work performed by Jahve together with the
    • Genesis. Secrets of the Bible Story of Creation.
    • creation of man is spoken of quite differently, with the emphasis on
    • course of his evolution the Ruler of Earth, breathes out of his own
    • breath with what he has formed out of earth. And he wishes to dwell
    • in his offspring, in his living breath, in Adam and his descendants;
    • these forces to those of in-breathing and out-breathing in human
    • beings. The Earth does have forces of in-breathing and out-breathing
    • the Deluge as another important event after the creation of Adam, the
    • should find them permeated with Geology, in the sense meant here.
    • Jahve took great care to place man on the Earth so that in his true
    • being he would be the highest flower, the crown, of earthly creation.
    • if the influence of heathen peoples gains sway over the Jews. No
    • Jesus-child was permeated by the Christ, but in such a way that he
    • of the angelic Being who in spiritual heights was permeated by the
    • the end of the Atlantean time had been permeated by the Christ. What
    • And now the Geology of the Jews was to be permeated by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • a great deal that we may think strange, if we look at it
    • if we observe that on October 28, 312, when Constantine the Great,
    • committed the greatest folly — looked at externally —
    • Rome's greatest enemy.” A truly oracular utterance!
    • the most important features of the saga.
    • him in great suffering and with dream-like visions of a quite
    • great Mysteries that had been shown to him. We then hear that he went
    • death of the old Amfortas, the Fisher-King. Then it is that the
    • epoch, but permeated now with the Christ Impulse. Today we must
    • in the heavens, with the dark moon like a great disc dimly visible
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Sibyls had to be moderated; it had to be permeated by the Christ
    • events of the greatest importance for the destiny of Europe in the
    • under the influence of her inspirations, fully permeated by the
    • I will not repeat here what can be read in history
    • and with God's help she will accomplish still greater things.
    • delicately feminine voice. She eats little and abstains from wine.
    • respected and powerful Duke and greatly honoured master! I commend
    • who, one might say, was justified in feeling himself permeated with
    • properly, so that it will be permeated with the Christ Impulse, one
    • this approach brought with it a great deal of superstition,
    • of all these movements and functions are implanted by God the Creator
    • mathematical ideas and proofs, for example, are created by the soul
    • character; a great part of astrology has to do with this. Probably
    • it may also be the seat and centre of pure reason and the source of
    • “In the whole creation there is a magnificent and
    • earth is ensouled, and thus the great harmony is brought about, not
    • works throughout the body of the earth, but it has its seat in a
    • particular place, just as the human soul has its seat in the heart;
    • clearly by observing weather conditions and the aspects under which
    • how the spiritual revelations come to be permeated by Christ, for he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • before he can first draw breath. It is active from the conception to
    • greater and greater through continuous division, the forces of the
    • ensheaths the growing human being and then falls away from it —
    • overcome as soon as the human being draws the first active breath for
    • today would be to study the laws at work in the sheaths surrounding
    • the human embryo before it draws the first breath, enfolding it and
    • sheath of the maternal body was the whole nature during the Old Moon
    • in so far as they have a sheath-nature, but whole types of natural
    • the spiritualising of those parts of the embryonic sheaths which fall
    • part, for we found it still ensheathed in the sensible. Nor in the
    • curious ideas about the great philosophical figures of Thales,
    • the first stimulus to create thoughts from within outwards. This gave
    • Think of the great difference
    • ‘One creates thoughts oneself ... well, then, what have
    • instance, to create validity for the idea of God; — for one did not
    • throughout; concepts are created within, concepts are linked
    • must be found for the idea that what is created inwardly also exists
    • from the external thought-perception, the independent creation of
    • thought from within: free creation of thought, that free creation
    • these thinkers had an intense desire to prove that what they created
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • to say a great deal about the material composition of the heavenly
    • system, too, is permeated with soul and spirit. And today I want to
    • to begin with as a gathering of spiritual Beings living in great
    • great Teachers of earthly humanity; but all consciousness of the
    • cultivated by all the Beings in his cosmic domain. Creative thoughts
    • It was out of a certain intuition that such great veneration was paid
    • particularly during its last period — when there was a great
    • for these things, but Mars may be called the great “Talker”
    • dream. Mars has a great longing to be always talking, and whenever
    • here or there in the universe and then they talk about it with great
    • She has a very great deal to do with poets, although they are not
    • relationship of Venus to Mars is therefore a factor of great
    • any greater coercion, man is free, in a certain respect, in the realm
    • individualities stands the Sun, creating harmony between the
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • with the repeated lives on earth, with the life between death and a
    • of these great general aspects, of these general truths, but also of
    • greater value for the individual and concrete life of a human being.
    • form of destiny, between birth and death — everything we
    • we consider the repeated lives on earth. But these are more general
    • a physical body. A far greater sphere of connections arises if we
    • greater sphere of forces develops than those which arise between these
    • portal of death into the other world, the spiritual world. The one
    • passed through the portal of death brings about this deepening
    • through the portal of death. A true fulfilment of karma is often
    • behind, if we see him passing through the portal of death some time
    • that during our life between death and a new birth every situation
    • beginning we feel that there must be a great difference between a man
    • form of violent death, and a man who attains a great age before he
    • attained a great age.
    • death? This question can only be answered if we do not contemplate
    • death from the standpoint of our physical life upon the earth, but
    • passed through the portal of death. In my lectures (some of these
    • Being and His Life Between Death and a New Birth,” Lectures
    • the fact, that death viewed from the other side, from the world which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • beings. For in truth our whole life between birth and death —
    • and also our subsequent life which takes its course between death and
    • plant-world and with the animal. But the greater part, by far, of
    • greater or lesser degree, we develop sympathies and antipathies with
    • etheric body from birth until death — develops its own
    • Death, when for a few days we still bear our etheric body with us, we
    • of Death, but the more exactly we study it, the clearer the
    • after the passage of a human being through the Gate of Death always
    • immediately after death, between our own etheric body and its etheric
    • days after death is mainly due to its being attracted — drawn
    • becomes one with the etheric counterpart. A few days after death we
    • us from birth till death. It might be compared to the relation of a
    • through the Gate of Death, all our thoughts and feelings pass with
    • your death it will be handed over to the universe in such or such a
    • being's death we may have to do, in one form or another, with what is
    • remains a connection after death between the true human individuality
    • life between birth and death, or out of former incarnations.
    • relation to us and who passed before us through the Gate of Death. As
    • always remain the same between birth and death. Let us look back upon
    • several of those who have gone before them through the Gate of Death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • In this direction great and impressive results have been accomplished
    • begun to lose its creativity, though we still live with its heritage.
    • The most creative period was from the time of Copernicus, Galileo and
    • western civilization the greatest intellectual achievements have been
    • intellect has lost some of its creative power. In general, mankind
    • But, my dear friends, it would be a great mistake to compare the
    • transported into the great universal laws; one participated in world
    • his thought processes free from the breathing process. As I
    • and breath. In so doing he identified himself with what his
    • inner rhythm of breathing. By contrast, we must give ourselves up to
    • ones of solid, liquid, aeriform bodies and conditions of heat. When
    • While the intellect played a creative part in man's cultural life
    • future threatens mankind. There is another aspect — just as
    • created an influence which resulted in the strict monotheism of
    • intended to become, man must wake up to the dangers that threaten
    • of the kind of things I have explained. These are matters of great
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    • of death, this significant event in human life; it reminds us of
    • man's passage through the portal of death. For only in the light of
    • spiritual science does death become a real event in the true meaning
    • that are active within us, that pass through births and deaths and
    • take on a special form of existence between birth and death, in order
    • portal of death. In the light of spiritual science, death becomes an
    • materialistic world-conception can look upon death as the end of
    • left us in order to pass through the portal of death, chiefly as a
    • few things on death, on this great event, and on the facts of human
    • spiritual-scientific lectures on the life between death and a
    • speaking of things repeatedly and throwing light upon them from many
    • great thinker Johann Gottlieb Fichte, to Troxler and others. Indeed,
    • were to say: we eat in such a way that we send the food out of us;
    • portal of death, it becomes all the more important. The time through
    • which the human being now passes, the first days after his death, are
    • after our passage through the portal of death.
    • physical world) that when we pass through the portal of death we lay
    • to exist for those who have passed through the portal of death. But
    • great portion of the Earth existence, are super-sensible forces. These
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • already passed through the gate of death: —
    • been referred to, about the greater, real world, which embraces both
    • death. Also, since the beginning of this hard war time, friends have
    • passed through the portal of death who had to take part directly in
    • these great events. In other words, within our circle, we are
    • ourselves touched by the great spiritual world, because souls who
    • those who have passed through the portal of death and who were
    • death; so that in our work we quite certainly do not lose those souls
    • united with us here before they passed through the portal of death.
    • that, if we wish to consider the life between death and a new birth,
    • body falls away from the whole being of man in the moment of death
    • Now, it is a great prejudice of the modern materialistic
    • about from birth until death, or let us say from conception until
    • death, that this human body simply falls into the smallest possible
    • great, an essential, importance for the one who has passed through
    • the gate of death. He passes into the spiritual world. He leaves his
    • very great one. It is something mighty, something unfathomably
    • possibility between death and birth to see, to realise, to grasp the
    • planet which he is leaving. It is a very great experience, an
    • we pass through the gate of death, of knowingly participating in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • It affords me great satisfaction to be able to speak
    • knowledge and grasp of the great laws of humanity, he cannot be
    • is one who is able to identify himself with the great mission of
    • view regarding something which we otherwise rightly consider great,
    • greatness of that from which the ‘homeless man’ must in a
    • great rôle; in a not far-distant future this sentence will be
    • member of his being which offers the greatest resistance, the
    • the great Atlantean Catastrophe — which so completely altered
    • the periods influenced by the great peoples from whom the
    • together, something which is understood everywhere to a greater or
    • conditions and repeats them in a higher form. Now you may be struck
    • is not repeated. After this comes the repetition of the
    • down the great outlines for the several epochs. The extension of the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • You all know that the features of the surface of the earth vary in
    • as long as he lives, that is, from his birth to his death. It is
    • all cases where that which determined the great changes of the people
    • that they are able to employ much greater forces than can the
    • a people. The Beings who give language have great strength, they are
    • but for reasons pertaining to the great Wisdom which rules the world.
    • bring about, because they with their great forces and powers remained
    • regulate his progress and permeate it with law.
    • because no language has as yet been created which would make all this
    • again the unique Indian philosophy, which as creative thought acting
    • definitions there are, and how greatly they differ from each other.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • cannot perceive outwardly, but which glows through and permeates his
    • from within, and indeed exactly so far as man permeates himself
    • make a greater impression upon him. Others he finds to be lethargic,
    • out his life between death and a new birth. Thus the Archangel goes
    • does the Archangel feel his death, the necessity of withdrawing from
    • his life between death and a new birth, in order at a later
    • These great outlines are fashioned by the Archangel; but
    • work, here they must take care that these great aims are realized.
    • corresponds to the great ordinances of the Archangels. You will form
    • certain respects its good side, because in this way a great variety,
    • permeated the several persons, discharges the functions of the
    • saying ‘The world is maya’ is of the very greatest
    • these a foundation is created for what arises out of them. If we then
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • already often been repeated, and which after the last physical birth
    • and up to the seventh year, has for the present been repeated up to
    • under the great influence of these abnormal Beings. During the whole
    • die out and be no longer there. They do not repeat themselves for
    • permeates the human organization, so that man becomes dependent upon
    • which have a great deal to do with the decline and death of man, with
    • civilization is repeated in the primeval Indian civilization. Then
    • creations of man are still to a great extent dependent upon the
    • There is a great deal more that may not yet be told, that would help
    • You see this repeated even in the development of
    • more and more, the further the countries lie to the West. These great
    • character of humanity. There lies the great responsibility which one
    • takes, if one wishes to intervene in the great movement of mankind.
    • Where the great movement of humanity is concerned, no personal
    • great laws of humanity. We must recognize this from the great laws
    • great mystery is expressed when it is said who Plato was with respect
    • the earth planet, those Spirits whose greatest interest is to make
    • created on our earth planet, through the mysterious co-operation of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • are now scattered here and there among the greater peoples, have
    • their significance in the great harmony of human evolution. That,
    • element of air, in everything which permeates the apparent earthy
    • work in what we know as heat, they are behind every sort of heat.
    • Form, who permeate the air and heat with their element, up to the
    • was the great mission of Saturn to give will, to implant the forces
    • in man signify nothing else than the creating of an active centre in
    • within. So that man is indeed called to something great upon the
    • deepest sense of the word necessary for the procreation of the races.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • created for the further evolution of man. For if Moon had remained
    • Spirits of Motion — who possess greater power than the Spirits
    • similar way. In accordance with this, the great map is then drawn,
    • families, etc. That is the great map, which is an image of the
    • abnormal Spirits of Form worked with great power and caused man to be
    • Thus were the great foundations of the races created,
    • indirect ways; one way is through the respiration. When the breathing
    • to the Semitic race. That is a great polarity in humanity, and we
    • people attained its greatness. Everything the Greeks saw in the way
    • the breathing is the most important thing. On the other hand in the
    • incarnation, and that great leader of humanity whom we describe by
    • of One still greater, set itself the task of investigating into the
    • how in him there dwells what formerly was great and mighty for man,
    • great in the Atlantean culture. What was the greatest thing of all to
    • the ancient greatness and majesty of a period which existed in the
    • seven Spirits of Form was called by the Atlanteans the Great Spirit
    • not participate. He clung firmly to the Great Spirit of the primeval
    • had also received the Great Spirit, passed before his eyes when a
    • his soul he still had the Great Spirit. His speech has been preserved
    • of that which makes the white man great. The brown man is made great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • going on in the great world. This ascent is connected with the fact
    • great Teachers of India, the Holy Rishis, who because they were aided
    • the guide or intuitor of the great Zarathustra or Zoroaster, the
    • greatest possible variety. We might say, that in the post-Atlantean
    • If man were however to look out into the great cosmos,
    • can still see at the present day Monotheism ruling in its greatest
    • synthetic thought is the greatest imaginable in the Kabbalistic
    • years. That is the great polarity between Pluralism and Monism, and
    • as Spirit of the Age. Hence, however, something of the greatest
    • over a great part of Western Europe, as far as the present Hungary,
    • There was a great deal to be done, but above all it was
    • to-day. He belongs just as much to the great directing Spirits of the
    • Age, as those who were the great directing Spirits of the Age during
    • Folk-souls, have greater or less inclination towards this
    • greatest impulses streamed forth in all directions, the spot which
    • was the seat of sublime Spirits before the Celtic Folk-Spirit as
    • Europe. Hence, because the great centre of inspiration was there,
    • past, was that great centre of inspiration, which later on
    • Scandinavian mythology. Hence the great significance of the
    • of the Scandinavian Folk-soul. Hence also the great significance
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • great enthusiasm for comparative religion and comparative mythology,
    • another as regards their essential nature, he might make a great
    • regards everything else in human evolution they had made very great
    • The air was still permeated with water-vapor and clouds of mist. But
    • spiritual Beings beneath these were on the other hand Beings in whose
    • The creation of the whole world, the way in which the Angels and
    • again in Akashic Records and created pictures of the earlier
    • abnormal Archangels, as one of the great Renouncers of antiquity, who
    • worked indirectly through the breathing, corresponds to the movements
    • of his breath. This the Northern man perceived as unity. Just as that
    • with the weaving of the air he breathes in. He sees how that passes
    • goes through the blood. He felt the pulse-beat in his blood and he
    • knew that it was the beating of the ‘ I ’; he
    • knew: ‘That which thus beats I am able to perceive, and I shall
    • perception. He perceived that which caused his pulse to beat and made
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • has been permeated by the Luciferic power. When, therefore, we speak
    • great world of Nature surrounding man; so that the Ahrimanic
    • country are the great Powers, the Luminous Ones. He is organized for
    • astral body, the purely inner part of man, the self is permeated with
    • body is inwardly permeated by the impulse to be untruthful and thus
    • and death are produced. That will easily be understood by those who
    • death is karmically connected with what we call the Luciferic
    • untruthfulness, and in the physical body sickness and death.
    • materialistic will be greatly surprised that Spiritual Science should
    • trace back sickness and death to a Luciferic influence. But this too
    • is connected with karma. Sickness and death would never have come to
    • by sickness and death.
    • have been seized by sickness and death, lying and untruthfulness, and
    • of death in animal and plant bodies as it does in that of man. These
    • proceed from entirely different grounds. The death of an animal does
    • not proceed from the same original causes as the death of a man,
    • It would require a great deal too much time to prove
    • have been as described, and yet death would have come about from an
    • the physical body illness and death. Now what would the Germanic
    • of the influence of Ahriman, i.e., greater error than does the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • subdivisions of peoples have their special task in this great
    • community, as if he were a part in the great body of his people. Thus
    • system of the rights of the individual. Hence it was the creator of
    • great question in the mission of the Roman people. The other peoples,
    • present-day France and in present-day Great Britain, were necessary
    • was the great mission of those peoples which gradually developed in
    • The great world-historical effects, however, which we
    • may consider as represented by Great Britain, are to be traced back
    • proceeded from Great Britain is also connected that which proceeded
    • had been driven outwards, you will find that the great historical
    • abstract scientist are mere thoughts, to him were the great, mighty
    • creating his mighty civilization and his magnificent spiritual life,
    • our earlier lectures we called ‘The Great Spirit,’ you
    • comprehensible that the two great opposites of the post-Atlantean
    • Chinese, that shuts itself off and remains rigid, repeating what
    • and think of the Great Wall of China, which was intended to enclose
    • reproduced by enclosing within their Great Wall the culture which
    • world of the Cosmic Father. Everything that is creatively active in
    • one great, all-embracing idea, which is at the same time an
    • permeates another one. It is a world which is, however, conceived of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • In beginning this our last lecture I may truly say that there is a great
    • directing activity over this country, will permeate with the
    • wonderfully the great occult truths are expressed in its pictures
    • the Atlantean epoch the air of Atlantis was permeated with water in
    • Folk-spirits have played a great rôle. The vision of that descent has
    • been preserved in the greatest purity in the Sagas which in former
    • schools of the Initiates. Thus a very great deal remained in the
    • of Christ will be repeated in the same form which was necessary
    • again be repeated, that materialistic thinking will transform the
    • Christ. He made a great stir. Pilgrimages were made to him not only
    • certainly not so great, for man was not then so entirely in
    • truth; but in the twentieth century it would be a great misfortune
    • danger so great as the tendency to remain satisfied with the old
    • evolution of modern times. One part only of a greater whole has been
    • may describe as the greatest Being in the evolution of humanity, by
    • difference between the East and the West; we accept with great love
    • that which we recognize as the overwhelming greatness of the primal
    • Theosophical Congress at Budapest, and which I repeated during our
    • own General Meeting in Berlin, when we had the great pleasure of
    • then be grasped and permeated by the forces of the people, so that it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • This is a time when a great deal of attention, ranging
    • today to certain great cosmic events with which we are already familiar from
    • and will have realised that one of the great events in earthly
    • matters of the greatest significance come into consideration here. Man's being
    • Thus the second great process or event was that man became more spiritual. But
    • proceed only up to a certain age in life. At the time of the death of Christ,
    • must begin to be alive to the great happenings that are connected with his
    • be a great event in earthly evolution — the re-entry of the moon into the
    • reality are nothing but a great world-question. His intellect cannot begin to
    • the Jupiter-men and the others descended again to earth. Now an event of great
    • I repeat, then, that since the last third of
    • of ghastly, spider-like creatures, of an order lower than that of
    • plant-existence, but possessed of overpowering wisdom. These spidery creatures
    • spider-like creatures, half-mineral, half-plant, interweaving with masterly
    • half-plantlike creatures. He will have to live together with these spider-like
    • creatures and to continue his cosmic existence within the order of evolution
    • the earthly evolution of humanity to be veiled in mystery. However great the
    • resistance, these things must be said, for, as I constantly repeat, the
    • region where the creative fantasy and feeling of the artist who understands the
    • science, but able to provide a true foundation for artistic creation, if man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • great, momentous achievements of the physical sciences, and on the
    • performances were at first given in an ordinary theatre. But it soon
    • became evident that an ordinary theatre cannot be the right framework
    • distinguishing features be eliminated. It may, for instance, be said,
    • in a spiritual way if no meat be eaten.
    • when the logic that bears sway in man, is treated in a certain way, the
    • conceptions. He becomes permeated by this living, ruling element. And
    • certain way. The methods by which the will is so treated that we learn
    • when he goes through the gate of death. We learn to know the being in
    • spirit nature, which will continue to exist after death, which existed
    • one, that light may be so treated as to appear in seven colours. Just
    • been discerned, which passes through the gate of death, goes through
    • the spiritual world after death and afterwards returns again to
    • our soul and spirit through treating thought and will in the manner
    • characteristic feature of an abnormal or diseased soul-life? If some
    • But the characteristic feature of spiritual research is that whilst it
    • the passage through repeated earth-lives, but is also enlightening
    • passes after death. Only it must not be thought that what appear in
    • spiritual world between death and re-birth, spiritual science knows
    • able to create something in nature itself. Knowledge of nature does not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • words: “I have the idea that in the creation of their works of
    • creates and of which I am on the track.” In Weimar, before
    • beings in man's environment are permeated by the divine-spiritual He
    • creations.
    • thinking and he is then permeated by these powers. He can avoid this
    • medium — the rising smoke — through form-creating words.
    • more as something belonging to man like the breath — the breath
    • that wisdom was like the air he breathes, later on he felt that his
    • air of the breath and in the epoch of the Mystery of Golgotha he
    • Divine. Now that he is an earthly thinker, he must permeate his
    • beneath the soil of the earth. — But the meaning of this must
    • earth beneath the surface of the soil. I have spoken of this before
    • During Winter it is Summer underneath the surface of the earth. And
    • beneath that raiment is the continuation of Summer. Man does not now
    • power of the Christ, the power of the new wisdom which permeates the
    • inwardly with the Divine, to permeate them inwardly with the Divine,
    • spiritualize, whatever knowledge he acquires about the great world.
    • Sun which revealed a very great deal to the Imaginative cognition of
    • that are really to blame for the great calamity into which human
    • permeated with the Christ Impulse — the world of thought which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • and this we can also do in the world which does in some way repeat
    • repeating themselves, and begin to believe that the souls of human
    • world and there made fruitful in the period between death and a new
    • study the great epochs of art and the great artists. We shall never
    • be convinced of the reality of man's repeated lives on earth by
    • repeated earth lives, the more we study reality as a whole. I hope to
    • light of this conception of repeated earth lives we shall soon come
    • look beneath the surface we shall see the immense difference there is
    • message from another world. This creation of form was possible to the
    • models in order to create his forms. An inner knowledge gave them the
    • inter-relationship. They could permeate their whole organism with
    • a statue of Zeus, for instance, his soul was permeated with a sort of
    • him with Goliath's head beneath his feet. Michelangelo chooses
    • created works of art which deny the outer world and produce their
    • the statues of the Greek gods breathe only the air of the gods,
    • Michelangelo's breathe the same air as ourselves. This is not
    • study with Ghirlandaio, but great artist as the latter was the boy
    • contemporary talents could create: humanity had now moved forward to
    • create a sculpture which was the equal of the Greek because he had
    • disregarded by Michelangelo when, at the height of his creative
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • Our real task is to strengthen the soul by permeating it with the
    • discover its real nature, they come out with a great deal of
    • mechanical arts and thus create the technical environment
    • away, forests are maltreated and the wood transported ... many more
    • spirit. In producing it we create a soil for other spiritual beings,
    • milieu of applied technology, means that we create a thoroughly
    • milieu created by modern technical science. Man is as it were torn
    • the way to initiation perceives that everything which permeates
    • life of the human spirit-and-soul in such a way that a great deal is
    • effects it is experienced by everybody. There would be no greater
    • assimilated with sweat of the brow. That is a sine qua non in
    • together again into a new creation, breathing into it a certain life,
    • the past, is adapted to permeate the things of the material world
    • milieu created by technical science that it is possible to come into
    • There is a very great deal in subtle distinctions such
    • future, too, great strides will be taken in the same direction. We
    • in the earth, which would be the only permanent feature — but
    • needs a great deal that must act as an impulse of renewal over
    • has been made to create in this Building an art calling for activity
    • These are not matters arbitrarily created by the human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • not be difficult for us to be convinced of the truth of repeated
    • the principles underlying the fact of repeated earthly lives. But
    • repeated earthly lives.
    • of investigation which may seem highly improbable to a great many
    • At this point, before we proceed any further, let me repeat something
    • this brings us to the question: Where were the souls of the greater
    • the spiritual world since their last death and their present birth
    • religion. Their hearts were turned in aspiration to a great Spiritual
    • people had a living and vivid experience of one great Spirit
    • pantheistic impulse, connected with the worship of one great
    • generations, say to the age of Charles the Great and even earlier,
    • these souls in the spiritual world between death and rebirth
    • the spiritual world between death and rebirth. Many of these souls
    • who were permeated by the Christian Impulse at that time are
    • many enigmas today — unless we realize that a great many souls
    • repeated earthly lives and merely take it as a theory. It must be
    • great many men were able to form very clear and definite conceptions
    • were men who indulged in a great deal of speculation, but their
    • world between death and a new birth, and it was a very long time
    • today to take the fact of repeated earthly lives in all seriousness
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • hand, however, there is hardly any other alternative for the great
    • falsehood. This feeling may be found in great men and in
    • insignificant people. Benvenuto Cellini, who was a great man, once
    • experiencing his value. Compassion is a quality which is not greatly
    • developed among men. It still contains a great amount of egoism. Of
    • he fainted when he first entered an operating theatre where a corpse
    • great school — but he will reveal instead a new, plainly marked
    • nuance of the influence of Karma; it remains after death, works
    • greatly. We can, however, be of great help to others, whereas we
    • therefore be of great help to others; our bad qualities cause us
    • great harm, but cannot cause much harm to others, at least not
    • able to guide ourselves. Here we see a great difference between the
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • generally appears to us, only because it is permeated by the etheric
    • existence between birth and death. When we see a human corpse, we
    • physical body which is not permeated by the etheric body, by the
    • greater extent with vegetative life, they were not so lifeless, not
    • the Graeco-Latin epoch onward — has a greater resemblance with
    • modern science and in which he takes so great a pride? Only lifeless
    • of great value. You know that many so-called lodges, which have not a
    • to a great extent already waned — there were older times in
    • the greatest value
    • after death. Out of pure egoism they take an interest in the life of
    • the soul after death. I have also told you that it is now necessary
    • with which we think of the life after death.
    • developed in man; the Ego has permeated our world conception and the
    • Ego has also permeated the human will. Let us not fall a prey to any
    • promises he makes for the soul's life after death, the more
    • One result of this egoistic interest in the life after death is the
    • indifference in regard to the great destinies of human existence.
    • together in parliaments, but the destinies of humanity do not breathe
    • parliament are not filled with the breath of mankind's
    • destinies. They are filled with the breath of egoistic interests.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • earth — we feel as if we lived within a great organism. We
    • and the great consciousness of the Spirit of the Earth then
    • of sleep. The animals consume, eat up what summer produces upon
    • which we take with us through the portal of death. What the
    • through the portal of death, as harvest of our life.
    • explanations repeatedly given in recent lectures.
    • so that our existence from birth to death becomes a whole, a
    • “The Education of the Child” — maltreat a
    • organism to its own elemental forces, without maltreating it. We
    • which passes through the portal of death and enters the spiritual
    • was greatly alarmed and said that quite recently a man had been
    • shot in the neighbourhood, and she entreated her nephew to remain
    • shows us that what we call the great illusion chiefly consists
    • man is as great as the universe. Even in ordinary life we look
    • birth to death. When passing through the portal of death we grow
    • right way into the world we enter through the portal of death, we
    • of course, pass through the portal of death and he must pass
    • through the life between death and a new birth, but the whole of
    • imperishable element which we gain from birth to death for our
    • life between death and a new birth.
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • disappearance of much that is still greatly to men's taste and
    • great spiritual battle between East and West, in which the true
    • youth. The poets, especially, furnish us with repeated illustrations
    • its distinguishing features is that it is not in a position to
    • others. It demonstrates the evolution of the living creature from the
    • scientific thought of today, so that he presents an ever greater
    • before one's life on earth has no very great value, but a
    • lively feeling for it is worth a great deal; it is something
    • of the greatest value to feel that what is in one as an adult has
    • situation mankind is in, have brought about the great crisis of the
    • of peace treaties in which people who know absolutely nothing about
    • external sheaths, his astral body, ether body and physical body; but,
    • recent centuries that has created the conditions which make me
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • feature of the knowledge that has made such advances in our day and
    • knowledge. It has achieved a very great deal on its own ground, and
    • other hand, we have eaten something we never tasted before, and have
    • realms of the spiritual world through which man lives between death
    • spiritual world when we have passed through the gate of death, and to
    • physical organs. When we are active and creative, we — so to
    • passes through repeated earthly lives.
    • this larger world, and learn to look beyond birth and beyond death,
    • permeated throughout with spirit; we carry our moral or
    • death, then there is no longer anything to prevent our soul and
    • health-giving influence, no less truly than heat works in the
    • birth and death and launches out into the vast ocean of eternity in
    • which we shall he when we have gone through the gate of death, and in
    • evades us like a dream; its great and far-reaching conceptions slip
    • Guardian of the Threshold, we have the greatest trouble to bring to
    • only with the greatest difficulty can one lift them on to a higher
    • kind of experience one may have from the painting of a great artist.
    • has passed through the gate of death and come again into the
    • spiritual beings are at work, creating and fashioning our individual
    • or, having passed through many births and deaths, shall we come at
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • The Event of Death and Facts about the Time.
    • to each other. In this respect there is a great, difference between
    • to make friends. We must know a great deal about each other before
    • undertakings depended to the greatest possible extent upon personal
    • of forming fresh connections. But through repeated earth-lives we
    • requires different treatment. These specially gifted men will say to
    • in their next incarnation. Sympathy and antipathy are the greatest
    • understanding if it is, to some extent, to create the opposite pole
    • authority has become so great and so intensified that under its
    • human beings appear when compared to the unreasoning animal creation!
    • There are, however, a great many people whose sincerity
    • more and more intensively cultivated because what threatens us,
    • of talk nowadays about the necessity for the individual treatment of
    • should learn these things; but we are not called upon to be creative,
    • create, but we must be able to criticise the expert. And this faculty
    • These three things must be the great true ideals of the
    • THE SPIRITUAL WORLDS. These are the three great aims and impulses of
    • the creation of impulses tending in the direction post-Atlantean
    • because the three great true ideals of human understanding,
    • way’ the place where he lives) “is in a far greater sense
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • weather, were dream-creations woven into nature by fantasy. This was by no
    • The clear self-consciousness which permeates the
    • ends. I have often referred to these yoga breathing exercises. Therefore,
    • civilization.In ordinary life breathing functions unconsciously. We
    • breathe in, hold the breath and exhale; this becomes a conscious process
    • only if in some way we are not in good health. In ordinary life, breathing
    • periods of his exercises the yogi transformed his breathing into a
    • holding and exhaling of the breath differently, and so altered the
    • whole rhythm of the normal breathing. In this way the breathing
    • his breathing. He felt himself one with the indrawn breath, with the
    • spreading of the breath through the body and with the exhaled I breath. In
    • this way he was drawn with his whole soul into the breath.
    • when we breathe. When we inhale, the breath is driven into the organism, up
    • The breathing process pulsates and beats through them with its perpetual
    • we are normally unaware because the breathing remains
    • The yogi, by altering the rhythm of the breath, drew it
    • breathing caused the air to billow and whirl through the brain and
    • element in his thinking within the rhythm of breathing.
    • little live creature that ran through the whole process of breathing,
    • thinking followed the breath. When he inhaled he felt he was taking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • remind ourselves again and again what a great event in the evolution of
    • often drawn attention to the great difference in the development of the
    • He passed through the gate of death.What this passage through the gate
    • of death means can be understood only from the point of view of
    • into super-sensible worlds. For the passage through the gate of death is
    • of Christ Jesus on earth. There is a great deal to be learned from a
    • mean a very great deal for us; only it is necessary to realise that the
    • of the world which carried within it the experiences of the heathen of
    • Paul saw what a great
    • thing. It is repeatedly emphasised that faith ought to make appeal to
    • or I might just as well say, if the event of Damascus was what a great
    • must ask: What is a festival such as that of Easter for the greater part
    • distinct unwillingness to take part in the great change that is so
    • inclination to examine into what it is that has brought such great
    • great significance in life today.
    • with thinking at all, and go on repeating the words they have learned from
    • the Gospels and from the Epistles of St. Paul, simply repeating by rote
    • in a very special sense. He is being put to death in the field of
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • With these talks, Steiner created and launched 'biodynamic' farming -
    • These undertakings were created by industrialists, business men, but
    • have prescribed how many ounces of meat they are to eat, and how much
    • to eat! At least there is still this instinct to tell him so.
    • these things existed. And the instincts frequently worked with great
    • in the life of the Earth. Nowadays we are wont to attach the greatest
    • constituents and is nevertheless of great importance for the life of
    • the outer Universe. The nearer we come to man, the greater this
    • into account is this. The greatest imaginable part is played in this
    • illnesses are treated with silicic acid taken internally, or
    • accustomed to call it, silicon plays the greatest imaginable part,
    • that as a creature of a comparatively lower kingdom of Nature, the
    • forces of Nature, whether or no we eat the plant and nourish
    • plants such as we do not eat — plants that simply renew
    • plant coniferous forests, where the Saturn-forces play so great a
    • and here they show their great significance. Alas! the life of people
    • Then the great riddles arise. Why, for example, is it impossible
    • to-day to eat such potatoes as I ate in my youth? It is so; I have
    • them then, can one now eat such potatoes. Many things have declined
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • With these talks, Steiner created and launched 'biodynamic' farming -
    • — notably the head and the processes of breathing and
    • circulation which work up into the head. Beneath it there are other
    • concerned, the head is beneath the surface of the Earth, while
    • we, with all the animals, are living in the creature's belly!
    • which we ourselves are living and breathing and from which the
    • place in the interior of the Earth beneath the Earth's surface
    • Sun — work upon all that is beneath the Earth's surface,
    • the influences of the distant Heavens beneath, and of the
    • direct radiation from the Cosmos is stored up beneath the Earth's
    • well be at a considerable depth beneath the surface. Therefore,
    • process the “head” beneath must be supplied with what it
    • pours down from the Cosmos and is caught up beneath the surface must
    • treat it so as to make it fertile — all that, no doubt, is most
    • down into the soil by the greater or lesser limestone content
    • great difference between the warmth that is above the Earth's surface
    • call the warmth above the Earth dead, and that beneath the
    • The warmth beneath
    • air beneath the surface contains more carbonic acid, and the air
    • is that the air too is permeated by a delicate vitality the moment it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • With these talks, Steiner created and launched 'biodynamic' farming -
    • of nitrogen's activity, has fallen into great confusion nowadays.
    • nevertheless it is of great importance; for it is along the paths of
    • do we see in carbon nowadays? That which we use, as coal, to heat our
    • the bearer of all the creatively formative processes in Nature.
    • great plastician. It does not only carry in itself its black
    • mobility, it bears within it the creative and formative cosmic
    • behold the Spirit-activity of the great Universe, moistening itself
    • firm in this way, and for this very reason our breathing must
    • constantly dismantle what the carbon builds. Our breathing tears the
    • which man makes use of to create something more solid as a basis and
    • movement, man creates an underlying framework in his limestone-bony
    • or any other living being, the living being must always be permeated
    • permeated by an ethereal. The latter will either stay still —
    • working). What is the physical carrier which is so permeated by the
    • breathing process reveal its meaning. In breathing we absorb
    • our breathing the living quality is killed, is driven out, for the
    • our breathing it becomes alive again. Inside us it must be alive.
    • breathe, into the soil of the Earth. Albeit it is not so highly
    • the human process: we have the breathing before us — the living
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • With these talks, Steiner created and launched 'biodynamic' farming -
    • spheres. But the world in which man and the other earthly creatures
    • to the great cosmic relationships. This is most necessary nowadays.
    • eats one-and-three-quarter oz. a day.
    • superfluous protein is consumed, it will create by-products in the intestines
    • man or of any other living creature.
    • the greater part of what we daily eat is not there to be received as
    • substantially. By far the greater part is there to give the body the
    • inner mobility, activity. The greater part of what man thus receives
    • the skin and the breathing. Whatever the body has to receive and deposit
    • The true formula is thus: “Breathing, or reception of substances
    • insight is necessary, so as to treat things in the right way. After
    • merely bite into it, treating it in an impossible and style-less fashion.
    • We too shall treat things in an impossible and style-less fashion, so
    • earthly matter — permeated, as I have now described it, by humus-substances
    • tendency to life — a tendency to permeate itself with
    • ethereal vitality. Hence you will find it easier to permeate ordinary
    • to do this efficiently if you erect mounds of earth, and permeate these
    • be thoroughly permeated with this idea, above all if we would understand
    • the nature of manured earth, or of earth treated in some similar way.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • With these talks, Steiner created and launched 'biodynamic' farming -
    • growth. Hence it was of great value for us to recognise that the soil
    • into the great connections of Nature has been lost — as indeed
    • we need for the impoverished earth, must be subjected to a proper treatment,
    • creatures the virtue of preparing the right conditions and relationships
    • to increase the number of flies (imagining that they will eat the dirt
    • or there in the dung substance. The presence of these creatures may
    • such conditions in the dung-substance itself. But there can be no great
    • and even to these minutest of creatures we should apply as little as
    • well in modern times to treat the manure in various ways with inorganic
    • often find repeated in agricultural literature, in many variations.
    • do not treat the plants as madly as they would do if they really followed
    • connection? Great Nature does not leave us so mercilessly in the lurch
    • Therefore we need to treat
    • it to a further treatment. And the point is not merely to add substances
    • great intensity, precisely where living things are concerned. Now, however,
    • creation. No doubt every plant is so; but if you afterwards look at
    • organic places. Yarrow stands out in Nature as though some creator of
    • the entire process of plant growth. Yarrow is always the greatest boon,
    • now use the manure thus treated, just in the way manure is ordinarily
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • With these talks, Steiner created and launched 'biodynamic' farming -
    • to one's student days. Thus I endeavoured, though with no great
    • These things cannot be treated thoroughly by the scientific methods
    • as weeds — are greatly influenced by the workings of the Moon.
    • course the Moon permeates them with its own forces. They come to the
    • enough to bring about the growth in living creatures. The Moon intensifies
    • its cue from great Nature.
    • all — and we get no farther along these lines. Treated in this
    • reproduce themselves and increase greatly.
    • “switch off” the Moon. Therefore we “ treat the soil in
    • been treated. If we attain this end, we have all that we need.
    • thus treated by letting their seeds pass through the fire and turn to
    • you have thus treated. It no longer grows as rampantly. Moreover, many
    • the dandelion-seed. Repeat this fire-process with it, prepare your little
    • where you want them, and at the same time keep the fields, thus treated
    • try to get at these happy, simple-looking little creatures in untold
    • the way to treat the earth, if you have to combat field vermin which
    • creatures, nay, all living creatures have this peculiarity: they can
    • Above and beneath this level you can no longer live. Nor can the nematode.
    • die out. Thus, for each living creature, there are quite definite conditions.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • With these talks, Steiner created and launched 'biodynamic' farming -
    • one upon the other—as for instance when one creature is eaten
    • humanity has no idea how greatly farming and forestry
    • is able to create plant-cells. (The other layers in the free would not
    • be able to create fresh cells). Now you can thoroughly see the point.
    • in a more or less larval condition. These creatures then emancipate
    • fast emerges here: Certain of these sub-terrestrial creatures (which,
    • it becomes too great. If the soil is tending to become too strongly
    • inside the Earth. These golden creatures — for they are of the
    • greatest value to the earth — are none other than the earth-worms.
    • are wonderful creatures: they leave to the earth precisely as much ethericity
    • and similar creatures distantly reminiscent of the larva. Indeed, in
    • soon see how beneficially such a control of the animal world beneath
    • creatures, each and all, provide for a proper distribution of astrality,
    • these winged creatures, and the astrality would fail of its true service;
    • For in great Nature — again and again I must say it — everything,
    • they knew how to treat things, even as we must learn to do once more,
    • and so they like to get at the shrubs to eat them. They soon begin to
    • to the lower animal world — to the bacteria and such-like creatures,
    • creatures, will keep them away from the rest. For the mushrooms and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • With these talks, Steiner created and launched 'biodynamic' farming -
    • a kind of personal treatment. To-day especially, we shall therefore
    • that the creature is not over-burdened with stuff. We must see to it
    • wish to create the foundations for an understanding of the feeding-process,
    • and in the limbs generally, yet also permeating the whole Body. And
    • in the middle of the creature the metabolism becomes rhythmic —
    • metabolism and the limbs — permeating our intestines, limbs, muscles,
    • though it were formed by the physical matter which the animal eats somehow
    • and the breathing. What the animal eats is merely for the purpose of
    • which we desire to have will like to eat instinctively — what
    • treatment. Much will remain to be tried out. Then useful rules of conduct
    • the earth. There the manure permeates it, as we have Seen, with a nascent
    • not immediately think of the calf and the carrot? When the calf eats
    • to work with will-activity, creating forces in the organism, so that
    • permeated by the forces that are able to evolve out of the head. Now
    • that of nerves-and-senses — develops more towards the breathing,
    • you wish to become strong in this region? The milk-giving creatures
    • Treat the
    • to be taken are thus transformed into great complication.
    • look it all up. But the results will not be very great, for it may easily
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • pure, passionless creation which came in all its purity
    • from the hand of the Creator.” He sacrificed all the
    • the return journey to the original chaste created form.
    • event took place in the Sacrificial Death of Christ Jesus.
    • was quite permeated by this thought. At the same time he
    • of the Mass, in which the Act of the Mysteries was repeated
    • Mors Death
    • and rests in a crescent-shaped sheath.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • is born, everything which it experienced from death to a
    • sheath we enclose our inner being. We may therefore say
    • external world. We breathe, we eat, we absorb the external
    • and forces from outside. In reality, everything we eat, is
    • ripening wheat or corn: the ear of corn represents the
    • time he is really repeating what he already passed through
    • the middle of the Fifteenth Century, he is repeating this
    • how the childish head, which is the teacher, should treat
    • the center) we must breathe and eat; this is our nurse. And
    • might say, with great reverence for the primeval wisdom of
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • It was, so to speak, an important accompanying phenomenon to that great event
    • plane, might never flee, but must calmly await death, the death that they
    • else, something that has still greater effect is developed when this inner
    • it acquired great wealth. And I have already described how the time came for
    • these external treasuries, which the Knights Templar amassed to greater and
    • greater extent, to be converted into temporal power. I have told you how,
    • account any less great and deep. We must not deceive ourselves as to pain and
    • intensity and strength with which it was at first lived out by the great
    • them were put to death — the souls of the Templars who had, under these
    • circumstances, passed through the portal of death, were now able to send down
    • through the gate of death into the spiritual world.
    • spiritual world what the Templars — whose manner of death had been so
    • and, just because they had gone through the gate of death in this way, could
    • the ether organism. The physical organism breathes in air, and breathes out
    • air. The ether organism breathes out light, and this light it gives to us.
    • And when it breathes out light and confers the light upon us, we live by
    • means of its light. And it also breathes in light. As we breathe in and out
    • air, so does our ether body breathe in and out. And when it breathes in
    • The ether body breathes in light, uses up the light and
    • being that lives in us breathe light in and out. As we use up in us the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • is completely permeated by a clear, conscious will.
    • health and a sound development of soul-life, a very great deal
    • and it shows us the great importance of a continuous memory if the
    • great tableau in which we simultaneously survey all the organic
    • onwards. Inwardly we perceive the creative formative forces which
    • danger of death (even natural-scientific thinkers admit this), for
    • You are all acquainted with the physical concept of latent heat
    • heat. But this heat can be freed, it is said, if certain conditions
    • are created, and in that case it manifests itself. But before the
    • heat appeared, it existed in the objects as a latent force, where it
    • through heat-processes. We therefore speak of latent heat and of heat
    • greater detail in the books mentioned. If we develop within us an
    • thoughts. A great effort must be made to forget them. This is a
    • permeated by the will. But this thinking now appears in a new
    • of thinking, which differs so greatly from the combining and the
    • permeated by the will even when we ascend to the highest worlds and
    • death, we are surrounded by physical beings.
    • into which we enter when we pass through the portal of death.
    • which presents far greater difficulties.
    • greater than those which we generally use in our external life, which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • great significance in every realm of human endeavor and investigation
    • greater significance in the realm of spiritual investigation. A
    • investigator therefore must be able not only to create his own
    • hallucinations, and crazy notions, see these creations as realities
    • have different reasons for denying this spiritual world, but a great
    • of death, which passes through the spiritual world and appears again
    • sheath that is cast off, the wooden part of the tree, or the shell of
    • way, such sheaths, such useless remnants, are continuously being cast
    • About Death.
    • that the human soul after death does not exhibit a very intense
    • just characterized. As great, as powerful in soul experiences, as
    • grows in the field, chops it up and eats it. This comparison is
    • world by eating them, so little does one learn to know the forces and
    • can be eaten spiritually, one deprives oneself of that which cannot
    • however, is by far the greatest part of the spiritual world, and the
    • exactly as if they were always indulging themselves through repeating
    • can, if only it is sufficiently unprejudiced and does not create
    • illuminating what is underneath, everything can appear in the light
    • must appear to provide verification. In this way the greatest
    • today about “repeated earthly lives” — when it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • science, but which sheds great light on the mystery of man's being.
    • spiritual science teaches us that the death-bringing principle is
    • because our head is organised that way, death is at work in us
    • not the motor nerves that create will, for they only perceive its
    • movements, but that it is created by a third member of
    • death take place not only at the beginning and end of our lives but
    • days man was still to a great extent united with nature; he did not
    • is already responsible for the great progress made in natural
    • scientific thinking. However great Plato and Aristotle were, they did
    • spiritual scientist sees this as the greatest event that has ever
    • strong to an ever greater and greater degree.
    • Nazareth,’ a person no greater than a somewhat more
    • this Impulse, which is the greatest and most powerful Impulse in the
    • knowledge in order to show mankind the greatest Event of human
    • disharmonious to an ever greater degree — because the
    • evolution human life runs its course in repeated earth lives. For the
    • between death and a new birth, spent in the super-sensible worlds
    • Lessing also did, that in coming back for repeated lives on
    • next. This knowledge of repeated earth lives cannot become a
    • evolution into the age of great and outstanding perceptions of an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    • GREAT
    • would have to speak at very great length. Each one of you can himself
    • seasons followed by profound instinct certain great laws regulating
    • nature of this mineral consciousness, this consciousness of the great
    • these physical senses, can at first know nothing of this great
    • greater, more all-embracing thoughts than we have. In truth, it is an
    • we must realise that 6,000 years before our era a great, a mighty
    • last great rays still illuminated the Gnostics, but of which only a
    • Year to the great cosmic New Year, from the New Year's Eve of our
    • that is about us in the outer world as a symbol of the great secrets
    • too has its year — the great cosmic year, of which Zarathustra
    • spoke long ago, explaining how the world passed on from one great
    • He meant the great cosmic years of which I have spoken to you to-day.
    • twelve thousand years) becomes a symbol of the great New Year's Eve
    • great as in small, and in small as in great. The small, the yearly
    • the great cosmic mysteries. Let our endeavour be, so to attune our
    • thought: I will accept the year as a symbol of the great cosmic year
    • The Forming of Destiny and Life after Death (Lecture 6.)
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • of the secrets of existence connected with the great super-sensible
    • — and of the great cosmic New Year's Eve and New Year. It
    • few at least of our great and important duties be brought before our
    • great objective interests of the whole of humanity.
    • the great progress of external, material science. This has always
    • this, that the great progress made in the materialistic realms of
    • bequeathed like a hereditary sickness’ and accept conclusions
    • thinker — Mauthner, the great critic of language. Kant occupies
    • connection with the great cosmic mysteries beyond?’ So speaks a
    • what they are if the thinking of all humanity was not permeated with
    • tone to science; people laid the greatest value on the results of
    • develop interest in the great concerns of the whole of humanity. It
    • Science. We still often think that we understand the great interests
    • as if they were the greatest interests of mankind.
    • the great needs of humanity.
    • souls is that we may be enkindled and inspired by the great interests
    • within ourselves true interests in the great universal cause of
    • any great man in particular; I know that when such things are said
    • I can say, on the other hand, that they are great authorities of the
    • present day, that they are great men, — to show that they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • values they individually create. One nation tries to outdo the other
    • such things, a great deal may be conjectured about the inner being of
    • rhythms of breathing and blood circulation, just as the life of
    • soul, the thinking, ideation and perception directed to external
    • breathing, and to the metabolic life.
    • over. Another great error in modern thought is to imagine that one
    • forth from the soul and the thought of the really creative peoples of
    • breathe in a certain way; you must enter into the rhythm of
    • rhythms of breathing and blood circulation. The way in which they
    • the artistic creations of the oriental. It seems to rise from inner
    • create what we call European Art. The Greek strove for all that makes
    • the ‘middle’ man is expressed. The creations of oriental
    • his breathing according to the laws of Spirit and soul so that it may
    • rhythmic system, of the blood circulation, of the breathing, to what
    • humanity. In the highly spiritual creations of oriental culture we
    • real understanding of the true greatness of oriental philosophy, for
    • The same phrase is repeated over and over again. Now, as we have
    • breathing and blood circulation; he has brought this about by dint of
    • that is great and holy in the oriental nature, he gains a knowledge
    • the sayings of Buddha, for he lives in the breathing rhythm and his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • and the great truths connected with that Event; they realise,
    • connection between life and death, his eyes of spirit were
    • opened and as well as a great vista of past ages of the Earth
    • forever overcome death, becomes visible.
    • Body of Christ; he sees the waters of the Earth permeated
    • made one; he sees the Earth in future time as a great
    • primeval Gods, yearning to be united with them in death,
    • experiences associated with the greatest event in his life
    • epoch there were great Teachers who were also the Leaders of
    • the divine worlds were no longer the highest, creative worlds
    • great Gods.
    • back to the seed; the seed is the creator of the leaves and
    • Thus did the great Atlantean Initiates speak to their pupils
    • birth to a God, to the great God of the future — such was the
    • of Atlantis saw into the future, foresaw the great events of
    • the future. Their vision reached beyond the time of the great
    • ensnared in matter, you must clothe yourselves in sheaths
    • the great post-Atlantean civilisations arose, beginning with
    • The great Teachers in
    • the great Spirit of the future. To the Indian people it was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • earth men die; they pass through the gate of death, laying aside
    • gates of death human souls appear, on the whole, as the after-effects
    • the gate of death and those who are just about to enter the physical
    • does not go through life half asleep. We have seen the great
    • four or five years, causing great harm; we can turn our thoughts
    • they imagine they have laid the blame at somebody's door, repeat
    • that a great social movement has developed out of the
    • to-day. How helpless, in the main, is the great majority of people in
    • one hand, the spiritual world is willing to reveal itself with great
    • himself from his greatest entanglement in what is material and come
    • confronted by the greatest trial of his strength — his power to
    • all possible excuses in order to escape from the great problems. How
    • glad people are when they can escape the great tasks and riddles of
    • great problems of the age find partial expression. But they did not
    • Now Björnson had treated of this in his dramas, but one had no
    • differences became greater and greater, the gulf between the
    • about them. Yet people went to the theatre to see Hauptmann's
    • bring the greatest misery to mankind if not illuminated by the inner
    • but appears of the greatest importance when viewed
    • permeated with all kinds of spiritual forces; the spiritual feelings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • in our day the question of morality is of the greatest urgency
    • teaching about mechanical heat, he constructs hypotheses about the
    • heat death in which the earth will perish.
    • wander between birth and death, without disputing its
    • only in carrying out a moral ideal, permeated with religious fervour,
    • with that realm which is permeated with moral
    • heat entropy — I say expressly, must arise — that
    • once all the remaining earth forces have changed into heat, this heat
    • earth as such will succumb to what is called ‘the heat
    • death.’ Thus there is no possibility for an honest thinker who
    • succumbed to heat death there remains a huge field of corpses, not
    • ‘the heat death.’
    • live through when we have gone through the Portal of death. This
    • our ideation, that we employ in ordinary life, with which we mix our
    • certain extent one can create an idea for oneself, an empirical idea,
    • ideation.
    • ideation. The second system in man is the rhythmic system. With this
    • world plays into us through the breathing process, which carries its
    • mechanical breathing rhythm provides an inner rhythmic basis
    • process of breathing and feeling. When the soul-feeling events unite
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • of the great truth of reincarnation, of repeated earthly lives, and we must
    • man has developed in such a way that great progress has been achieved
    • follow our own. And then another great catastrophe will befall the
    • a firm resolve to do what is moral. There is a great difference
    • 28:14 And two chains of pure gold at the ends; of wreathen work shalt thou make them, and fasten the wreathen chains to the ouches. \
    • 28:22 And thou shalt make upon the breastplate chains at the ends of wreathen work of pure gold. \
    • 28:24 And thou shalt put the two wreathen chains of gold in the two rings which are on the ends of the breastplate. \
    • 28:25 And the other two ends of the two wreathen chains thou shalt fasten in the two ouches, and put them on the shoulder pieces of the ephod before it. \
    • 28:27 And two other rings of gold thou shalt make, and shalt put them on the two sides of the ephod underneath, toward the forepart thereof, over against the other coupling thereof, above the curious girdle of the ephod. \
    • 14:20 And Saul and all the people that were with him assembled themselves, and they came to the battle: and, behold, every man\'s sword was against his fellow, and there was a very great discomfiture. \
    • 14:24 And the men of Israel were distressed that day: for Saul had adjured the people, saying, Cursed be the man that eateth any food until evening, that I may be avenged on mine enemies. So none of the people tasted any food. \
    • 14:28 Then answered one of the people, and said, Thy father straitly charged the people with an oath, saying, Cursed be the man that eateth any food this day. And the people were faint. \
    • 14:30 How much more, if haply the people had eaten freely to day of the spoil of their enemies which they found? for had there not been now a much greater slaughter among the Philistines? \
    • 14:32 And the people flew upon the spoil, and took sheep, and oxen, and calves, and slew them on the ground: and the people did eat them with the blood. \
    • 14:33 Then they told Saul, saying, Behold, the people sin against the LORD, in that they eat with the blood. And he said, Ye have transgressed: roll a great stone unto me this day. \
    • 14:34 And Saul said, Disperse yourselves among the people, and say unto them, Bring me hither every man his ox, and every man his sheep, and slay them here, and eat; and sin not against the LORD in eating with the blood. And all the people brought every man his ox with him that night, and slew them there. \
    • passes through the gate of death, he lays aside his physical and
    • that at the beginning of his life in Kamaloka man feels a very great
    • given by a great Individuality of the fourth post-Atlantean
    • worlds, and inspires all bearers of culture who are not yet permeated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • ‘political alcoholism’ with regard to the great events of
    • a few weeks; and the worst feature is that there is no real
    • a man makes a very simple experiment but repeats it with diligence,
    • forgetfulness is a great nuisance in life. Anthroposophy says more
    • repeated jerk for every upward or every downward stroke. You can tell
    • repeat it nevertheless. We can do infinitely much to strengthen the
    • all-too-great antipathy. What are you then to do? There is a
    • affairs. But there is nothing in life which you can truly treat in
    • it greatly strengthens the control of the Ego over the astral body.
    • from our souls everything that creates a barrier between us and our
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • something permeating — to a certain extent — the outer
    • — in the same way that we create and shape our experience of
    • could create from out of ourselves, let us say, the world of colour,
    • — it made a great impression on me — regarded with astonishment
    • breathing human being. To him, man was a breather. In
    • process: death came to him as a kind of expiration of his soul.
    • Man a breather!
    • breathing being? Because he did actually feel life in the respiratory
    • He felt the vibrations of life, life's rhythm, in his breathing; he
    • felt breathing as one feels hunger and thirst to-day. But this was a
    • he knew: the process of breathing now enters right into my head and
    • into my eyes. He felt his perceptions permeated by the flow of the
    • breath. It was just the same when the will stirred. He stretched out
    • with the respiratory movements. An expansion of the breath through
    • be ensouled with breath, just as he felt the breath ensouling the
    • a breathing being, and because he could have said: “My breath is
    • through my ears and receive through the effects of heat
    • Breathing, Yoga Training. And what did one develop? If we investigate
    • what was attained by one who practised Yoga Breathing in order to
    • Platonic truths. By this Yoga-breathing the pupil did not acquire
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • of artistic creation. I hope, however, that to-day's considerations
    • long before his death in 1925, was opened in 1928.]
    • erected, our aim was to create an architectural, plastic, pictorial
    • great danger confronts us here: the danger of having ideas about this
    • but in genuinely artistic creations.
    • creating out of the interplay of colours
    • way that really enables us to create it.
    • apprehension of space needed for sensitive, artistic creation if one
    • permeating man's physical body. We can study this physical body if,
    • the Venus of Milo reveals this to an intuitive eye. It was not created
    • physical body. It was created with a knowledge, possessed in ancient
    • times, of the body of formative forces which permeates the physical
    • the ancient art of sculpture sees from the sculptured forms created
    • sculptors were yet creative. One does not become a sculptor by
    • one senses what one must create (darstellen). One does not
    • work by mere imitation, copying a model, but one recreates by
    • immersing oneself in that force by which Nature herself created and
    • to bring out all the details of this head, treating every surface
    • straight. And if one can only feel how a man breathes through his
    • inwards, so does he, as a human being, press what breathes in his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • related to hatred, so hatred plays a great part in your whole
    • wide-ranging and light-filled, was not yet permeated by this kind of
    • faced, by virtue of the geographical features of the West and its
    • teachers and pupils of the Oriental Mysteries if we repeat a precept
    • is still repeated — without any understanding of its
    • the West which, externally, still have a great influence. But it is
    • repeated only from tradition. It is not uttered with the necessary
    • eccentric garb and sit down, with his harp-maiden seated in front of
    • memory-ideas, but also trickles through the memory-mirror, permeating
    • it just as the processes of growth, nutrition and so on permeate us.
    • permeated in this way by the thought-forces, works in a very special
    • permeating the etheric body with thought-forces. But an etheric body
    • thus permeated with thought-forces works on the physical body in such
    • etheric body thus permeated by thought works destructively upon the
    • that transcends birth and death.” He is afraid of penetrating
    • maintains its course, after all, only between birth and death. He is
    • nothing at all outside this life between birth and death. Modern
    • steeped in fear. You found your social order upon fear; you create
    • entirely to the world. Love must permeate the act of cognition if one
    • permeating human existence. And through such feelings they bring
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Jupiter existence will contain nothing but the new creation that is
    • to the great contradiction between East and West. In times past the Oriental
    • comes to the point when he could say: “The world is permeated
    • some creature of nature. Then out of this being of nature, that is
    • modern science will have to become permeated with conceptions
    • Then we perceive the spirit within us in the act of creating. For
    • Imagination; but for his vision they become permeated with inward
    • perpetual dying. Nature wears, so to speak, a deathlike hue. But over
    • again into the rainbow, into the creation of the Father God. But for
    • into chaos, so that the spirit may be able to create anew. Let us
    • great variety of ways, manifesting itself visibly to our senses. But
    • permeated with pure spiritual being, filled through and through with
    • creating what is outwardly visible; we see how
    • thing that comes to an end, in the sense of the creation of the
    • death. Much depends on this. Christianity is not merely a religion of
    • permeated through and through with inner life. The centre-point
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • The mystery of death taught by Jesus Christ to his disciples after his resurrection. Saul and the event at Damascus when he became the apostle Paul. The role of Ahriman, Satan, the World Prince, in the course of human evolution.
    • in Great Britain by
    • Christianity the teaching of greatest moment is that concerning
    • passed through death — and those of His disciples who were
    • Paul, of course, is of the greatest importance, for Paul
    • conviction: Christ had passed through death and in His life now,
    • after death, is united with earthly evolution. We must reflect
    • learn that Christ Jesus had been condemned to a death of shame by
    • been condemned by human law to this shameful death. Until the
    • body of Jesus of Nazareth, had experienced a death of shame on
    • lived to a great extent outside the body. In this state of
    • the earliest dwellers on the Earth knew nothing of death —
    • just as a child knows nothing of death. Those men who received
    • the onward flow of the life of soul-and-spirit. Birth and death
    • animal to-day understands death when it sees another animal lying
    • death, for they could only conceive of an onflowing stream of
    • soul-and-spirit. Death belonged to Maya, to the great Illusion,
    • life only — not death, although it was there before their
    • death. They saw human life only from within, stretching beyond
    • death into the spiritual world. Birth and death were of no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • Scholasticism, that Scholasticism of which I have repeatedly spoken.
    • should become a lamb if it keeps on eating lamb's flesh.
    • “Would you be satisfied if, after your death, you were to
    • he would surely feel very unreal after death! This was not so for the
    • death. But as stated, this medieval scholastic Realism was not
    • the Divine Being who created stones and plants? But if I see in
    • divine thoughts. That is, in my thinking I create a link with the
    • with the divine spiritual creator of the beings. This implies that
    • in all things a creative productive principle, which was looked upon
    • divine creative Father-principle lives in Nature, and Christ is the
    • — this would make no great difference.
    • what lies buried in greater depths.
    • Father-principle really played the greatest imaginable part in older
    • greatest value is placed on the question of Christ's descent. When
    • The things had a great
    • predominant, and played a great part in the human souls for their
    • everything without the spirit! Nevertheless the spirit permeates the
    • If you study Leadbeater's
    • ideas on atoms, you will find a great resemblance with this theory.
    • Leadbeater's atom was actually “seen”, or whether Leadbeater
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • The Secret of Death,
    • repeat, frequently — kept within narrow limits by materialism.
    • great impulses, the great manifestations of forces which pervade the
    • all necessary in the present time with its tempestuous waves beating
    • those who are now living will have to pass through great and
    • inner forces as a support for their souls, to a far greater extent
    • midst of the greatest and most terrible war-events which have ever
    • long ago in the East and which is now threatening to break out over
    • Supper should be eaten in this or in that form, and whether this or
    • cosmos, through the forces of the sun which then reach their greatest
    • darkness unfold their greatest strength in the middle of the winter,
    • first breath in earthly life, before he leaves his mother's body and
    • physical sunlight and before she drew her first breath outside her
    • A great deal lies concealed
    • death. In a materialistic age this chasm widens. We shall more and
    • souls that live in a physical existence between birth and death, but
    • also the souls that live between death and a new birth. The
    • destiny and by the way in which death occurred in it.
    • death we must therefore say: The boy's Karma had ordered the van to
    • mysteries of the universe. Soon after the boy's death, the whole aura
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • which have remained like oases in a desert, re-echo a great,
    • to make a great effort in order to convince a friend of the truth of
    • way in which others have come to their knowledge. The greatness of
    • something which he has studied with the greatest attention. If you
    • you will find what great results Goethe has reached
    • spiritual sphere, this will be the greatest temptation for really
    • becoming materialists. The greatest temptation for becoming
    • knowledge is gained, are exposed to the great temptation of becoming
    • do not wish to make a great effort, who prefer to go to the
    • creatures, for they spread errors. It is not good if they flourish,
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • civilisations — especially the heathen civilisations
    • were conscious of forming part of a creation not exhausted
    • forces. And thus, in the heathen civilisations especially, we
    • civilisation possesses no instinct for the creation of a
    • permeates the whole being. A civilisation that does not know
    • is little given to cultivating so great an interest in the
    • reincarnation and karma are unable to permeate our
    • creating a social framework such that each man lives and
    • but they have no possibility, no gift for creating social
    • become permeated through and through with the way of thought
    • and going Westwards — and I take Great Britain and
    • treating this cosmogony as an ornamental appendage, for
    • of the East produced, as you know, great cities. We can look
    • every one of which produced great cities. But these great
    • create, along with the life of great cities, a conception,
    • superphysical. And so great cities, such as Babylon,
    • This is thoroughly Roman. But Rome achieved a great deal more
    • catchwords of a cause. It is the main feature that one has to
    • consider; and the main feature is, that that part of the
    • lived in Central Europe is, to a great extent, sunk in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • Great epochs of Art, when artistic deeds raying far and wide
    • it would be wrong to suppose that he created the whole of his
    • to the knowledge of the soul, it is a great deal more
    • living and creative essence of Nature herself — came
    • of greater or lesser value for the Universe.
    • the ears will not impress me greatly. The world of the
    • physical plane which I have around me here is great, and the
    • within your eyes is far greater, fuller in content, than the
    • creatively connected with man, in the great Universe. And
    • great Ocean, as it has always been called.
    • but swimming as it were, swimming through the great ocean;
    • learned to repeat. One need not penetrate into the deeper
    • greatness that meets us in Brunetto Latini. What others learn
    • how outer artistic creation is concerned with Initiation. We
    • Dante, revealing how Dante's great work of art is connected
    • her as Natura — the living, creative Being of
    • Nature. Initiates of old describe her living and creative
    • Intelligence that works creatively throughout the world,
    • Intelligence or Reason that permeates the world. Moreover,
    • to permeate ourselves with the living feeling, that in all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • formation beyond death of the future human head. At the same
    • limbs today. As a man goes through life between death and
    • rebirth, he is repeating spiritually his experiences during
    • for this is to a certain extent repeated in the interaction
    • development between death and rebirth. During this time the
    • created. The spherical form that would have been imparted by
    • breathing, while a stream from the head makes its way through
    • the breathing to the limb system. So that there is always
    • forces there arises in us, under the impetus of breathing,
    • to pass through death. For the forces in the limb-system have
    • accordingly, between death and a new birth, they develop
    • birth to death. Those that worked previously on Saturn, Sun,
    • spiritually between death and rebirth; and that which lies
    • beyond death has to be spiritualised also — then the
    • connected with repeated earth-lives. Because physically he is
    • giving him over to death.
    • which find expression in a man's repeated lives on Earth are
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • create on Earth — that is new in every epoch.
    • time, when we go out into the streets of a great city and
    • become for many of those who want to be regarded in the great
    • great Universe out of which man is born, in order that our
    • great world of Nature. They were full of thanksgiving for the
    • sun's rays, full of reverence for the great Universe —
    • on his rough fields, often in scorching heat, he was inwardly
    • actually as though a kind of death made its way into the
    • near this descent into death and darkness was felt for weeks
    • repose to a state of exultant abandonment to great
    • into the outer physical death of Nature; we also understand
    • physical death of Nature, into physical darkness, the
    • experience of being submerged in physical death is
    • plunge into darkness, into the death of outer Nature, there
    • death, we come to the moment in our early years when
    • ideal to be regained, but permeated then with everything that
    • devoted a great deal of time to research among the Germanic
    • among the country people. Later on he told me a great deal
    • repeated. To make the gist of the matter clear, let me just
    • even greater significance. We know that in the Mysteries
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • of the great Buddha.
    • teachings of repeated earthly lives is almost tantamount to saying
    • Buddhist thought. To be freed from repeated earthly lives —
    • concludes with a confession of belief in repeated earthly
    • repeated. We are not on this earth for nothing. We are active in
    • greater future, the consciousness of continuous activity —
    • the idea of repeated earthly lives, for to understand the essence of
    • considered in connection with the great Zarathustra.
    • — the great “Illusion.” It is also natural that as
    • The wisdom arising from this could then be revealed in the great
    • sight of the corpse he realised that death consumes life, that the
    • element of death enters life with its fruitfulness and power of
    • increase. He saw a sick man — disease eats its way into health.
    • death. Knowledge and wisdom cannot surely have brought old age,
    • sickness and death into the world. Something else must have been
    • their cause! And so the great Gautama felt — because he was not
    • death and many other destructive elements. Here was a mystery
    • in the soul of the great Gautama, led him finally to full
    • innumerable lives will never solve the great riddles of old age, of
    • sickness, death.” He then realised that the doctrine of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • the human being himself. Human beings are treated just as if
    • advice on the subject of hygiene, no lack of treatises and writings
    • A great deal is said to-day
    • materialism. I want rather to consider something that permeates the
    • with its material processes, is a creation of the Spirit and
    • undergoes a partial death with every moment that passes, but it is
    • only at actual death that there is a radical expression of what has
    • processes, into the functions of liver, breathing, the action of
    • — for so far as the life between birth and death is concerned,
    • man can only spin fantasies about this. Between birth and death (with
    • existence between birth and death is but the outcome of the soul and
    • we perceive him with all his organs and structures has been created
    • This is the great
    • social life! There will be far greater understanding in the
    • The greatest fault of
    • The greatest sin of materialism is that it gives us no knowledge
    • matter! Take, for instance, psycho-analytical treatments, where
    • is permeated with Spirit) in order to cure the disease of which
    • such, there are repeated earthly lives, and so forth. All these
    • different. A true understanding of his fellow-creatures will arise in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • metamorphosis of activities which belong to man between death and a
    • with Beings of the Higher Worlds between death and a new birth. Yet
    • that which man forms and creates in this activity — we may call
    • outwards, which does not mainly follow the out-breathing process, but
    • the spiritual in-breathing or inspiration (which we observe to
    • correspond to breathing in the pre-earthly life). Thus in pre-earthly
    • living within the creative thoughts of the Cosmos.
    • the connection of what man attains by great efforts here on earth, as
    • words of speech and the sounds of song. It is our great pleasure in
    • great musical instrument. Even the external musical instruments
    • use to a very great extent of the brain, the system of head and
    • is permeated by forces which run along the nerve-strands. Now the
    • permeated by another activity, namely that which comes about through
    • our breathing-in the air. The air which we breathe in passes through
    • breathing beats in unison with the movements that are executed along
    • canal, the current of the breath is perpetually meeting with the
    • activity, and a separate breathing activity; we have in the head a
    • harmony and mutual resonance of breathing activity and nervous
    • life, sets more store by the nerve forces than by the breathing
    • permeates with nerve, if we might put it so, the instrument which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • one great whole, we see it — in spite of the many valleys and
    • great misunderstanding, to the Vedas and the Vedanta. If we look at
    • a kind of sheath, merely an instrument for the purposes of earthly
    • consequence, his consciousness of death was quite different from that
    • a beginning, death as an end.
    • ancients, that they felt themselves raised above birth and death in
    • their contemplation of this life of soul. Birth and death were states
    • live on beyond the gate of death. Birth and death were transitory
    • in immediate experience. But there was a great riddle and it arose in
    • Between birth and death I live in a body — a body of Nature. I
    • The old heathen cults
    • added the second great riddle in the history of evolution —
    • that of man's earthly death.
    • came to feel death in earthly existence with any intensity. Whereas
    • physical body. And death, the enigmatic event that is bound up
    • with the physical body, was experienced by him as the greatest riddle
    • of existence in this second epoch. This riddle of death emerges with
    • great intensity among the ancient Egyptians, for instance. They
    • embalmed their corpses because they; experienced the terror of death,
    • they sensed their own existence) with death. “How do I live in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • cultural ingredient that now permeates our whole external
    • the heat) with a load of history, a load of historical concepts on
    • greatest contrast to electricity is LIGHT. If we look upon
    • death, as explained in my last lecture, but into carriers of evil.
    • the form of atoms, we transform these atoms into carriers of death;
    • Ahriman and Lucifer have the greatest power over us if we do not know
    • the divinity of Good. It is really terrifying to see to what a great
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • great store of wisdom has in fact disappeared, and it is known today
    • first centuries of the Christian era, we find great spirits arising,
    • For them, this was the great problem. They thought: During the course
    • two? Thus we see great spirits like Clemens of Alexandria and
    • creation of the earth; he belongs to the spiritual world; he entered
    • greatest possible difficulty in understanding this fact; the capacity
    • to fulfill his mission as the Son has the greatest imaginable
    • something outside the world. It is true that it permeates the world
    • heard that he had passed through the experience of death, about St.
    • event of Jerusalem and the death on the cross. Theologians can pursue
    • things as far as this death, you see, but they are unable to go so
    • body. When we pass through the portal of death, we still retain our
    • death; that the physical body is surrendered to the elements; that,
    • saying today also refers to them. So we may repeat: Human beings are
    • temptation had never taken place; after death, human beings would
    • remains intact after death. This is, at the same time, the tree upon
    • the same thing that permeates the human being during those first
    • years were to permeate one in the middle of life (as I mentioned in
    • infinitely wise laws. Once Lucifer and Ahriman have permeated our
    • differences created by social position and race; we are not yet
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • say, the search for this relationship gives rise to the greatest
    • assert that it is in space. In this way the greatest
    • at the same time to a fact of very great importance, which is not at
    • is that the world of Feeling is always permeated by the Will.
    • the blood and the breathing. The defensive movement which we make,
    • the blood and breathing and many another inward process — we
    • great impression which Schopenhauer's philosophic system,
    • Then we see the cloud of light creating itself in the centre as a
    • of any one ray and relating it to the creature as
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • have accomplished such great things and brought such blessings on
    • as well as into the origin and evolving forms of the creatures
    • though the great questions about which we shall have to speak still
    • and the alluvial layers, have met with their death, as it were, and
    • earth's evolution the living creatures have developed by slow degrees
    • still in a state of heat), we find our globe, evolving towards the
    • Goethe, who besides being a great poet was also a great student of Nature
    • evolution of the earth and its living creatures. It was not, however,
    • through radiating heat into cosmic apace, and that then the time came
    • when heat-conditions made the formation of granite and perhaps of
    • radiation of heat only the surface-crust of the earth was cooled
    • interior of the earth beneath the crust remains in a fiery-fluid
    • repeatedly indicated in these lectures — we look at the
    • then find creatures without any vertebrate skeleton, and so,
    • cloud-formations and so on. A great number of substances which are
    • belongs to our earth something like live members of a great living
    • the heat is so great that life cannot develop; but in the environment
    • under conditions of intense heat — it is there that what the
    • the great living being “Earth.” The 1atter needs for its
    • into the life of the great being “Earth” by forces which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • impulses to be permeated by thoughts. Thoughts always interpenetrate
    • it is also in the great universe. And in this connection we must say:
    • creates in us the possibility of thought, all that we owe to our life
    • it is to permeate the incarnated will in the right way with spirit.
    • become aware of these will forces when we pass through death and enter
    • death into the spiritual life. The thought-forces which we bring with
    • of the will, which can then be carried over beyond death into the
    • life upon which we enter when we pass through the gate of death.
    • is which can reveal itself to man as a great and significant truth:
    • remain. You could not alter it. If yesterday, when you were eating
    • pictures. He creates a Natural Science out of the changing pictures
    • of the sense world. He creates a specialised science. Think
    • towards it. Just think how great is the effort we have to make if we
    • striving towards the spirit. Matter lies far beneath me. In
    • the spirit who is not content with leaving matter beneath him,
    • the holes created by our sense-perceptions, we are satisfying this
    • We receive impressions of a negative character which create in us
    • extent, the great laws determining the future. And Intuition embraces
    • must now once more be permeated with spirit. But it is good —
    • the age of materialism dawned, man was in great danger of falling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • and that this year, in spite of great difficulty we were able to
    • observation of life. I might say a great deal if I were to speak
    • gatherings, which made the lack of room greatly felt both for the
    • through the very uncomfortable heat in the room. Now of course it
    • in an ancient Greek theatre, but not in an enormous circus-like hall.
    • repeat my lecture, rather than give it once only in a still larger
    • creating an inner chamber for ourselves. This led to the thought of
    • — is more and more required, that a great number of those who
    • things too easy. When we consider the great store of lectures and
    • call itself by the name of a great spiritual individuality, after the
    • in the West. Hence we must say that what relates to the great Figure
    • without understanding the resurrection, however great theologians we
    • Blavatsky accomplished so great a work because through her a great
    • inspiration? There are great Rosicrucian truths in Isis
    • contains great truths concerning everything not Christian, —
    • but in respect to what is Christian, is the greatest nonsense. With
    • time — and will then be a great teacher on earth. That is the
    • great Bodhisattva-Individuality was incarnated; but because her
    • deny that in this being a great Individuality was concealed? We
    • arose to learn to know more intimately the great teacher of
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • mentioned with great respect. This school was well known for the
    • impossible to think of greater nonsense, yet the psychology of the
    • thought could have arisen as the greatest production of the
    • Hegel as the ox understands of Sunday, when he has eaten grass all
    • beneath him, but also what eyes can see, ears hear and hands grasp;
    • the person makes an impression upon you like a breath of enchantment.
    • Imagine this breath of enchantment enormously enhanced — and
    • heat in Saturn is as it were the sacrificial smoke of the Thrones
    • condition, that it was one of beat. Of all the elements we have
    • Saturn is heat. And this heat consists of the sacrificial heat
    • fire, wherever we are aware of heat, we should not think in so
    • But wherever heat is present we should feel that what is at the
    • development of heat, there is sacrifice.
    • Time-Spirits, and that external heat is nothing but maya as compared
    • Externally heat is really only maya. And if we wish to speak truly we
    • must say that wherever there is heat we have in reality sacrifice,
    • send up this sacrifice as foaming heat, so that the sacrificial smoke
    • sacrificing to the Cherubim and resulting in the creation of the
    • as living time, as a creation of sacrifice. Then we shall see how all
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • air, but of ‘heat.’ So, too, in first speaking of
    • substance dense enough to be called gas, nothing but heat and
    • flow of heat. That is only the outer veil of the Saturn condition.
    • For this ‘heat’ or ‘fire’ as it is called in
    • without, as it were, which appear as ‘heat.’ Conditions
    • of heat are the external expression — speaking in a general
    • throughout the world, wherever heat is perceptible it is the outer
    • expression of what lies behind it. Conditions of heat are the
    • sacrificial acts of beings. Thus in describing heat we must say
    • ‘Cosmic beat is the manifestation of Cosmic sacrifice, or
    • Ancient Saturn consists of ‘heat,’ we do not merely
    • require external, physical concepts (for ‘heat’ is a
    • of the soul. No man can know what heat is who is not able to form a
    • wishing to keep back nothing of the beat for itself, but gladly to
    • living idea permeating our soul, it will gradually lead to the
    • understanding of what lies behind the phenomenon of beat. If it
    • sacrifice in the outer Cosmic heat. He alone understands what really
    • is who can grasp the thought: Whenever heat appears in the world
    • soil-spiritual nature which is behind the heat and brings about the
    • heat.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual to be found behind the phenomenon of heat, and then that
    • conditions of heat and fire must be sought very far away from what we
    • know as external physical fire or heat. To a man of the present day
    • as the essence of all conditions of heat: a sacrifice made by very
    • conditions of heat or fire. In the last lecture we also recognised
    • their own being. This is to be found in every breath of wind, in all
    • conception of fire and heat; for in fact fire, heat and light bear
    • fire, heat and air are illusions; and the realities behind these bear
    • movement of a hand or the greatest of deeds, the impulse of the
    • strong, forceful act, one for instance that is to bring about great
    • general it is assumed that the greatness of the deed depends upon the
    • it correct that as we intensify our will we accomplish great things
    • physical world, in which we particularly live, the greatness of our
    • will, for the more we wish to accomplish, the greater are the
    • greatest deeds or better said, the greatest results do not
    • whereas in the physical world we grow stronger when we eat well, when
    • we are well nourished and acquire greater strength thereby, so, in
    • can precisely do so with the greatest ease, if, by fasting or other
    • statement, and not given by way of advice). The greatest spiritual,
    • things fond of eating and drinking and has other masterful passions,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • properties of heat or fire, and we have learnt to see in these the
    • there was naturally a greater sense of the spiritual behind the outer
    • greatness and significance to be found in resignation. None the less
    • have no recollection of it, yet it works! It becomes active beneath
    • the surface of the Soul-life just as there may be movements beneath
    • lives in great cities is less affected by it, but he will have seen
    • universal Beings, by others who found their greatest bliss in gazing
    • never create the same inner disposition of Soul as would have been
    • the disturbance beneath the surface of the sea drives up the waves,
    • enters our consciousness. Beneath the surface of our ordinary
    • obtain a conception which is of very great importance and weight:
    • eminently great Soul. If only something could have flowed into his
    • an end to this search for ideas — the greater the yearning, the
    • death! We meet here, three Springs long we love, and then we shun
    • something good, and die in doing it! One of the million deaths we
    • which reminds us of how a great mind expressed this undefined longing
    • it was a great one) which she could span with her earthly
    • Prince of Homburg, who carried out all his great deeds in a kind of
    • a particularly great man, for he whines and whimpers over everything
    • contours: that is, Spiritual Science. The greatest unites
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • that we call Maya or the great illusion, there is the Spiritual. Let
    • phenomena of heat, presenting it in its true character of sacrificial
    • that we must reduce the elements of heat back to the spiritual, to
    • the way from the microcosmic soul to that cosmic creating which we
    • the fragrance of knowledge created by the atmosphere of vital
    • recognises a relationship. Let us try to create a connecting link
    • Entities resigned it. The peculiar feature of the spiritual
    • feature of the ancient Moon evolution taking place in the soul of
    • of the Spirits of Movement. They created a possible way by which the
    • Beings of the lesser planet wished to make sacrifice to the greater
    • a single great satisfaction, but experiences a number of partial
    • actual meaning, their great Cosmic purpose.’ Certain Beings
    • inherent from the beginning: — that is Death! Death is none
    • renunciation by the Higher Entities of Death.
    • significance death is neither more nor less than the attribute of the
    • in their proper place. Even when death comes to a man in a concrete
    • but matter which at the moment of death, was shut out from the Ego,
    • within the Beings to whom it was thrown back lapses into death, for
    • death signifies the exclusion of any Cosmic substance or Cosmic Being
    • where-ever we encounter fire or heat, behind it there is its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • this is the place where we are able to create a visible sign
    • that was created hundreds of years ago. Events which meant
    • increasing; how does this relate to the idea of repeated
    • made great play of its intellectual progress and scientific
    • people of today — order will not be created from the
    • ultimate triumph in the creation of instruments of murder and
    • of the nineteenth century there would have been greater
    • has to be greater than purely sensual and material awareness.
    • arouse awareness. Many have gone through the gate of death
    • gate of death they could have taken these with them. It would
    • have been something they needed after death, but they were
    • gone through the gate of death and entered the world of the
    • death were longing for the destructive powers in which they
    • out its impulses. It cannot yet be done to any great extent,
    • have gone through the gate of death. Consider the unctuous
    • coming for eighteen months. I have looked around a great deal
    • would once again go through the gate of death and thirst for
    • most intense, which is where their thoughts relate to great
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • soul and spirit which comes after death. In practice this
    • great riddles of the age. However, many are not fully active
    • body. It has reached a great level of perfection because the
    • ancient Saturn. Then the etheric body was added. This created
    • created its own element in the physical body, and so did the
    • between birth and death we are really leaving something
    • them an even greater impetus to work in a way that helps to
    • they nevertheless represent one great impulse — to
    • which brought conditions in which the truly great things
    • it spur us on to even greater activity; then a later attempt
    • circumstances he creates for himself at the age of 27,
    • Parliament being the great ideal in the present day and age,
    • rein to their passions, the emotions they create for
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • aspects of the great scheme of things, and this to such an
    • be, it will be possible to create conditions that will put an
    • agitators making great words about it, or in specific
    • possible sense, and this creates an unhealthy climate. People
    • heat it up; after that no more coal would be needed, for a
    • created to enable people to grasp the truth. The truths which
    • the greatest difficulties one can imagine. For when it comes
    • the great advances humanity has made, I think I can say that
    • one of the great problems which may arise when truths
    • attitude. The specific constellation created by the war means
    • created their own excitements. This has now become difficult.
    • time, with people whiling away the time by creating all kinds
    • created out of base instincts that are left to run riot are
    • repeat once more: Without causing any loss to those who are
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    • truths. Now, we have often said that it is fear of the great
    • and why should they be exposed to those great and fearsome
    • humanity has to be treated differently, as it were, by the
    • whose function in the great scheme of things is connected
    • with human birth and death. You should never believe that
    • human birth and death are actually as they present themselves
    • death' for the moment. It is true that the individuals who
    • elemental spirits of birth and death. If one were to speak of
    • death and do so in full consciousness, they come to know
    • learn the truth that in order to bring about birth and death
    • we have such a comfortable life, birth and death could not
    • be. To bring about birth and death the gods need entities
    • about birth and death for human beings.
    • world, for the processes of birth and death happen every day
    • death, however, but within the realm of physical life. If
    • destructive elemental spirits of birth and death.
    • connected with a great, important cosmic law. I could give
    • that humans could create apparatus which would enable them to
    • sweat of their brow. Everything people do in this respect is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • they would then think. This created an intimate relationship
    • to the world. It also created an intense feeling of being
    • is also true for all physical creatures which inhabit the
    • feature of ancient Greece that the inner life was still in
    • spoken of this before. That harmony was, of course, greatest
    • does not permit a more extensive treatment. With some of the
    • treatise on genius.
    • genius, etc. Franz Brentano creates an idea of genius which
    • differs a great deal from the usual idea. We have to admit
    • the age demands world programmes created out of other depths.
    • right, it was great and truly in harmony in ancient Greek
    • differences between men and women were much greater at the
    • time — the result would be such and such a creature,
    • order was created by establishing classes and taking these
    • illness he has. So we get all kinds of treatises — on
    • he did not get treatment in time. If he had had treatment at
    • people are able to think of or create in their heads. And we
    • choice: To go on beating each other to a pulp, shooting at
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • being you are also a breathing human being, walking in a
    • touch of the idea: I am going to get up now. To repeat, many
    • Elohim, when they created human beings as dwellers on earth
    • everything shown here as ‘b’ has been created by
    • tell you great deal. In the present age, from the fifth
    • dead, of those who are going through the gate of death to
    • campaign, Astyphilos forecast his death, saying: ‘You
    • thought it possible to create political structures merely by
    • awareness of inspiration in the creative sphere of the social
    • truly great, tremendous grand visions which contained
    • great their knowledge.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • create a sophisticated image, but the image does not
    • great deal or only little. We would have to pick it up to
    • great climax now reached in the age of materialism. The
    • was a good boy and had few beatings. The teacher's general
    • occasion he gave a terrible beating to a boy in Herder's
    • not become a great man because his teacher had this
    • the education of individuals who later became great
    • and if teachers are truly conscious of the great task life
    • great deal nowadays. Instead of helping the mind of the
    • in life. We cannot eat our food raw, but have to cook it
    • processes which are involved in eating, we might perhaps save
    • ourselves the effort of eating! You cannot make people
    • make our own. There is need for this in both the great and
    • future will dream a great deal of their pupils, for the
    • communications, even for clairvoyant individuals. If we treat
    • these truths in the same way we treat the facts of the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • The greatest
    • that will not yield; in this case we create the reality. And
    • This creates a
    • ‘Compared to the eternity it takes to create
    • again become creative and do so out of the spirit. This goes
    • present. This is what we must achieve; it will create a
    • forms created out of the concrete itself, is a pioneering
    • what we intend to create on this hill. The nature of the
    • contradict and are in utter conflict with the forms created
    • important to have a tremendous sense of reality when creating
    • analogies, otherwise they will not work. When we create an
    • fall in love with the analogy we have created. Analogies
    • probably amuse you a great deal and make you laugh heartily,
    • analogy created by Kjellen is correct. You will now say that
    • chosen to create at the right level. Kjellen's — and
    • proof of the pudding lies in the eating; it does not lie in
    • creating a proper analogy, you immediately also see the
    • teach us a great deal; we must be awake in following events,
    • reflections on death, on the human goal extending into the
    • for the rest are mostly repeating what they are saying. Which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • this, it will give you a great deal of understanding of the
    • threatens human beings from this direction. This is the
    • which happens within the great scheme of things does also
    • consistency, and indeed its greatness, the scientific way of
    • thinking, too, is in great danger of sliding into the
    • are taken as a matter of course. Great Wilsoniades are
    • understand a great deal of the inner life of these people,
    • kind play a much greater role today than materialists are
    • surprised how great is the percentage of direct influences
    • spiritual world to a much greater extent than they are
    • revision of ideas which carried the greatest weight at the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • no ideals. On the contrary, it has a great many ideals which,
    • indeed ideals of great value. But the people of today are not
    • great scheme of things; they are concrete facts which have to
    • great perspectives of a social nature, which went far beyond
    • indeed have some degree of greatness in the present time,
    • direction of life. The breath of life comes into our thinking
    • merely repeat them — they are the thoughts of angels
    • great deal of trouble to encourage them to build bridges.
    • great horrors of darkness for the ahrimanic powers and a
    • you think on this, you will see that principles of great
    • become really familiar with the thought that a great many
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • are biased, even if correct, will often cause greater
    • called, was a special feature of the eighteenth century.
    • they are just hunks of meat walking on this earth or
    • are a living reality. Let us assume a creature walking this
    • these pass through easily. Let us assume another creature is
    • through this creature in one direction. Thus there can be
    • creatures on Earth who have only the Sun current passing
    • creatures which can only have the Sun current going through
    • continually pass through this backbone. This creature, then,
    • of course, depend a great deal on the geographical latitude
    • up with the life of the Moon. Hidden beneath the life of the
    • possible. If a situation is created where in later life
    • in my public lecture in Basle and I have also repeated it
    • also great historical perspectives. You will also find it
    • created freedom of initiative; freedom of initiative arose
    • I was sent a treatise on profound theosophical matters which
    • was, in fact, merely a treatise on the
    • holds the greatest power in the inner life. Man can only
    • nothing to do with mysticism but that it creates healthy
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • the human realm in the autumn of 1879, holds great
    • being is a creature who walks on two legs and does not have
    • feathers. The next time the pupil came to school he brought a
    • plucked cockerel: a creature who walked on two legs and had
    • no feathers. This is a human being, he said, according to the
    • Graeco-Latin times. It has to be kept in mind that the great
    • the begetting of children, procreation, with love in the
    • reason why we find so many symbols of procreation and earthly
    • repeated in the fourth epoch of civilization, the
    • of the great catastrophe, the spirits of darkness will make
    • the vicar, of the Christ, of the Christ impulse to create
    • account of the Spirits which serve the great cosmic scheme of
    • great future, for the whole of anthroposophy is on those
    • through the gate of death. People who relate only to the body
    • the earth's death — the catastrophe lying ahead —
    • rejuvenated soul is taken through the gate of death.
    • and that I do not leave the world where I am between death
    • not merely earthly creatures but belonging to the whole
    • must be understood today when great, tremendous events happen
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • which occur repeatedly in world and human evolution and are
    • regions. I have often drawn attention to the great
    • spiritual influences to a far greater extent than people
    • impulse to be creative. Ask people who have started journals
    • my words with great care. I am saying ‘in
    • beneath the surface.
    • one of the greatest affirmations of Goetheanism, is
    • else is the atmosphere in which people live today treated
    • the sixteenth century onwards as great and glorious
    • creation of Mephistopheles. In time to come, humanity will
    • see the magnificent irony with which the creations of that
    • time are treated in Part 2 of
    • just to hint at such things is liable to create continuous
    • of humanity find it easiest to ascribe greatness and
    • great deal to do with the events of the year 1917, having
    • Greatest of spirits, mind most independent,
    • Was power creative, actively progressing
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • on, I want to draw your attention to something of great
    • was also created via the blood, for it was based on blood
    • death and rebirth, we would have the realms of the Archangels
    • In the fifteenth century the earth held the greatest
    • earth held the greatest power of attraction for the
    • civilization, in which procreation will be guided by impulses
    • statement that human procreative life will be extinguished in
    • have to put a great deal into it if you are to arrive at
    • in the horse, considering this to be a great advance. People
    • can only be called such if one has repeated instances which
    • for things do not repeat themselves in history, the
    • weather. The world of the spirit also has elements which are
    • like the weather of the future in relation to the future
    • things which happen through creatures from the animal world.
    • creature with two legs and without feathers: a plucked
    • has gained a seat in parliament! Delaisi's question goes in
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • sinless, incapable of sinning, like a mere creature of nature, he now
    • intellectual fall is the great historical sign that a spiritual
    • greatest pride today is evident in those who strive for a so-called
    • precisely of the Anthroposophical Society for humanity's great ideal
    • themselves vegetarian when fully grown. They eat no meat, not even
    • consciousness about eating meat, but she lays her eggs for the
    • insects were now, for example, to eat away the stomach of the host
    • insect, they would soon have nothing more to eat, because the host
    • all the vital organs and eat only what the host insect can do without
    • first of all, it is not as great as the intelligence ruling in
    • created the water.
    • that he creates intelligence, whereas he only draws intelligence from
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • I have shown repeatedly that these arguments are not of much value.
    • continuation of the breathing process and of the process which
    • between birth and death. The continuation of the pre-earthly force of
    • teaching of repeated lives on earth. This lies in a straight line
    • his head and say: “The deed of Christ may have an influence on a great
    • is more readable), these books also breathe out, even more strongly,
    • post-existence, or the life after death. Life after death can be
    • super-sensible knowledge is rejected, life after death remains an
    • scientific research must become permeated with spirituality. But this
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • death, that within Him is a Christ-power, a Christ-impulse that must pass
    • through death as a force by which courage and consolation can be
    • winter on the Earth, there these spirits permeate the
    • they go towards the south; they permeate the planet in rhythmic
    • With their ancient clairvoyance men knew that the greatest
    • amounts to taking away from the Easter festival the very feature that
    • that the great Atlantean catastrophe was followed by the period of
    • features of Egypto-Chaldean civilisation therefore come into evidence
    • Copernicus too, like Kepler, was an astrologer and attached great value
    • upon possessing it will be that Tycho de Brahe was admittedly a great
    • ‘excuse’ a great deal; for example, they excuse
    • foretelling the death of the Sultan Soliman. They regard this as an
    • understandable weakness of the great man who made the first map of the
    • circumstance that the death of the Sultan Soliman actually occurred
    • belongs. Just as the day of Caesar's death is the same for a Chinese
    • uniform and fixed there is the impress of death, and our Calendar is
    • intended to be a creative impulse for life.
    • its own experiences the connection with the great cosmic
    • access to happenings in the great universe and thereby to experience
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • about the spirit in this area, for how could it be denied that great
    • the great botanist, Schleiden, discovered the plant cell. He was the
    • century. It must simply be understood that even the greatest
    • discoverer of the plant cell became the greatest and most vehement
    • earth's rock formations as the great skeleton of the earth
    • human being in sleep passes into the great world and in the morning
    • This breathing out and
    • breathing in of the soul is a wonderful alternation in human life. Of
    • limits of his skin, and then expands into the great world during the
    • sense. With the human being, stepping out into the great world is the
    • steps out into the great world when he falls asleep; in summer the
    • in the human organism light creates the eye for itself in order to be
    • spring the sun organism creates for itself the plant covering in
    • so these entities, which are real, create for themselves in the plant
    • remarkable when man discovered that plants can eat, can even take in
    • animals, are meat eaters! But it was not known quite what to do with
    • this, and this is interesting, because this discovery has repeatedly
    • really lives in the great macrocosm. We would have to perceive some
    • sleep — to the great world, living within it. Just as it allows
    • the expression of the features of our earth. Thus what we call our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • form in which we observe it to-day, permeating all human
    • thought receded altogether. We need only remember one feature
    • important work, whereby the death-blow, so to speak, was
    • book: — All the great figures, in reality, are none
    • Moon through the Zodiac. Dionysos — in that great
    • into thin air. Then they began to take the greatest pains to
    • kind of symbolic treatment of the mathematical, and indeed,
    • no Chemistry. They knew nothing at all of the great world of
    • time.” Well, if you judge so, you are merely repeating
    • reality, the greatest transition-time of all Earth-evolution.
    • changed, and greatly so. Mankind to-day is not exposed to
    • to-day a great number of things are working in social life;
    • he lives is permeated with such thoughts, and that is the
    • mankind. Yet this very truth is beating against the doors of
    • the great thankfulness of the human being after death, for
    • Gate of Death they had been saved from contact with these
    • human soul between death and new birth, knows how thankful
    • the human larynx, the creator of words, severing men into
    • divided groups over the Earth, even through the creator of
    • are connected so significantly with the great and
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the great contrast between such ways of thought as those of
    • Martin, therefore, whose ways of thought still had great
    • materialism of Dupuis still had a certain greatness,
    • era — the mere repeating of the Gospel story as
    • the life between birth and death. Knowledge to-day can be
    • those human souls who arc in the realms between death and a
    • aspects through which human beings have to live between death
    • death and a new birth were far remote from the Philistine
    • precisely the characteristic feature of ancient Greece, for
    • air that is breathed out through our larynx, configured
    • lower creatures — the animals — is connected with
    • very opposite, the greatest things of human evolution, can
    • world a great political manifesto in the year 1917, took up
    • though it were a great revelation. Truly, one need not go so
    • greatness things that are merely absurd and laughable. These
    • the greater the fruits it can bear for the future.
    • said that “a great Time finds but it small and petty
    • our Time, yet great it can be; and in a certain sense, it
    • must find the men who can think greatly. But they will not be
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • connected with the secret of death, inasmuch as it is a
    • festival associated with the death of Christ Jesus. Now birth
    • and death are the two boundaries of human life, as it runs
    • of his being, birth and death veil from his sight the
    • birth or with the secret of death, Not that it lies so
    • which belongs to the secret of death. While the former is
    • human death is connected with what is thus spoken to man by
    • passes through the Gate of Death.
    • death as the real answer thereto. (Even as birth was
    • associated with the super-sensible Man, so was death
    • the Mysteries of Death. And we may add: those Mysteries which
    • Western Asia, they created Pyramidal structures, The
    • Therefore especially the Mystery of death, the Easter
    • of death, the Easter Mystery, the Mystery of the
    • super-sensible Man on the side of death.
    • itself with death. The Religion of to-day lacks any
    • Mysteries of birth laid the greatest stress on the
    • death. It is to this latter side that the Religions have
    • summary description of what goes on in the great Universe
    • great and so far-reaching that this present time could blush
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • death, for then we shall recognize it as a world which belongs to
    • us and which is not limited by birth and death.
    • be permeated with certain nuances and expressions which
    • acquires greater intensity through super-sensible knowledge. We
    • passing through the portal of death, and in this connection I
    • consciousness between birth and death, this world remains. The
    • forces permeated by etheric forces, are laid aside with death,
    • world we look back into our last earthly life through death,
    • the soul-spiritual world between death and a new birth, can also
    • death in the ordinary way, acquire this faculty, though it is
    • it after having passed through the portal of death. From the
    • sheaths of the physical and etheric bodies which were laid aside,
    • when they follow us through death, this connection exists in the
    • the portal of death, is not a belief to be accepted as a vague
    • beyond birth and death the spiritual science of Anthroposophy
    • death.
    • know death from another aspect. Ordinarily death confronts us as
    • death, or the elimination of physical-mineral substance —
    • for death is nothing but the complete elimination of man's
    • of death, and real death sets in when the whole body does that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • world conception that has reached such a great development in the
    • natural-scientific world conception achieved the greatest
    • great and imposing as it is today. Many details clearly show
    • connected illness, indeed death, with what was designated as sin.
    • Particularly in more remote times, they believed that death had
    • looks upon a world that is completely permeated with the laws of
    • in a kind of death through heat.
    • whether or not his thoughts were his own creation or whether
    • times; for instance, when they regulated their breathing in order
    • Orient, a certain discipline of breathing was therefore connected
    • blood, and from there they vibrated with the breath up into his
    • contemplate, however, the other side, the side of death —
    • religious world conception, the great riddle was the riddle of
    • this riddle of birth became the riddle of death. The riddle of
    • life on earth. Birth was the great problem. “What is man's
    • task on earth?” was the great question. Today, we look at
    • the other side, at the side of death, when we wish to throw up
    • the great problem connected with the true essence of man's
    • here as anthroposophical spiritual science. But a great number of
    • could be permeated through exercises in the manner described, did
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • every problem of greatest and smallest importance.
    • the things connected with the great life problems of human
    • birth and death, beyond the world which can be fathomed by
    • patient, who came to him in a great state of excitement, because
    • this case, Schleich remarks: Death caused by radical
    • influence showing, according to Schleich, that death set in as a
    • greatest modern scientist, with a man so thoroughly at home in
    • before his death, and the medium related that Raymond Lodge had a
    • cases described to you just now, show that the longing, the great
    • criticize such great scientists is perhaps called upon to judge
    • and to explain the far greater certainty constituting the
    • Anthroposophy is far greater than that transmitted by the most
    • essential facts are known to the great majority of those who are
    • “death through auto-suggestion.” Please accept this,
    • death through a natural cause would have arisen in any case
    • during the night after the accident. Such cases of sudden death
    • death on the following night, already existed and that he had had
    • an inner presentiment of his near death. Such a presentiment need
    • statement that he had a presentiment of his near death, but he
    • was not a case of death through auto suggestion, but the man in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • of January), because people generally think that during the great
    • that almost in the whole world great problems of life are being
    • that the great conflict between the West and the East announced
    • greatest reverence can be felt for it when looking back from its
    • to designate this physical-sensory world as MAYA, the great
    • external world perceived through the eyes and ears as a great
    • this idea of the great illusion connected with the
    • a great illusion, a Maya.
    • developed, if we notice, for example, the greatness and loftiness
    • physical permeated by the spiritual. The fountain did not only
    • the gods, it is Maya, the great illusion. They did not speak of
    • the world as a great illusion from the very beginning; but
    • great illusion, as Maya.
    • meaning. The great impression made upon mankind by the star
    • reality. We live by calling that which permeates us inwardly,
    • because he had to look upon death, the corpse, he felt that he
    • Golgotha. Many people look towards that great symbol: the cross
    • Mankind went through a great change in the course of twelve
    • centuries: It learned to love death upon the cross, that death
    • indicate more deeply the great change which took place through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • of heat, and so forth. You obtain contours of the things you
    • organ. The human being is in every way a great sense organ, and
    • not need to eat it. This is not a very desirable condition. It
    • natural-scientific development, great as they are, for these
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • here, from birth to death, and in the spiritual world, from death
    • may gain freedom during his existence between birth and death;
    • will, then we create the possibility of independence also between
    • death and a new birth. But in the present epoch this capacity of
    • preserving our own independent existence after death calls for
    • between birth and death, the human being really does not have in
    • and death, man only has a conception of the external world. But
    • we live from birth to death, then the world appears to us as a
    • to you yesterday — by disappearing with death and by
    • illusion during our existence from birth to death, if we were
    • death, man lives in a real world unknown to him, one which cannot
    • perceives from birth to death — but everything I say
    • stand in regard to the life between death and a new birth? In our
    • last lectures we explained that after death the human being does
    • and death, but between death and a new birth he essentially
    • manifest in the spiritual world. Between death and a new birth,
    • death. He can only live in a world of illusion from birth to
    • death. But between death and a new birth he cannot live in an
    • illusion. When he passes through death, necessity imprisons him,
    • between death and a new birth he feels a complete lack of freedom
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • great, living organism, and its lifeless part, for example, the
    • thoughts with the greatest ease and comfort; the lifeless world
    • knowledge, he breathed in life, as it were, and thus he existed
    • We shall then discover what a great change took place in all the
    • B.C. — we shall discover the great change which
    • were, a covering sheath for this divine light that continues to
    • to experience in human consciousness a relation with the creative
    • fact that people thought that after death they returned to the
    • archetypal, creative principle of the Father. Man does not yet
    • his spirituality from every single creature in Nature. As already
    • another aspect, it must be greatly valued. But an inner push is
    • great misfortune of losing our Goetheanum. We know quite well
  • Title: Lecture: The End of the Dark Age
    Matching lines:
    • The Sun Mystery ... Death, Resurrection. It appears in the original
    • a Striving for Spiritual Understanding of Nature Permeated by Christ.
    • The Sun Mystery ... Death, Resurrection.
    • Permeated by Christ. The translator is unknown.
    • something which cannot appear to it as spiritual. The great
    • intellect is thus exposed to the great danger of falling a prey
    • that great influence on man which they have now. The life of
    • creature. He becomes hardened, as it were, within earthly
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • action, and who have to devote their lives and souls to the great
    • those who have already passed through the portal of death in
    • will repeat the same words in a slightly altered form:
    • to men on earth who are permeated by good will.’ And as
    • death to one another and how they can all pass through the same Gate
    • of Death with the thought of Christ Jesus, the Divine Light-Bringer.
    • however greatly they may otherwise be disunited, who in the depths of
    • greatness uniting mankind, however disunited it may be as regards all
    • a tradition in the history of Christianity which repeatedly appears
    • story of Creation as it occurs at the beginning of the Bible. There
    • Creation gradually arose: how Lucifer appeared to man, and how men
    • of their teachers, there was exhibited also again and again a great
    • represented by Adam and Eve, this commandment: ‘Ye may eat of
    • Evil.’ Because they did eat of this they were driven from the
    • it quite clear to us that what goes through the gates of death into
    • death. But we surrender our external form in some manner to the
    • creates the super-sensible forces in the spiritual world. After
    • Only when we pass through the gates of death we have to travel back
    • passed through the gates of death, and retraces his path. This
    • were produced at Christmas and in which the story of Creation is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • witnessed and must feel countless deaths around us in this
    • death to each other and how they then can go through the same portal
    • of death with the thought of the divine leader of light, the Christ
    • greatness, a thought of infinite depth of feeling, this thought of
    • great and strong and powerful within human evolution. If this
    • tradition within the history of Christianity that arose repeatedly in
    • story of Creation, the story of Creation as it is presented at
    • Word resounded, how out of the universal Word creation arose gradually,
    • festival, an infinitely great thought originally drew together the
    • mystery of Golgotha. For them a great, encompassing symbolic thought
    • human being, represented by Adam and Eve: “You may eat from all
    • eaten of that fruit would be cast out of the original scene of their
    • original generations from which the bodily sheath of the Christ Jesus
    • death into the spiritual world that belongs to the being of man;
    • the human being goes through the portal of death that one could say
    • its first task is to form our body. To begin with it creates the
    • through conception and birth it still works creatively on our body
    • journey. Only when we have gone through the portal of death must we
    • human being as he repeats it for himself when he has gone through
    • the portal of death and follows this path in reverse. This means
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • with the Great Teachers will appear in the subsequent numbers of
    • of repeated earthly lives.
    • significance of those Great Ones who have been the leading and
    • guiding spirits of the different epochs. From each of these Great
    • age, makes us realise what great differences arise in the sum total
    • man's thought, feeling and will, have undergone great changes in the
    • personality hidden beneath the name of
    • religion, must be placed a great many centuries before Buddha. Greek
    • historians have repeatedly pointed out that Zarathustra must have
    • logical thinking which we regard as the most important feature of
    • great steps forward in the civilisation of mankind. Whatever the
    • arose the Vedic poets. The region permeated with the mighty impulse
    • of Zarathustra lies to the North of the land from which the great
    • different from the Brahministic teachings of the great leaders of
    • these two ways that the great teachers attained to the revelations of
    • that we so greatly admire in the old Indian culture — which
    • Cosmos, moving and creative. And so there arose the teaching of the
    • creative. This is the other path.
    • think he has discovered a great truth here, but it leads to nothing
    • called the “Great Aura,” for it is all-embracing.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • Great Teachers
    • greater significance to study the culture and civilisation of ancient
    • reason for the great interest evinced to-day in Egyptian culture, but
    • did one of the greatest minds of modern times feel himself related to
    • words. It must therefore be of great interest to us to understand how
    • spiritual reality permeates the old mythologies and religious systems.
    • preserved, more especially by the earlier Egyptians, with great piety
    • Being, “the Thrice-Greatest,”
    • cries of lamentations were uttered at the death of cats. Again, we
    • danger of death, because his act aroused such fury among the
    • after the death of Osiris, Isis gave birth to Horus. A spiritual ray
    • The active principle of thought has become the power of ideation in
    • spread over the spiritual universe as the Osiris-power that permeates
    • within their own souls. Thus the great cosmic clock, with the
    • stars and had created in a cosmic script, an expression of
    • remains, in order that in future ages, after it has been permeated by
    • leading through the Portal of Death; the
    • other is the path through the Portal leading not to physical death
    • Egyptian therefore said: When man passes through the Portal of Death
    • is freed from the sheaths of his earthly body in the spiritual world,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • other such things I have repeatedly drawn your attention to the amount
    • this is even of great practical significance. In fact, I am convinced
    • story is repeated in the course of the year. This is what happens.
    • becomes quite another kind of creature than it was as an egg. The egg
    • sheath. The caterpillar completely surrenders to the light, it dies in
    • Only it deceives itself because it cannot create a cocoon so rapidly.
    • The caterpillar, however, has the time to create this sheath, to hang it
    • up, so the sun forces, imprisoned inside, can now create the butterfly
    • transformed by the flame. This is always so in death. Death does not
    • creature. This is the first thing we see. The second is the deep
    • created out of light, but light had first to take up matter, form a case
    • created out of light. This applies to man as well, by reason of the
    • fertilisation of the female ovum. A sheath encloses the light within the
    • mother's body, so man is really created by this light. So the
    • the birds have wonderful colours the sun has greater power. What effect
    • butterfly is understood only when viewed as a complete creature of light
    • man. The caterpillar acquires an ether-body through which it breathes.
    • itself in its sheath along with the sunbeams. In the chrysalis the
    • light always contains spiritual astral forces, and these create the
    • expand, this ego, this light, would permit me to create real
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • which is a seed for the life after death, the quality of love; and of
    • which is a seed for the life after death, the quality of love; and of
    • gives me great satisfaction to be able to speak to you today
    • spiritual world between death and a new birth.
    • that the experiences of the human soul between death and rebirth differ
    • essentially from those between birth and death. Here on earth a man's
    • spiritual life between death and a new birth the exact opposite
    • higher Hierarchies. That is our inner world. And between death and
    • at the most important moments of our spiritual existence between death
    • death and a new birth there is a rhythm. It consists in an alternation
    • constantly repeated rhythmical process can be compared with two
    • with in-breathing and out-breathing, and also with sleeping and waking.
    • that take place in the spiritual world between death and rebirth, it is
    • dear friends, had we no experience between death and a new birth of
    • strong in proportion to the clearness with which between death and a new
    • But if between death and a new birth we were able to experience only
    • death and a new birth. But by directing our gaze to the soul we can
    • we can act morally, are essentially echoes from our life between death
    • world. For we do then feel lonely when we, as it were, breathe out.
    • In-breathing is like an experience of spiritual beings; out-breathing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • today is made to cover a great deal. I refer to the expression: the
    • even need to consider birth and death — the two boundaries of
    • in consciousness in ordinary day-to-day life, show so great a dependence
    • the instrumentality of consciousness is of great significance, it is no
    • it were like a wave in a great sea, a wave that is organised within
    • preparation, he would in truth be exposed to great risk, for he would
    • for the support of the spiritual makes itself felt in the soul, a great
    • this. To repeat once more, I am describing it to you as if the soul
    • that when you experience something consciously in waking life, a great
    • joy, your blood beats differently from the way it beats when you are
    • time between going to sleep and waking is of great significance in its
    • find a disintegration of the soul into the greatest possible number of
    • our life of soul is intimately attached to the processes of breathing
    • and of blood-circulation, and to the process of nutrition that permeates
    • when we try to form a picture of the breathing process or of the
    • the inner life of day can be referred to the life of breathing and the
    • comparable with the unfolding of the forces of breathing and of
    • corpuscles circulate in us, the breathing power revolves in us, enabling
    • us to breathe in and breathe out — then we must say for the
    • short, we live our way into the cosmos with far greater intensity than
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • barely escaped the martyr's death of Giordano Bruno and Galileo.
    • threatened with being burnt alive. People are content to make
    • the “Spirit” in the age of the great
    • derived from an archetype, into which life was breathed by
    • the creator.”
    • Great men have the faults of their virtues. It is our task to
    • Origin of Man” differ greatly. But the Anthroposophist
    • great scientist Carl Gegenbauer, said of Darwinism.
    • opinion of Karl von Linne, the great Natural Scientist of the
    • created. Did we not have as many miraculous creative acts
    • greatest benefactors of mankind.”
    • the great English Scientist, has proved, there is much more
    • ever-growing circles, and is a great hindrance to any other
    • understanding. Those who only want to repeat what they have
    • heard from the great Eastern Teachers cannot become
    • English edition of Haeckel's “History of Creation,”
    • so very great. Therefore certain conditions of life, into which
    • transformed them into lower human souls. Any miraculous creation
    • how fish evolve from lower living creatures, and that is enough.
    • explain how mammals evolve, for there is a greater difference
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • Life and Death
    • Life and Death
    • man to Life and Death to-day, we may be reminded of a
    • up all the movements after death of the separate substances
    • the death of man?” Quite apart from the fact that there
    • from many an observation on the nature of death, or one which
    • establishes the idea of an antithesis between life and death,
    • of the fact that “death” and “life”
    • dare not speak in the same way of the death of a plant or an
    • in the physiology of the great naturalist, Huxley, for
    • that we must distinguish between the local death and the
    • death of the tissue in an organism, and it is expressly
    • maintain the breathing by artificial means, we might quite
    • breathing, the organism would still continue to live in the
    • really speak of death, although no brain were there at all.
    • traced back to the life of the smallest living creatures.
    • independence, at least of the smallest living creatures. It
    • states that the smallest living creatures propagate
    • four, and so on. There we could not admit of a death, for the
    • sought for a definition of death, and just this definition of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • must take great care, from the very outset, to realize that
    • and permeates it, as the one nearest to it, we find that this
    • of the higher worlds to a still greater degree. If we
    • precisely this fact which explains the great variety among
    • heat, as a state, work condition of matter.
    • heat was the substance of man's physical body. On the Sun,
    • permeated by the etheric body. When picturing to ourselves to
    • the same time permeated by another part, which is still upon
    • completely permeate one another.
    • distinguish three different parts: One part is permeated by
    • the etheric and astral bodies; another part is permeated only
    • of the physical body is permeated by the etheric body, astral
    • physical, etheric and astral bodies permeate one another.
    • actually permeate the whole body. If a materialist declares
    • although these are, indeed, permeated by others —
    • would be doomed to death, since it is dependent upon the ego
    • death, if they would be obliged to depend entirely upon the
    • clairvoyance, the laws of the animal kingdom will permeate
    • given over to death, did not another Ego work upon it, while
    • in the human body — namely fire, heat. These are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Humanity as a whole has a very short memory for great events
    • worms and fishes, could develop. It was the great naturalist
    • repeated earth lives; that that, which resides in us
    • as life between birth and death, is a repetition of a
    • something indefinite in its features; then we notice how
    • message of Spiritual Science today in relation to repeated
    • the heretic is not treated as he was formally. He is no
    • ridiculous by those who sit upon the lofty seat of science
    • which goes into the spiritual world at death, to return again
    • gates of death. We would see how the bond created between man
    • explained by their earlier creation in former life
    • formed today do not cease to be when death passes over
    • will, in a not very remote future, permeate, as necessary
    • which occupied him during his whole life as his greatest most
    • pious feelings to the great God of nature Who speaks through
    • he feels himself in the world as in a great, beautiful,
    • his last years, shortly before his death, he completed this
    • into it the best fruits of his existence. At his death the
    • second part lay there sealed, like the great testament to be
    • which permeated all his inner forces, and aimed not at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • we have lived the great ideal which we want to express through
    • inclined to dedicate our forces to this great ideal of mankind,
    • spiritual light or means of light to the dawn of the great
    • force of love are the greatest, the most intense, the most
    • the feeling that wisdom is a great thing — that love is
    • still greater; that might is a great thing — that love is
    • yet greater. And this feeling of the power and force and
    • threefold figure of the Christ-Impulse can have great
    • pay homage to the great spiritual King Who appears in the high
    • related to the great cosmic forces. We have this connection
    • with the great cosmic forces when, through an understanding of
    • impulse. As something yet infinitely more great and mighty than
    • prevents men from feeling the full greatness and power of this
    • there was created a figure, a figure, however, which lived,
    • without prejudice, and felt a great change in itself. To-day we
    • sink into the poem of the Greek Empress Eudocia. She created a
    • lived wholly in the world of the old heathen gods and could
    • Golgotha was still completely given up to the old heathen
    • use of the old heathen magical methods. All this is played out
    • Do cherish true and warm our Saviour great in praise:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • cry from the great Zarathustra or Zoroaster, who formed the
    • great personalities who provide the subject matter of our
    • Spiritual Science has reached to-day. The same great impulse
    • ago, the great authority, Aristotle, made such or such an
    • great deal. For the deeply illuminating teachings and
    • the greatest benefit to them.
    • ought to go to the great book of Nature, which speaks so
    • concerning the seat of the nerves. Their theory was that the
    • their seat in the brain and that the chief nerves originated
    • of Aristotle, was greatly astonished and said to Galileo:
    • treatise on immortality. Let us consider for a moment the
    • two incidents, we can see how greatly Aristotle was
    • allow this. Hence the great battle between Galileo and
    • Thus Galileo and Giordano Bruno were the two great
    • pedantry of the Scholastics and of book-learning to the great
    • greatest admiration, refers to this in a lecture which he
    • lecture, he drew attention to the fact that the great
    • great laws of mechanics, had discovered the laws which govern
    • distribution of space, created by the genius of Michelangelo,
    • Galileo, that great thinker, that it has become possible for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • the word, — till his death. For the second part of the
    • person. It is for this reason that all his creations leave
    • period or another of his life. We may note a truly great
    • hear the words of the great physicist Helmholtz repeated,
    • that great and wonderful discoveries have been made in all
    • fated to be discarded by the great physicists, who then
    • by a one-sided view are repeated over and over again. What I
    • know how great were the hopes built on the progress of
    • biology, the science of life, when Darwin's great work,
    • the different creatures. Foremost of all we find Haeckel
    • between different creatures. He looked upon the Darwinian
    • forms of living creatures could be traced. Let us suppose
    • the etheric bodies, or souls surviving after the death of
    • great mass of facts now brought to light by science to speak
    • modern research would cease. Here, Goethe may be our great
    • an incident of no great importance, but at the same time we
    • attain a greater intensity of the inner life. Not the mere
    • quarter we shall inevitably live to see a great revival of
    • lecture. It was a hall which could not be heated, the floor
    • great that the hall could scarcely contain it.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • far greater facility to a medium than after spirit-science
    • pertaining to an active, strongly-conscious, creative content
    • various starting points. This must occur in greater measure
    • whose wings beat so slowly together with whom however, she
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical Society in Great Britain, 46, Gloucester Place,
    • London, W.1, England. Subscriptions: Great Britain and Dominions,
    • combined with the greatest possible opportunism and slackness.
    • It admits that much is there beneath the threshold of
    • or subconscious — beating-up into the conscious life.
    • research is driven to observe what works and weaves beneath the
    • takes its course in repeated lives on Earth. For in their
    • being's existence as a whole, which goes on through repeated
    • death when this life is at an end, and to become a potent force
    • in the life between death and new birth. For only in the next
    • strengthened and enhanced. Then between death and a new
    • death, into the next evolution on the Earth. It is not a
    • carried through the gate of death — as a seed which grows
    • the present life — plays a great part in our life
    • the nonsense which the teacher created by his foolish teaching.
    • all, this corrector is carried through the gate of death and
    • between birth and death.
    • whole. What is thus consolidated (not all, but a great part of
    • here intended. As I said, not all, but a great part of what
    • make a great mistake, especially when they try to be clever,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical Society in Great Britain, 46, Gloucester Place,
    • London, W.1, England. Subscriptions: Great Britain and Dominions,
    • life, of great or outstanding personalities. Let me give one
    • and of a large treatise of Æsthetics, of whom we
    • be a great man in some respects, and he achieved great work. He
    • plenty of them — are an integral part of his greatness.
    • the living being one is treating. If one had not this
    • in our time is permeated with this quality. Only by observing
    • — this is the great importance. Among his poems, some of
    • Lathe’) there is one which raises a great riddle, as it were,
    • approaches these great questions of destiny. Here we have a
    • ruined by the very work which he himself created. This poem, I
    • Karma, as it were, with the greatest acceleration — with
    • the greatest speed. But let us assume (it is of course only an
    • between birth and death. How would it then have been?
    • That, you see, is the great question. The same thing
    • which would have brought death into his Karma — death
    • not get it here, will get it in his life between death and a
    • will the fifth post-Atlantean age engender great and
    • intelligence. In their artistic creations they are looking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical Society in Great Britain, 46, Gloucester Place,
    • London, W.1, England. Subscriptions: Great Britain and Dominions,
    • life. Repeating as they generally do, like parrots, the
    • heredity is generally treated, nowadays, only in this
    • to-day cannot yet take the step of recognising the repeated
    • evolution between birth and death and its division into
    • are of any great significance for the question of heredity.
    • life between death and a new birth. There, the processes take
    • way. Naturally, all that takes place in that time between death
    • which takes place in the spiritual between death and a new
    • death and a new birth from the standpoint of a higher
    • beings who have also passed through the gate of death and who
    • between death and a new birth — appearing
    • the processes which lie between death and a new birth do not
    • fertilised by what takes place between death and a new birth,
    • mind to reckon with repeated lives on Earth instead of setting
    • which are immediate and present between birth and death.
    • connected with repeated lives on Earth, can meet life in
    • cyclic. We know the great cycles of post-Atlantean time: the
    • repeated earthly lives; — nay more, though they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical Society in Great Britain, 46, Gloucester Place,
    • London, W.1, England. Subscriptions: Great Britain and Dominions,
    • death. During this life — or through this life
    • gate of death the other section of his life begins. He then
    • it is they who lead man through the gate of death. They lead
    • from death to a new birth. Then they lead him again into a new
    • individual human being through his repeated lives on Earth.
    • they guide and direct the repeated earthly lives of men. The
    • the Angel guides the human individuality through his repeated
    • This is of great practical significance. For it bears a
    • extend even to sickness and death. With the insight which you
    • connections, reaching even to disease and death, whereby
    • one important feature, among others that we have already
    • flowed from soul to soul when men spoke. Just as we breathe the
    • sentences and formulae which had a greater influence than other
    • words — a greater influence than the words that were
    • great power over other men was given to a human being. This
    • passed through the gate of death.
    • connection with the repeated earthly lives of man, for that is
    • dwell on certain characteristic features. We must learn
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual pillars upon which are inscribed the two great
    • the events of birth and death. And in the life of
    • man wills to look upon the two great mysteries. And, as it thus
    • conception have approached in manifold ways the great
    • Christmas thought and the great Easter thought. During the
    • formed for themselves the great and powerful imagination of the
    • birth and death of the human being, no matter how we may
    • finding in birth and death anything other than events in
    • his birth, before he could breathe the outer air, he had beheld
    • death, the two boundary pillars of human life facing us in the
    • their death in the last few years, must reflect upon countless
    • what occurs in the physical world, the procreation and growth
    • of his physical body, is only the ensheathing of that event
    • For that which constitutes the sheaths around the human
    • birth to death; that this ego becomes more and more powerful
    • sheathing at the birth of the human being out of the
    • here in the physical world between birth and death is only a
    • himself again in the spirit after death. So does one who knows
    • by little develops to an ever greater perfection, growing out
    • be aware of the fact that this life of man from birth to death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • Printed in Great Britain
    • There are many features in this legend which lead us a long way
    • bring about in the world. Among its profound features are the
    • the macrocosm, the great, all-embracing world. This macrocosm
    • nature they create instruments for themselves. These
    • vision of the greatest importance: As long as the earth is
    • their confessions will flow together to one great united
    • Brotherhood. And those who guided the great separated human
    • thirdly, the gift of the victory of life over death, in the
    • come to life in every detail. But if we have learnt a great
    • last — (every feature in this poem has a deep
    • the wreath of Roses?” And round the Cross he sees the
    • the symbol of death in a quite particular sense. This, too,
    • for death, but purify what is in these three bodies so as to
    • attain in your Self the power to receive an ever greater
    • Beneath a friendly roof to find abode.
    • That has destroyed the bitter powers of death,
    • A stream of comfort permeates his being,
    • Who added to the cross the wreath of roses?
    • has received Mark knows many details, which the great Leader of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • It affords me great
    • pleasure to speak at greater length for the third time to our friends
    • field of investigation if, from time to time, we did not repeatedly
    • take a great leap forward into those regions of spiritual knowledge
    • very reason that greater objectivity is necessary if we are to accept
    • man’ is one whose understanding and grasp of the great laws of
    • man’ is one who is able to identify himself with the great laws
    • mankind in the near future will bring men together in far greater
    • asking a great deal of our present age to believe in the existence of
    • by permeating it with his ego and forming the Sentient Soul within
    • were first created during our present Earth epoch, the astral body
    • reckon from the beginning of the great Atlantean catastrophe and
    • something that permeates the activity of the Folk Spirits, an
    • shall meet him once again. Because a characteristic feature of these
    • returns to earlier conditions and repeats them in a higher form. Now
    • repeated. This stage is followed by a repetition of the
    • is, in the first place, an individual, a creation of his Ego being;
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • factors determine the distinctive features or characteristics of a
    • strange feature is that the etheric aura over a certain region
    • in its fullest implications. Though often repeated, its implications
    • conditions determine the great changes in a people, the influence of
    • body now permeated with spiritual soul-forces, and the geographical
    • interpenetrates, permeates man; it affects three aspects of his
    • being. The interplay of these three aspects creates the peculiar
    • Beings who are responsible for language are Beings of great creative
    • of Form, because with their greater energy and superior powers the
    • time are created and determined by the higher Beings working on the
    • assembled them in such a way as to create the optical effect of a
    • create a situation in which man appears to be stimulated fortuitously
    • work within man and create a certain way of thinking, a quite
    • accounts for the uniqueness of Indian philosophy which, as creative
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • man from his outer sheath or envelope. Man's inner being
    • creation of thought; then, in this space, the sum-total of the angles
    • world of inspiration and this inspiration permeates my consciousness
    • inwardly permeated with what I have just described, to that extent
    • youth, in the creative period of its life, then the Archangel
    • through the period between death and rebirth. Equally the Archangel
    • senses his impending death, feels the need to withdraw from the
    • community, enters into his Devachan, the life between death and
    • undertaken during the creative period of a people when its youthful
    • plane the individual human being must ensure that these great aims
    • concur in the great ordinances of the Archangels. We shall see this
    • in the Spirit of the Age, assumes for a certain time greater
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • been created through a complex interplay of spiritual forces. We have
    • nature-forces in the Cosmos a necessity, but that for the creation of
    • been repeated) and which from the last physical birth up to the age
    • exist. They do not repeat themselves in the same way as Sinnett
    • certain extent the etheric forces emanating from the soil permeate
    • Use the Compare feature to see for yourself:
    • The death of races begins with their westward migration. In order to
    • across Europe to Asia. Then the westward migration is repeated, but
    • Atlantean civilization is repeated to a certain extent in the
    • admit that up to the present time the creations of man are still
    • such that its youthful vigour, its creative potentialities, decline
    • forces of youth. But that which calls for creative energy requires a
    • to operate. Creative activity dies out to some extent in the
    • peninsulas the further westward one goes. This creative
    • call to mind its own creative activity as it existed before the
    • of all mankind. You see this repeated in the development of Spiritual
    • level of the all-human. Here lies the great responsibility which we
    • what is determined by the great laws of humanity is decisive. The
    • great laws themselves must apprise us of this; we must not allow
    • his origin and ancestry, a great mystery is concealed. He was an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • larger national groups have their part to play in the great harmony
    • the slightest breath of wind, but of a viscous, semi-fluid
    • aeriform which permeates the apparent solid substance of the Earth.
    • manifests as heat.
    • boundaries of air and heat or warmth — for the atmosphere is
    • permeate the air and heat with their element, the Spirits of Movement
    • is at this meeting-place that solid forms are created. Man has, at
    • which on our Earth determines creation and destruction, all the
    • living creatures here on Earth. It comes from the Spirits of Wisdom.
    • of the solid Earth beneath us. In the second Hierarchy we have the
    • necessary in order to create our Earth. The Earth had to pass through
    • Earth-evolution, manifests itself as Will. The great task of Old
    • had to suffer the birth and death of a planet in order to bring about
    • in man signify simply the creation of an active centre in his nature
    • the three forces, the inner being really creates something new. A
    • and this is what one may call the really creative, the inwardly
    • creative element in earthly existence. We must therefore describe the
    • that shall permeate the Earth, the interplay and interaction of the
    • creates the different races. Then the normal and abnormal Time
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • In creating the harmony or equilibrium of our Earth the whole
    • activity of the abnormal Spirits of Form should provoke too great a
    • which is the seat of the “Venus race” or the Malayan
    • unique way; they permeate his vital energies, they penetrate even
    • is however a very peculiar feature attaching to the Mongolian race;
    • from the Sun and Jahve from the Moon create the Mongolian race, so in
    • cord. Here is the seat of those forces which determine the particular
    • Zeus and so achieved greatness. To them all external forms, all forms
    • great leader of humanity, Skythianos. This is the “Council”
    • greater, set itself the task of investigating the mysterious forces
    • old American Indians still preserves a memory of that great Atlantean
    • great in the Atlantean culture. What the Red Indian valued most
    • former greatness and majesty of a period which existed in the old
    • And this cooperative activity was called by the Atlanteans the Great
    • participate in this development. He held firm to the Great Spirit of
    • (who, in a remote past, had also known the Great Spirit) when a piece
    • for in his soul still dwelt the Great Spirit. The speech he made has
    • follows: “Here in the soil, trampled beneath the feet of the
    • great. But there is something else which makes the Brown Man great;
    • it is the Great Spirit who speaks to him in the soughing of the wind,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 7. Advance of Folk Spirits to the Rank of Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • the time of the gradual submergence of Atlantis, and the later great
    • Archai-being who then worked through intuition upon those great
    • the Time Spirit, from whom the great Zarathustra or Zoroaster, the
    • pluralism or monadology can offer the greatest possible variety. It
    • therefore of the greatest significance occurred in the fourth
    • epoch who still directs us today. He belongs to the great leading
    • Time Spirits, equally with those who were the great directing Time
    • became possible for the Time Spirit to manifest the greatest
    • the seat of exalted Spirits before the Celtic Folk Spirit as Celtic
    • Hence, because the great centre of spiritual inspiration was situated
    • at this place on Earth. There, in the remote past, was the great
    • lies the great significance which the understanding of this mythology
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • common features of Teutonic mythology are very different from the
    • the greatest nonsense. What happens as a rule when a person compares
    • the practice to compare externals. The impression created by the
    • of their essential being, he could be greatly mistaken, for a totally
    • evolution they had made great strides. Behind them lay a very long
    • the East had begun. The air was still permeated with water vapour and
    • memory they recalled this experience quite distinctly. The creation
    • earlier epochs and created pictures of the earlier events out of
    • the great difficulty which the peoples of the East experienced in
    • and endowed him with his psychic potentialities, and the greatest of
    • abnormal Archangels, as one of the great figures of renunciation in
    • breathing, has its counterpart in the movement of the wind in the
    • breath. This Nordic man perceived as a unity. Just as that which
    • breathing. He sees how the air he inhales passes into the blood
    • and of outer lightning. He felt the pulse-beat in his blood and knew
    • it to be the pulse-beat of the ‘I’. He was aware of this
    • felt that it was the deed of Thor which caused the pulse to beat and
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • ego too has been permeated by the Luciferic power. When therefore we
    • these powers which permeated his astral body in order to bring
    • then still participated in the creation of races, in that it gave man
    • he was also aware that that which repeatedly drags man down through
    • his desires and actions and causes him to suffer a greater
    • body, the vehicle of man's inner life, the self is permeated
    • influence begets sickness and death. Those who were present at my
    • emphasize once again that the signs and symptoms of physical death
    • physical body sickness and death.
    • course the materialists of the present day will be greatly surprised
    • to learn that Spiritual Science attributes sickness and death to a
    • death. The karmic effect of this influence is that man is more deeply
    • is sickness and death.
    • death, lying, falsehood and selfishness. I should like to draw your
    • assign death in the human being or in the animal or plant to the same
    • external situation may arise from a variety of causes. The death of
    • an animal does not supervene from the same cause as the death of a
    • same as the one described before, but death would have supervened
    • sickness and death. Now what would the Teutonic mythology have had to
    • wolf. This permeates the whole of Nordic consciousness and you will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • results of our investigation describe it in greater detail. We shall
    • great collective task. You will realize from what has been said that,
    • human ‘I’ to human ‘I’ was the great question
    • peninsulas, in France and Great Britain today, was necessary in order
    • Soul and the Spiritual Soul. Such was the great mission of those
    • The great worldwide achievements of a country such as Great Britain
    • will find that the great historical conquests of the inhabitants of
    • abstract theorist are mere thoughts, were to him great, mighty
    • soul and out of the forces of this body created his great
    • directly related to what in our earlier lectures we called the “Great
    • therefore, that these two civilizations, the two great polarities of
    • the Chinese that isolates itself and remains static, repeating what
    • Chinese Empire, if one thinks of the Great Wall of China which sought
    • in the Chinese culture, a culture circumscribed by the Great Wall and
    • creatively active in air and fire, in all the elements in and above
    • seemingly great, all-embracing idea which is at the same time an
    • being, not an emotional feeling, but something that is the creation
    • which permeates another world. It is a world that is envisaged as a
    • destiny of man is woven into creation, into the Earth, through the
    • phenomena, creations and beings of nature.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • at this present moment would otherwise create further complications.
    • During the Atlantean epoch the air of Atlantis was permeated with
    • has been preserved in the greatest purity in those sagas which arose
    • manifestation of Christ will be repeated in the form which was valid
    • repeat again and again, namely, that materialistic thinking will have
    • He made a great stir. Not only those who lived in his immediate
    • personality of Sabbatai. In the seventeenth century no great harm was
    • what was the truth. But in the twentieth century it would be a great
    • the spiritual theories are really permeated by a living, spiritual
    • Fenris Wolf and Odin still persists. There will be no greater danger
    • permeated with the new forces, a danger which might tempt man to
    • one part of a greater whole — has been realized for the fifth
    • has sometimes been said that the name we give to the greatest Being
    • here, have repeatedly said to me in the last few days how free they
    • Congress in Budapest and which I repeated during our own General
    • Meeting in Berlin when we had the great pleasure of seeing friends
    • Spiritual Science should become a kind of basic attitude permeating
    • then be grasped and permeated by the vital energies of the people so
    • will have caused no great harm if all who are assembled here from the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • vaguely exalted religious response to great powers of the universe;
    • existence, while. at the same time it permeates the most commonplace
    • think greatly influenced the course of our Middle European
    • ourselves consider the best way to treat of Spiritual Science. For we
    • become a ‘waste land’, the great, the overwhelming need
    • necessities of existence. However great our personal inclination for
    • great may be the authority which it enjoys, is like a tree that has
    • symbolical presentations of great spiritual impulses. To those who
    • civilisation have had repeatedly to be cleansed and purified and
    • recreation of the
    • presence of its recreator, who has now for several years rejoiced us
    • the greatest wonders of Nature, she is an archetypal form which
    • primeval force, for ever and as if by enchantment permeating all
    • still permeate our modern life; though those archetypal currents, the
    • capacities we tackle such a great work as this
    • but it has needed souls who have already permeated themselves with
    • go in the first place to the recreator of the Mystery of Eleusis, and
    • Spiritual Science, permeated with loving spiritual warmth, have felt
    • spiritual warmth, and that such an atmosphere should breathe through
    • concerned, not with the demands of external ‘theatre’,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • goes into Greek mythology, the greater is one's respect,
    • of symbolism — Demeter's eating of the shoulder-blade of
    • call attention now and again to such deeply significant features. It
    • One feature of
    • forces give me also the power of clairvoyance; just as I breathe, so
    • special development to produce breathing, so at that time he did not
    • ‘Outside in Nature, forces are at work; through my breathing
    • and through the food I eat they enter into me. What they are outside
    • me is under the control of the great Demeter. But Demeter sends these
    • looked up to the great Demeter, and in ancient Greece man was still
    • governed by Pluto, obtained a greater and greater influence on the
    • microcosm, an expression of the macrocosm, the great cosmos. As
    • did they work? Well, when the human being ate and when he breathed,
    • to himself: ‘I gaze upwards to the great Demeter, and whenever
    • them to breathe, in prompting in them impulses to walk and to stand,
    • essential being is ensheathed. His essential being is enclosed in
    • three bodily sheaths; it is enclosed in the physical body, the ether
    • these three sheaths. These three have all become different in the
    • is the essential drive which makes these sheaths different? We have
    • are in living interplay with one another. The sheath which plays the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • glimpse, how it throws light upon those great figures and images and
    • spiritual creation, divine-spiritual activity, entered into every
    • regarded as miraculous is essentially a feature of our own time. It
    • look into the macrocosm, into the great world; the macrocosm gives
    • phenomena — to the roseate tints of sunrise and sunset, to the
    • ether, so are the wide expanses of space, permeated with the
    • of space, they are the forces which determine wind and weather, storm
    • to do something, man needs in this life between birth and death the
    • features of this threefold world.
    • occult investigation in this direction is being pursued with greater
    • vividly the taste you have when you eat a very tart fruit such as the
    • so that you are completely permeated by the sensation of bitterness,
    • to bottom, right down to the finger-tips and in every limb, permeated
    • permeated by this astringent taste, the occultist knows that he is
    • feeling of breathlessness. When the etheric and physical bodies are
    • there comes a feeling of oppression rather like breathlessness. Hence
    • how these three sheaths are related to the ego. You see, normally
    • this script means to read the signs of the great world-wonders, which
    • guide us into the great world-secrets. Thereby we gradually acquire a
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • as permeated by Spirit; they had no such conception of nature as we
    • the position of the three great gods, Zeus, Poseidon and Pluto in
    • were asked who were their great leaders they answered, ‘the
    • able to live out their lives in this sheath of the human physical
    • it is impossible for them to clothe themselves in such a sheath as
    • and to permeate themselves with their substance. These old
    • to them, as it were, ‘Behold my body; enter into it, permeate
    • great leaders of civilisation were actually men (I am not now
    • which we still get a faint echo in the Vedas, we come to the great
    • Beings who, of all superhuman Beings, had the greatest need
    • the greatest independence and freedom; for they were hoping to attain
    • anew in human evolution, having meanwhile reached a greater degree of
    • restricted to His life for three years in the sheaths of Jesus of
    • permeated by Christ that they now appear at a higher stage of
    • voice of the Holy Rishis will come to pass in great glory and
    • great spiritual Beings who lead humanity forwards, whether as Angels,
    • spirituality with the greatest intensity could not become incarnated
    • of whose full greatness we can only be dimly aware. These stronger
    • assume a human fleshly sheath as a sacrifice for three years. But
    • sheaths by the Christ which then led to the Mystery of Golgotha
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • reached their full development upon the Moon. That is the great
    • progressive principle of human evolution, would mean death to human
    • evolution. To the ancient Hebrews, no longer to be permeated by the
    • Jahve. Those were the two great poles of civilisation in the
    • over the whole macrocosm, every soul is there within the great
    • universe. Moreover, when man goes through the gate of death and
    • death has taken place, he at once feels himself to be poured out into
    • incarnations. It would be a great mistake to overlook a single word
    • particularly in this monologue it would be a great mistake not to
    • There was no ego-consciousness in anything created on the Moon, or in
    • principle of creation. They could not give ego-consciousness to men,
    • not become creators of the ego-consciousness. In this respect they
    • the creator of the ego-consciousness. Thus the whole of modern
    • civilisation, even though one permeated with the living sap of
    • evolution, so that he plays a part in the creation of Dionysos, who
    • Persephone. Zeus's part in the creation of Dionysos lies in his
    • wisdom-filled feature of the story, in full accordance with the
    • our hearts beat for the spiritual world and for its great ideals,
    • of things which really don't exist, they get as heated over
    • the younger Dionysos. Then with his band of earthly creatures he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • four-fold man, as we are accustomed to treat of him in the light of
    • within their bodily sheaths.
    • our own body is just like that of other men. Thus there is a great
    • permeated by an ego.’ What would happen to a man of today if,
    • Dionysos had to participate in the great Illusion, in maya.
    • Dionysos on his travels, that wonderful creation of picture forms
    • physical, etheric and astral bodies of a man could be so treated that
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • in his mind he did not carry on something akin to work in ideation or
    • place which we designate as ideation, as mental representation, and
    • the work within the soul in the life of ideation, the question must
    • arise: ‘Has the content of the process of ideation
    • of our life of ideation, what constitutes the work of our soul in
    • ideation, in mental representation, which is what brings knowledge
    • ideation which takes place in the physical brain. Thus, if we are
    • for the life of ideation?
    • work of ideation, of representation, goes on in the brain, is just
    • consciousness of it, something of great significance. This physical
    • its course in the process of ideation. Our life of ideation, or
    • ideation which has turned one into a reflecting apparatus. It is
    • the World Creator, or that in
    • I said of Ahriman that he creates ‘in dichtem Lichte’.
    • human ego-life of ideation. And language has many instances of
    • gate of death, then in the first part of the time between death and a
    • time between death and a new birth these forces go on working. But in
    • the second half of the life between death and rebirth quite different
    • a higher Being than man, who participated in the creation of the
    • ideation. Much has to be elicited from this genius of language if one
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • able to bring to adequate expression the great wonders of the world.
    • that a man has to make great efforts to endure certain pieces of
    • ignorance, as man's greatest sin. He learns to acknowledge that
    • realise that it is no mere selfish yearning, but deep-seated duty
    • greater, until it will at length really be able to fulfil its
    • to bring these two currents into harmony great strength of soul is
    • brought upon yourself.’ Many men have a great longing to make
    • gate of death so very much of their debit account, unbearable to have
    • to be carried through the gate of death, and that we must have the
    • given the right treatment, you can see salt-crystals crystallise out
    • kind of death would have set in. The important and mysterious feature
    • organs have reached the point of greatest densification in earthly
    • parts of heart and blood circulation. And we have become permeated
    • of Cronos put him in opposition to the general evolution. To repeat
    • sheathed in a more rarefied evolution. We could imagine that there
    • well see that there must be a great difference between these two
    • when we examine closely our own life of ideation we feel that the
    • great Earth-sacrifice we can speak of a Sun-sacrifice in that a
    • Zarathustra's great merit to recognise ‘In the sun in the
    • great deed on Golgotha during the old Sun evolution, was first shown
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • from the heart in quite distinct currents and permeate the brain; we
    • space we must ask ourselves which are the creatures upon whom they
    • point to certain creatures in our environment upon which the bull
    • active. They are the creatures belonging to the bird kingdom. Our
    • their own bodies. In the case of all creatures in which reproduction
    • developed, in the case of the birds the most outstanding feature
    • space, which brings to expression the feathers, the plumage. The
    • plumage is formed from without, and a feather can only come into
    • framework of the feather, what one may call its quill or spine, is of
    • as regards creatures covered with hair. Forces working upward from
    • feathers of the birds, are predominantly at work in hair, and hair
    • cannot become feather, because in the case of animals and men forces
    • one could say that every feather has the tendency to become a hair,
    • the feather from all sides; and every hair has the tendency to become
    • a feather, but does not become a feather because the forces which
    • intended to represent the great riddle of human evolution, then you
    • the truth about humanity, put before this humanity. The features
    • himself, and upon other creatures, especially the bird creation. That
    • Mysteries, who had to wrestle with the great riddle of the Sphinx.
    • pictorial image, one of the great symbols which have come down to us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • turn. The great arrogance of our age which maintains that mythology
    • creations of Greek knowledge were far more densely packed with true
    • abstractions will not succeed in feeling this great impoverishment as
    • the gods have created. For man has stamped into it all that through
    • into our own soul-depths we feel ourselves to an ever greater extent
    • It is to create you that the gods have laboured.’ Here he
    • confronts the great danger of falling into immeasurable
    • great stumbling-block to an understanding of Spiritual Science. The
    • that important dissertation on the speech-centre which the great
    • right side. Are we not driven to say that it is the greatest possible
    • hierarchies, have helped men to carry out such activities as create
    • greater length about characteristic examples of this kind you would
    • we permeate ourselves with what we have already in a variety of
    • in this personality of ours; we wish to be permeated by the
    • the atmosphere of the Earth, we wish to be permeated by the
    • Christ-substance.’ When we permeate ourselves with this
    • different when we permeate our ideas, our abstract laws, with what in
    • look to; I am referring to the great macrocosmic Christ Impulse. We
    • must permeate ourselves with this in the Pauline sense. It is not our
    • what they become as our modern form of consciousness permeated by the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • through their mighty creations, their being has been engraved into the
    • life of mankind, like a limb in a great organism. This is especially
    • Raphael's creations went on working after the painter's death as a living
    • evolution of humanity has proceeded since the creations of Raphael, and on
    • figures of his pictures. What Homer created long ages before the appearance
    • pictures we feel that something would be lacking if the creative, formative
    • centuries but his creations form one organic whole with all preceding
    • great significance when we thus see how a uniform spiritual essence
    • Raphael. The truth of repeated earthly lives that have so often been
    • again in repeated earthly lives through the epochs, bearing from one life
    • an education proceeding from all that is created and born from out of
    • study of Raphael's creative activity. There is no question of giving
    • of course, to enter into ithe details of the single creations of Raphael.
    • before the audience. The general impression of the creative power of Raphael
    • All that the Greeks not only created but experienced as the outcome of
    • and the bodily element was still held. This is why the creations of
    • the Greeks seem to be as fully permeated with the spirituality as that
    • a still greater inward deepening, the more we observe it in relation to
    • what has remained to us in the creations of Raphael. Raphael stands there
    • as an attempt to create as broad a conception and idea as possible,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • is a very characteristic feature of the present time.
    • to observe that he is really a spectator to a far greater extent than
    • human being is more a kind of automaton. Hence it is a peculiar feature
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • has been repeatedly expressed by an enlightened observer of the Iliad
    • years ago, — I mean Hermann Grimm, the nephew of the great philologist
    • we do not succeed in getting at what lives and creates there, especially
    • in the great national epics.” Hence, for Hermann Grimm, the intellectual
    • for him a real power as creative as the other historical impulses. Hermann
    • Grimm spoke of an actual creative imagination permeating human evolution
    • mean to man. Thus Hermann Grimm always spoke of the creative imagination
    • the role of a co-creator in the process of human development. It is
    • them on to their deeds. Thus they do not appear themselves, but permeate
    • living men. Living men were not only their representatives but sheaths
    • permeated by invisible powers which could not appear in their own form,
    • sheath. This is only an intimation which can prove to us all that in
    • faithful servant Hagen to kill Siegfried. That again shows us a feature
    • the great, mighty figures, and whose observation of course the undoubted
    • they increase to the point of monstrosity, every individual feature
    • from lower, animal-like creations. Spiritual science does not at all
    • — certainly in a more primitive but yet in a great and noble form
    • as the sheath of powers and beings had he not progressed to the proper
    • echo, and which in still earlier times existed in much greater measure.
    • intellect, can only be united with it after death. Hence the union with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • which comes to pass all that manifests as wind and weather in the
    • again, exactly repeated, we find there to-day the following saying,
    • the earth breathes out, as it were, its elemental being. The
    • to the laws of earth, so that in winter they may be breathed in again
    • his skin. He experiences his breathing, the circulation of his blood.
    • Everything that takes its course outside, in wind and weather, during
    • conscious of it, than the breathing and blood-circulation which go on
    • inward spring and summer, but also a dying, death-bringing autumn and
    • occurs during high summer is a permeation of the organism by that
    • and imperceptible to man himself, has very great importance for
    • the evolution of the cosmos. A great deal happens out there in the
    • from a particular constellation, meteors fall in great showers
    • is permeated throughout by impulses from soul and spirit, is rayed
    • permeation of human blood by the anxiety-dispelling force of iron is
    • permeated with iron. We can understand these things only if we
    • for the gods: “That occurrence in the great expanse of space
    • approaching, there is a great raying-out of sulphur from the
    • celebrate the birth of the Redeemer, and at Easter the death
    • forged. Men must come to see the great significance of the following
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • autumn draws on, a kind of in-breathing by the Earth, a spiritual
    • in-breathing, occurs, and the elemental beings are drawn back into
    • continents are only floating, as it were, in this great watery
    • into the atmosphere, for the atmosphere is always permeated by a
    • Earth from some other planet, it would appear to us as a great
    • us as a great water-drop in the midst of the universe.
    • us now consider this from a cosmic standpoint. What is this great
    • it appears, is permeated with something else. Essentially, the whole
    • a tendency to contain warmth in some degree: the air is permeated with
    • — just as ash falls down in our stoves — plays a great
    • beneath the snow cover which strives in one direction, one might say,
    • permeated with spirituality. In winter the Earth does indeed become
    • through its salt-content and to permeate the salt with spirit, but
    • science treats things always in
    • is always permeated in the daytime by the activity of the Sun. And
    • sun-filled air above? We breathe it in, and because of this the
    • stars in turn have a great influence on our head. Inasmuch as the Sun
    • that everything that occurred on the Earth had a great influence on
    • earthly nourishment it received it became a creature of Earth.
    • creature of Earth. If it had taken one single drop of milk, he no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • at the salt-deposits which we have had to treat as the most important
    • — we find it permeated
    • contentment on all sides. It expresses itself as an inner permeation
    • take their way, through a kind of cosmic-spiritual breathing-out into
    • ensoul the limestone — to permeate it with soul. So, when March
    • suppose that the bread he eats is merely corn, ground and baked. In
    • there, among the active elemental beings, is permeated by Luciferic
    • and permeate all the activities that have risen up from the Earth.
    • to permeate their astral nature with the etheric, and to call forth
    • from the Earth an etheric sheath in which they could then take up
    • longer be able to breathe. The Luciferic beings would draw up all
    • physical breathing, and by uniting themselves with it they would be
    • Earth, up above there would be a sheath of etheric angel-beings. That
    • Ahriman's intention — a single great entity into which
    • Similarly, the Luciferic shape, created out of Earth-vapour and
    • from below, so that breathing would be extinguished and physical
    • into the great spaces of the cosmos does not see in the moving
    • like to create out of the Earth a Luciferic sheath. Man sways between
    • period, all this had great significance.
    • great influence in the past, the Ahrimanic beings have a prospect of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • in him. Then, since in autumn Nature dies away and thus bears death
    • oneself inwardly permeated with force by the silver-gleaming crystal
    • illumined, permeated, with a feeling of intelligence.
    • It is with great
    • of matter permeated by spirit, as we speak of the Earth in
    • it is Uriel, the creative, admonishing Uriel.
    • plays through our souls when we feel our way into great Uriel, active
    • death united with the spirit-life of the universe; and he feels how
    • silver-gleaming life in the midst of earthly death.
    • can permeate the human being at midsummer, supporting him, exalting
    • Live in the earth's sustaining, and in the form-giving breathing,
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • clairvoyance; to-day this is sometimes treated historically, but
    • they wish to express their highest and greatest conceptions. But even
    • four great cosmic Imaginations, as I described them to you —
    • medical textbooks always describe how man breathes in oxygen from the
    • food, or eat some albumen or anything else, people assume that it
    • (red arrows), seeking to permeate us with the Sun-gold of summer,
    • penetrate right through the Earth in winter and permeate us as an
    • Raphael, the great cosmic physician, can give to mankind. For
    • and in winter creates the inner forces of the human head. Raphael is
    • he engenders the forces of human breathing. Hence we can say: While
    • Raphael who is active in the whole human breathing-system, regulating
    • man, aware of every breath that is drawn, of everything that flows
    • he comes to know how Raphael is active in human breathing.
    • this is a great secret: all the healing forces reside originally in
    • the human breathing system. And anyone who understands truly the
    • circuit of the breath, knows the healing forces from the human side.
    • education: the breathing system comes specially into activity
    • between the ages of seven and fourteen. There are great
    • when the breath pulses through the body with the help of the etheric
    • body. A secret activity of healing resides in the breathing system,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Christ with feelings of immeasurably greater fervour than is to
    • greatness has gone forth from Christ and that erudite
    • how his great Epic is all inwoven with the workings of the
    • Spiritual; think of the great figures of Socrates, Plato,
    • great cosmic setting, but of much simpler conceptions of
    • philosophy to-day seem mere child's play, so greatly do they
    • greatness and power entered the lists on behalf of
    • language is concerned, may almost be said to have re-created
    • many other features will be stressed in connection with the
    • the Darwinian theory of evolution to the teaching of repeated
    • W. Leadbeater.] Anyone who can believe this lacks all real
    • picture. Everything that is great in the Darwinian
    • education will not greatly impress us. What, then, is this
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • creations of human artifice and technique. To be able to
    • during an eclipse of the sun rise out of the creations of
    • art-forsaken, technical science, requires great courage and the
    • only illusion that on the Cross a death took place. This death,
    • death of Jesus, been born into the earth. In the abstract, such
    • Cosmos. The death of Jesus of Nazareth was the birth of the
    • death of Jesus of Nazareth otherwise than in an abnormal state
    • fallen asleep. The condition which spread with greater and
    • greater intensity over their souls had already then set in.
    • the near future when it will be possible to speak with greater
    • precision, when a great deal that can at present only be of the
    • far greater exactitude in the spiritual chronicle of
    • much more adequately and with greater precision. You will
    • be extracted with the very greatest difficulty and effort from
    • Christianity. It costs me great effort to make these pictures
    • character. And that is why it costs me great effort to discover
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • approach this greatest of all Earth-mysteries. If we want to
    • as the earthly birth — that is to say, the death of Jesus
    • place after the death of a human being. The further life of
    • prepare for the next earthly life. After his death, therefore,
    • world of Spirit, after death, the sacrifice offered up by the
    • passed through death on Golgotha — a Spirit who before
    • intentions, to begin with, are altogether good, who is a great
    • without creating karma. This is the message of the Fifth
    • ever greater likeness with this physical body. Notice once
    • the great universe. With the Christ Being the opposite is the
    • Being — had upon His brow the sweat of anguish. Stage by
    • greater identity with the body of Jesus of Nazareth, in the
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the death of the mother in the one family and of the father in
    • silent — so silent, indeed, that he often caused great
    • the greatest discernment and concentration and gave astounding
    • going on, great and sublime thoughts, ethical truths, and above
    • for the Bath-Kol had greatly diminished in certain Rabbinic
    • It was a form of ancient heathen religion but comprised many
    • heathen rites. Later on too, he discovered still more about
    • heathen peoples by actual, physical observation — if one
    • the priest was enacting the rites of the cult at many a heathen
    • and Ahriman — that he witnessed how the heathen peoples
    • heathen cult, a certain Deity was worshipped. But the people
    • altar. And there he stood — at the heathen altar. The
    • sway in much that was contained in the old heathen religion.
    • clairvoyant impressions. Great and impressive clairvoyant
    • It was a great and significant vision into which Jesus of
    • great inner bitterness and sorrow. He saw these bare gates, but
    • dead at the altar of the heathen cult, and the significance of
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • great inner change, the revolution that had taken place in his
    • nature, to the whole greatness and splendour of nature.
    • had then acquainted him with the heathen cults, with heathen
    • soul-treasures of human wisdom, of human culture, great moral
    • had often spoken with him about all the beauty and greatness of
    • was great and beautiful. Therefore in this conversation
    • She reminded him of the revival of the great Jewish doctrines,
    • and were to proclaim to our humanity the greatest of his
    • spoke of a man who had been a great teacher and whose words had
    • ancient prophets, nevertheless he was a great and profound
    • are always gazing at the great desert. The man who had laid the
    • could speak as the great Hillel spoke ... to-day there is
    • spoke of how he had wandered into places where heathen rites
    • ground while standing at the heathen altar, how he had heard
    • them yesterday, and repeated them to the mother:
    • with these words came a realisation of all the greatness of the
    • were united into one and all that former greatness could be
    • had fallen to the ground at the heathen altar. But at the same
    • the greatness and the grandeur of the Essene doctrine, of the
    • so greatly changed that the stepbrothers and other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • The (Four) Great Virtues
    • THE GREAT
    • spends the time between birth and death, and the spiritual world in
    • time between death and a new birth.
    • through the gate of death since our work in this movement began. And
    • through the gate of death, working within our spiritual movement, and
    • between birth and death they have grown attached to the kind of
    • death and a new birth.
    • compared with man's birth. Immediately after death man passes through
    • after death can be counted in days, and is much shorter than the
    • the first breath. This can be called the awakening in the spiritual
    • through the gate of death is received by the beings of the higher
    • way there comes the moment after death when the soul feels: that
    • the Angels. That is like drawing the first breath in the spiritual
    • have gone through the gate of death this is something infinitely
    • say: with many a one, who has gone early through the gate of death
    • through the gate of death, and now gaze down upon the movement with
    • very great deal. Today I would like to choose out one particular
    • death. Among the many things which should come about through our
    • point of view which extends beyond birth and death, and which reckons
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • it would take a great many words to survey the triumphs of
    • great. It means that we must look upon thinking as something
    • shall attach the greatest value today is precisely one that has
    • breathing exercise. (I am singling out this one from the
    • breathing, we find that it is a process which for the most part
    • breathing. The more naturally the process of breathing
    • employing a length of time for inhaling, for holding the breath
    • natural breathing. He did this so as to make conscious the
    • conscious his respiration. When we breathe in, the respiratory
    • nerve and sense processes alone; they are always permeated by
    • Precisely because his breathing became fully conscious,
    • his thoughts permeated his organism in the same way as did the
    • breath. In this way, the yoga scholar raised himself above the
    • Nowadays, when we look out at the world, we attach the greatest
    • Thus, in sun and moon, in stars, in wind and weather, in spring
    • and stream, in the creatures of nature's various realms, they
    • in turn he had to see as permeated by the spiritual.
    • birth and death. Yet it remains true that the early ascetics,
    • organism suited for the life between birth and death is
    • indirectly, through breathing, in order to experience this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • great problems in life, but life itself. They become the happiness
    • life a passing breath, rising from physical existence and
    • death, just as it always does at the onset of sleep? The first
    • experience is being permeated by the interplay between the
    • the organism is unknown to us just when it is creative; it is
    • different form, to psychology itself. It would need a great
    • man's death, is given over to the general process of nature, so
    • may say: for psychology, also, the great riddle of the
    • seriously, patiently and energetically, and by repeating them
    • breathing; is set free of the body; is a spiritual function
    • Now, however, a very great deal depends on our carrying over
    • greater strength gradually; and just as at first we
    • developing plastic, vital thinking and then creating an empty
    • continually repeating the exercises, just as we
    • strengthen muscles by repeated exercise. And by continuing with
    • greater inward power, will be able to see further in the
    • great is external appearance and the laws we discover in the
    • us light and warmth; noble and great is our experience when we
    • inner law would be even nobler and greater than what we
    • which, here too, will discover greater and more potent laws;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • who gave simple expression to so much that men find great and
    • was a feature of earlier civilizations. The transition to
    • image of a flowing river. We cannot simply derive its features
    • a complete picture of the particular features of a given epoch.
    • differentiated whole, a great deal has to be discovered about
    • symptomatology. We must learn to interpret surface features
    • is certainly a great disappointment to many who struggle to
    • spiritual world. We can then retrace our steps and repeat
    • ate yesterday and so I am full, I do not need to eat today or
    • the spiritual world, seeking them out repeatedly, it will even
    • have now described to you many of the features that the modern
    • my lectures, other features will become apparent. Today, I
    • this change the expression of great transformations in human
    • science which involves no element of artistic creation or
    • these artistic features — if nature and reality do in
    • creation, and unless from a qualitative mathematics we
    • can recreate the creative human form. All we need is to retain
    • short, we must create from the science of today an artistic
    • is done today: his plastic creation sprang from an inner
    • spiritual to which he made his devotions and which he treated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • describe the features of the earth in accordance with the principles
    • sharply delineated concepts, closely linked to external
    • can we track, with sharply delineated concepts, the
    • created.
    • created everything with devoted love. Love lives in each of its
    • delineated concepts — with the balance, the
    • semblance, the great illusion, maya. It would, however, be
    • great non-being, maya. But this in turn gives a particular
    • our soul and at the spiritual element that permeates it, as we
    • our soul creates replicas as its experiences; so now we learn
    • senile, but certain of its features still work effectively in
    • Even in Buddhism, which gained a far greater influence on
    • maya, and experience of the great illusion, the great
    • of sharply delineated concepts and thus understand what
    • of such a world would never have created in human development
    • thinking, our noblest feature, the moral and religious
    • himself a spiritual being who creates in physical and sensuous
    • features of life and of human attitudes. As a Central European
    • eats and drinks, whilst Burckhardt describes man as he thinks
    • in the West, man is described as he eats and drinks (I say this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • anthropomorphism, that is of taking features of human mental
    • from Kant, and other minds, to whom a more popular treatment
    • appeals, from Schopenhauer and others. A great deal of material
    • man must be a creature of love by virtue of his task on earth,
    • him to be a creature of love has its obverse side in his
    • for us in order that we may be creatures capable of love.
    • man as a whole, inhabiting life as a living creature. This is
    • do without? — Those who gain great inner satisfaction
    • subconscious depths, is permeated by feeling and will and
    • so great that the mystic will believe he is drawing from the
    • few days, we can look at man as a creature capable of love and
    • as a creature capable of memory. When we do so, we shall
    • in face of the outside world: for it is only by treating itself
    • it can become capable of developing further and creating that
    • obtain by repeating the experience of the profoundest
    • intermingled that self-surrender to the world and its creatures
    • processes of our organic being beat like waves upon the other
    • then envisage man as if he were a creature of solid
    • breathed in was previously outside in the world, and that the
    • exchange of heat. When we look at man in this way, we gradually
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • treat these various standpoints exactly as if someone were to
    • formulated, almost as an abstract theory, however, is a feature
    • to create social configurations by means of the
    • great importance, precisely because of its inner structure, for
    • introduction. People at present talk a very great deal about
    • delineated concepts. Instead, we require those vital
    • available to create something which, in Germany, had to
    • cannot be sharply delineated. We need, instead, concepts that
    • — which subsists only in sharply delineated concepts
    • understandably is shaped by adults, is permeated by the
    • intellectualism itself cannot be socially creative. It floods
    • sharply delineated concepts but vital ones. The former, it is
    • his limbs do, and are accordingly not sharply delineated but
    • believed itself to be true to life. It created a reality that
    • Stuttgart, which was created from a view of life in accord with
    • flows from a conception of the world which creates life and not
    • must therefore create educational methods by which we can
    • the day, the misery of the moment is so great that,
    • and misery from recreating themselves.
    • something. Never was there a greater perplexity in a society
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • Starting from one or two features of the historical background,
    • The greater part of public affairs is left to individual
    • great importance, which affects all the social structures of
    • can create. And this system took root, not primarily in the
    • — though in fact it has not been realized to any great
    • throughout the world are very much greater still, and that only
    • so many of these, a great deal survives in a disguised form, so
    • were eaten. They regarded as a secret the fact that, by the
    • plant was eaten, the effect upon their organism was such that
    • of Oriental religions is felt even in detailed features of
    • the Great War.
    • persisted whose features, if we described them without
    • the surface features of social structures. For here we can see
    • there clearly survive features of the theocracy that had always
    • which he spoke is one that saw the body everywhere permeated by
    • what was previously an attitude permeated by religion has
    • permeates religious feeling with a legal element —
    • permeated by ancient Oriental religiosity and is juridical.
    • West, which in turn has adopted, to a greater or a lesser
    • something that later became a great flood, the influx of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • as creative and productive forces. It is striking, moreover,
    • before the outbreak of the Great War, or during it. His
    • find that he sees the ideal social system in the creation of a
    • peninsula jutting out from a great continent.
    • feature that has been typical of Europeans since they first
    • had consciously to undergo a kind of death. He experienced,
    • world, as death sets men apart from this life. Then, when he
    • death, experience the spiritual world in a complete rebirth.
    • secret places have exerted the greatest conceivable influence
    • takes him outside himself, and creates in him a transport of
    • faintness and breathlessness. We can say, therefore: Aristotle
    • himself, not just beneath himself into mere utility.
    • was sought through therapeutic treatment — the rebirth of
    • them, as the central feature of their being, this sense of
    • the features of Oriental-Greek civilization even as it
    • subjugation of large numbers of people. A great deal has
    • properly, we shall naturally find a great deal that is
    • — became the great social question round which countless
    • understand something of what has repeatedly, and rightly, been
    • existed in China, yet that similarity of surface features is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • There are, of course, self-deceivers, on a greater or lesser
    • great deal nowadays depends on whether the man who has to
    • reaches the consumer. If you repeatedly discuss this
    • start on the creation of confidence between the people,
    • their humanity, or enable them to co-operate in the creation of
    • inestimable value to us today. Its characteristic feature is
    • — into the great modern means of acquiring knowledge of
    • time, played a much greater rôle in mankind's
    • creature of instinct. They describe to the working-man how
    • should be like today. In primary education today, a great deal
    • point to the element of natural creature active in man.
    • linked with the great cosmos.
    • eat. How their eyes light up when you give them something that
    • large number of men, we may hope to attain, in not too great a
    • great deal from those with scientific education, you set
    • in the West, or was at least until the Great War. Attention has
    • repeatedly commending self-control, self-discipline,
    • rhythmically repeating concepts, and we know how the influence
    • Then came a great mass of humanity who made will
    • This will come about if we can create a rapprochement
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • disturbed by the social aftermath of the Great War, I published my book
    • Utopian manner, to advocate institutions which their creators
    • going on in Europe in recent years, beneath the surface of
    • would be easy to point to a great deal that should be
    • widespread in life and results in a great deal of
    • are creating the best institutions conceivable.
    • decomposition. And man owes a great deal to them. To overcome
    • a given year will have changed so greatly, twenty years later,
    • Thus, in the social order that existed before the Great War,
    • such that the rising wages themselves would gradually create a
    • nature is already created, but that what exists in the legal
    • sphere has to be created among men. This is a different stage
    • of life. In this realm, man stands in the position of creator
    • human personality (only the creativity of the individual can
    • help one a very great deal in the spiritual sphere, is not
    • Only out of life itself can something be created. Let us
    • create for the whole of humanity something that springs
    • is a necessary feature of modem life, while on the other hand,
    • contradictory at every point. It involves the repeated
    • right that the three great ideals of liberty, equality and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • your thoughts when you are asleep. A great part of the activity of will
    • feel the greatest reverence.
    • to eat of the Tree of Knowledge but not of the Tree of Life. Eating
    • days. We are unable to eat of the Tree of Life, i.e. — enjoy in
    • breath, as the sun's rays come to us. Therefore what now on earth is
    • of what came to him as a breath from outside ... not within. This perception
    • of what a man experiences when he eats and drinks. When all is said
    • more refined existence that self-enjoyment afforded us by eating, drinking
    • A great deal of clairvoyance
    • they can still live with the after-pleasure of eating and drinking;
    • itself up ever more thoroughly to the impressions of eating and drinking.
    • pass when the keenest epicures, those who have the greatest longing
    • greater and greater in the state of sleep. And because longing fills
    • and good. The ancient Hebrew Prophets, for example who did such great
    • connections with it than in an incarnation between birth and death,
    • must nevertheless remain, for otherwise, death would take place. Man
    • existence is the symbol of death, and can unite himself with that which
    • gives the expectancy of physical death, the condition we are considering
    • intuition people recognise as the symbol of death — the bony skeleton
    • but fleetingly outside, are developed with all the greater intensity.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • asleep. A great part of the activity of will while man is awake is
    • which we should always feel the greatest reverence.
    • which are expressed in the Paradise-Myth, man was permitted to eat
    • Life. Eating of the Tree of Life would mean this inner
    • eat of the Tree of Life, i.e., enjoy within our inner being our
    • breath, as the sun's rays come to us. Therefore what now on earth
    • Imaginatively of what came to him as a breath from outside…
    • experiences when he eats and drinks. When all is said such
    • more refined existence that self-enjoyment afforded us by eating,
    • A great deal of clairvoyance is nothing
    • the after-pleasure of eating and drinking, in fact these have even
    • eating and drinking. We can easily observe the complete “volt
    • the keenest epicures, those who have the greatest longing for
    • physical body becomes ever greater and greater in the state of
    • good. The ancient Hebrew Prophets, for example, who did such great
    • incarnation between birth and death, so that blood and nerves can
    • nevertheless remain, for otherwise, death would take place. Man
    • physical existence is the symbol of death, and can unite himself
    • with that which gives the expectancy of physical death, the
    • the symbol of death — the bony skeleton — and which is so far
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • after us, in future times, will see greater than we ourselves
    • fellow-man, if they are anxious to create a world-conception,
    • inner being, yet for man's life after death, there is no
    • how, in reality, St. Augustine with a far greater justification
    • than Descartes later, (who, after all, only merely repeated St.
    • to the great secret of Birth and Death. That is considered by
    • connection between Birth and Death in the great Cosmic life
    • “Death is suffering.” It becomes an axiom with the
    • to be able to turn away from death. The corpse is that from
    • Crucifix, a turning towards death, towards a corpse, in
    • order to create those forces from that Corpse, by which one can
    • the process of Death. These were the secrets of the Mysteries.
    • honoured as the cause of death. The fact that beings had to die
    • Summer. For, if indeed the Sun is the creator of Death, of the
    • the same time the creator of conscious life. The conscious life
    • Sun, from which comes the living into Death and not the life of
    • Birth and of Death, for only out of this Mystery of Death of
    • shall now hare to make a great jump. Just as we hare
    • Auguste Comte is to a great extent representative of a certain
    • Comte is representative of a great portion of the philosophical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • of the community will be the greater, the less the individual claims for
    • together, the well-being of the community will be the greater,
    • textual irregularities, represents a great enrichment —
    • only in those areas to which one retreats from the great common
    • egoistical way want to retreat into the self and cultivate it
    • Theosophy that it wants to stand apart from the great
    • which are active in the great world-all are also active in the
    • There is no greater mark of poverty than when someone who
    • out a great deal on what is right. What are people around us
    • portray it in its direst colors, is greater than it was in
    • greatly changed. And there, if we study the question thus, we
    • is necessary to get to know the great laws of life. What has
    • We must study and understand why the souls of the great masses
    • who is able to look into the soul is one who, in the great
    • German naturalist and philosopher.] have brought us great
    • The great laws that are to be realized in the future show us
    • of these great world laws that can be a guide for us is the law
    • The greatest needs of the human being of today were embodied in
    • everything which creates outward inequalities, the same soul
    • order to have this life between birth and death be of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY
    • creative thing, not merely on a foundation of modern spiritual
    • modern spiritual life. No ordinary building was to be created
    • himself placed harmoniously on the earth? If, creating the
    • his Greek experience of life between birth and death. This
    • harmony, suffuse and permeate the creations of the Greek tragic
    • philosophy. A great tide in art can only come from a profound
    • [Geist der Erde] he created his statics of architecture.
    • that lasts from birth to death, but that the universal soul
    • flooded, permeated by the forceful, powerful stream of
    • illuminating the world. I should have to go into great detail
    • enter into great detail were I to describe all the impulses
    • human” — into the spirit that permeates history.
    • loses itself in heavenly heights, as it did when it created
    • conception of the world develop, powerless, however, to create
    • reappearing in countless places in the Rococo treatment of
    • Winckelmann, aspiring to recreate those artistic forms. But the
    • Cornelius, to create forms, to create artistic figures, yet
    • without that permeating impulse of a world-vision. Old motifs,
    • certain greatness, because it has wonderfully studied old forms
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • seek to penetrate into his hidden technique, by re-creating him in
    • the manner of nature. A great and truly heroic idea which sufficiently
    • significant through their application, and throw great light
    • He repeatedly emphasizes how unreal and meaningless Fichte's
    • philosophy is. In fact there could not be a greater contrast than
    • and Fichte — two great contrasts unite in Goethe, and he seems
    • difficult to reach with the understanding. He tries to create a
    • with spirit-created thoughts. Thus Goethe's proto-phenomenon is
    • overboard old traditions, and create feelings, thoughts and ideas
    • its creator, but also in those who would enjoy it; they feel the
    • And now allow me to explain the chief features of this
    • “legend” in Goethe's works;’ and so I repeat that
    • great voice cries
    • There are a great number of attempts to solve the riddles
    • life. The Old Woman then says something significant: she repeats
    • Canary in her neighbourhood, and had taken great care not to
    • Like the pointer of a great Sun-dial, he is held fast in the middle
    • is the great task of his existence.’ And then Schiller tries
    • great means of education, a means of aesthetic education, a freeing
    • in a correct and pictorial way, by creating a parallel work to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of something which a poet has created in the free play of his
    • shall see there is a great difference between the two. Take, for
    • ideating, but also a feeling and willing being. Now those who
    • will always repeat: in science, only the power of thought may enter,
    • creative fantasy, and if we look upon them as representing
    • soul-powers, we see that they permeate and work in his whole soul. If
    • Thus he created the sequence of the story's events, which is
    • omits the differentiating features and puts together the common ones.
    • what creative spirits have produced in literature. I do not mean to
    • ideal creations not as something abstract in themselves, but as
    • If we wanted to discuss every feature in this fairy tale and
    • principles contained in the story. But every feature shows us
    • of the world, with the Creative, Spiritual forces. The
    • longing for these creative forces is the longing for the Beautiful
    • initiated into Goethe's meaning, once, at the time of the great
    • ‘And so long thou hast not this, Death and Birth!
    • Death and Birth! Learn to know what life can offer, go
    • world which otherwise he would tread only after death, in the world
    • it is also with the other sentence: ‘And so death is the root
    • Let us take yet another feature: namely, when the Giant comes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Faust; which was not to be published until after Goethe's death.
    •  Scarce a breath,
    • went to Weimar and owing to his position there entered the great
    • Faust-creation appear to us in different ways, according to
    • personality, now we see before us a great conflict carried on
    • reminded of the great dramatic representation of man's life
    • passage through the great world, but in such a way that the second
    • material, thought out in terms of the theatre to please everyone and I wished for nothing
    • illness, bringing him very near death. Much that a man's soul can
    • which he had erected to the ‘great God’ of Nature, a
    • greatest nonsense, and at that time it was most difficult to
    • had developed an intuitive mind. He must have been greatly pleased
    • wound round in a circle, beneath which another dragon had fixed
    • These mysterious signs and words must have made a great
    • developing in ever greater refinement. But it was not easy to find
    • things and yet defeated by them.
    • centuries, when studious lives were led, we find a great
    • spiritual vision to the creative power of the world, enthroned in
    • — a mysticism, a magic, a theosophy, treating of things which
    • the mystics with great pains, to miss the way and being unable to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    •  His path predestined through Creation
    • poet's images, created by right of poetic licence’ —
    • passage of some great words spoken thousands of years ago; words
    • called it ‘Ahura Mazdao,’ ‘The great
    • at the sun, and feeling the world full of spirit, spoke the great
    • what is the highest in the world, what He, the Great, Ahura Mazdao,
    •  And now thou breathest new-refreshed before me,
    • Now Faust is to go into the great world with the gifts he
    • Such a man, steeping himself in the whole great course of human
    • as he enters the great world where decisions affecting the world
    • human thoughts are really pervaded and permeated by beings from the
    • bring people to a condition of great confusion. We shall see best
    • death. The images, indeed, will take on other, fixed shapes, when
    • man is dissolved at death into its elements.
    •                                         ‘Escape from the Created
    • little, but in truth it is saying a great deal. For usually between
    • hereditary line, taken from the physical-sense-world and bequeathed
    • spirited words that only the conditions of his creation are
    • be solved only by real creation out of Spiritual Science. To those
    • And now we see the creation of man, which Faust
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • ‘Out of the whole great cosmic existence the Gods have created,
    • configuration of mountains on the Earth repeats itself in my
    • surrounding the Earth as air permeated by the Sun's warmth and
    • beneath him the earth, and above him the encircling atmosphere
    • became a matter of great moment to him. The way in which he was
    • able to breathe on this particular soil was felt by him as an
    • To-day we are not in the habit of asking, how does one breathe
    • favourable or unfavourable conditions for breathing, but we are
    • this was different. The way in which he was able to breathe was
    • great experience it was for him, and one of deep meaning, when
    • and more powerful than the abstract knowledge of the greatest
    • are in reality relating how the great heroes went forth from
    • rhythm in a Cosmos, but as himself a creator of rhythm.
    • the beat of the human heart. Then we come to a still more
    • before his death. One day he left his home, bought a ticket at
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • great change came about which brought in a new kind of memory,
    • experienced in the rhythm of the breath, in the circulation of
    • environment was permeated through and through with Spirit,
    • from West to East, should conquer — often with great
    • enslavement of its population is a salient feature of the
    • the forces of death to provide for those soul-forces that need
    • death forces, the forces of destruction, which are also
    • until the end of life do we gather together all the death
    • forces in us in the one final event of death — these
    • feel my blood beating perpetually against the walls of my body.
    • way or other taken into itself the forces of death, because it
    • say, a people that had in it more of the forces of death. In
    • is the essential feature in the historical evolution of the
    • unable to permeate the growing old with full spirituality. I
    • than a king in the realm of the shades. Neither to death
    • outside in Nature, nor to death in man, could the Greek adapt
    • himself. He could not find his true relation with death. On the
    • other hand, however, he had this death within him. And so in
    • consciousness, but apprehension and fear of death.
    • Such a fear of death was not felt by the young Eastern races;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • of the same events that we shall treat of in the present course
    • described, five great successive epochs of civilisation,
    • period, great changes took place in regard to man's power of
    • and soul still to a great extent outside his physical and
    • nourishment, with the process of breathing, he receives
    • know the forces of death, because the death-forces can alone
    • great deal of the knowledge that came from that sojourn in the
    • personality spiritually, even after death. Thus when we
    • here, for a human personality who had passed through death and
    • was living an after-death existence, to speak and act through
    • preserved also in great measure the living knowledge that was
    • cosmic world of those Spiritual Beings Who were the first great
    • after-death existence, was still united with him, there arose
    • that was of very great significance. He came to a region that
    • of course greatly changed since those far off times. Gilgamesh
    • great connections in the Universe, into the spiritual structure
    • after-death condition. Still, we may say with truth that
    • experiences that are undergone by man after death; these do not
    • conditions had been. To-day we look upon the Earth as a great
    • what the human being requires for breathing. And so on and so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • Earth-life or in the life between death and a new birth, in
    • friends who are here in Dornach. I must now repeat some of what
    • understanding of the subject we are treating.
    • knowledge. And so once more they came to a great moment when
    • blood, as if his blood were permeated with forces and pressing
    • heat, and he was living in a tightly-stretched skin. And this
    • Word works and weaves creatively throughout the
    • when he impresses the mark of his word on the outgoing breath.
    • this breath, formed into words, streams outwards from the
    • into the whole watery element that permeates the human
    • would not be able to permeate what he says with feeling. And
    • are upward-streaming waves of warmth, which permeate the head
    • microcosm, when he speaks on the outgoing breath, so was
    • work creatively in the earthly substance.
    • creative cosmic thought, and downward to the Earth-forces
    • that was permeated with the feeling and experience man could
    • and then developed further in the life between death and new
    • broke like a great wave on the souls of these two. They
    • shall have to see how Alexander the Great and Aristotle lived
    • indeed that held great tragedy for them. The fact is, Alexander
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • great change that took place in the character of the Mysteries
    • able, from their own vision, to reveal great and important
    • Aristotle had still to give to Alexander the Great. An
    • has come about through the breathing of human beings, we can
    • feel that we ourselves have breathed out the carbonic acid, we
    • have breathed it into space. We have therefore still to-day
    • of our nature, through the air that gives rise to the breathing
    • have a living connection with the great Universe, with the
    • out-breathed breath, upon the carbonic acid that was in him and
    • the carbonic acid we have breathed out — we do not
    • who had this great experience acquired a feeling that may be
    • as it were, to breathe on to her.
    • Greece the great and awful Realities had disappeared. Pictures
    • the great world-events and of the great world-Beings.
    • on the animals with the greatest possible compassion, they have
    • great and ancient truths could still be brought near to men;
    • beaten back. These Irish, these Hibernian Mysteries will not
    • was in Alexander the Great had come into close contact with the
    • existence that runs its course between death and a new birth.
    • many another great philosopher; Plato, too, and Pythagoras.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • the Mystery of Golgotha another great event took place, which
    • also the day on which Alexander the Great was born. At the end
    • of the period, in 363, we have the day of the death — the
    • terrible and significant death — of Julian the Apostate
    • passes between death and a new birth, and looking only at its
    • as man is united through breathing with the air outside him, so
    • direction. Nevertheless in Greece we always feel a last breath,
    • inspiring them. Those powerful and great personalities in the
    • Alexander the Great had received the impulse towards
    • make: the human soul took the greatest delight in fetching up
    • manner to write down the great events of the world, — all
    • such ideas of Him. But by far the greater part of Western
    • the old materialism — and a great part of mankind does
    • you must know that great spiritual forces were at work in
    • Aristotle and Alexander the Great placed themselves in direct
    • that meant a great deal. For Aristotle's works have a character
    • no doubt, have received a great deal from them, but in a way
    • another angle the great change we are considering. In Greece
    • the movements of the gymnast, but it lives in a great part of
    • still living in these last and youngest children of the great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • he last great
    • something he eats contains carbon and nitrogen as it is for a
    • persisted; though degenerate, it was still present in greater
    • Until the time of the last great revolution in men's
    • was still a clear perception of the great difference that
    • certain metals show themselves in greater or less degree. For
    • breathing presents no difficulty to the man of the present day;
    • for breathing too is a form of assimilation. But it would not
    • student of Nature was fully aware of the very great importance
    • process of breathing. The human being is perpetually excreting
    • cannot eat anything and everything. It can only eat what the
    • borne man down beneath its weight. Man has looked out upon
    • his relation with the great world is concerned; he lives
    • of the whole macrocosm. All around is the great world; and in
    • in from the great world from every direction.
    • permeated by the astral body, or again by the ego-organisation,
    • whilst others are less permeated by these higher members. In
    • is quite another matter when you eat, for example, a poached
    • as a stimulus, you yourself must create and produce the warmth
    • an object and do not yourself create your own warmth or cold,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • sank then the Deed of Him Who was capable of the greatest Love
    • these survivals, the real being of the Mysteries retreated more
    • impulse for the breathing — for all that is airy in the
    • passed through the gate of Death, the earthly nature strives as
    • again can only be created by Beings of the third Hierarchy
    • greatest comfort that could ever be to me on Earth. For in that
    • flowing blood, the airy breath, — into none of these do I
    • expressed the great comfort they had received, and from this
    • have described, although the memory can only be created in the
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • be connected with great responsibility.
    • beings have resulted in knowledge calling for great
    • in the form of historical tradition that things of the greatest
    • with what I have called the seed of great and essential
    • these souls from having also to experience at death what they
    • were to be repeated for a sufficient length of time, if
    • through the gates of death into the spiritual world but would
    • ideation would vanish from the Earth. A diseased, purely
    • well give rise to a sense of great responsibility. And here in
    • the world of productive, generative, creative forces. With
    • soul be permeated by them and thus develop the attitude of mind
    • will be created a living centre of spiritual knowledge.
    • greater the courage with which to conduct the affairs of
    • the world that has achieved some measure of greatness is born
    • World-Creator-Life
    • Thou livest in the beat of Heart and Lung
    • In Christ, Death becomes Life.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • passed over humanity's evolution since Goethe's death —
    • contemptuously, or at least with great doubt. The
    • the human bodily conditions; difficulty in breathing, rapid
    • great questions of existence present themselves when a man
    • humanness, — those great questions of existence
    • now the great question concerning a knowledge of spirit may be
    • life we feel that we are filled with the breath, with the
    • us imagine that we are in a great city where there is a
    • he knew that he himself and the world are permeated and
    • same way that we live among the creatures of nature and human
    • yourself, not as a natural being between birth and death, but
    • the gate of death into the post-earthly existence, when we
    • laid aside at death.
    • goes through birth and death, of which one cannot say that it
    • the pre-earthly existence man is permeated not only by
    • between death and a new birth; we learn how it comported
    • spiritual but also moral laws. These have permeated what
    • have passed through the gate of death, and have united what is
    • greater harmony into our relation with the demands of the moral
    • has made of us between death and a new birth.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • because, from the moment of sleeping until waking he is permeated
    • Spirits of Time. It is of this that we seek to create a
    • placed in a definite point of time. How this permeation of the
    • They permeate themselves with our spirit and soul. Normally this
    • magnetism or the force of heat, — so, that the ideals are
    • present constitute the Nature of the future. It is a great delusion
    • thought to create an image of the Divine Cosmos in the human social
    • creating an ordering in which the social order could exist. And so,
    • appeared in the place of the living permeation of the social
    • natural ordering, permeated by causal necessity.
    • This is connected with many things: and a great
    • Divine Ordering then permeated the human Ordering, it was actually
    • the case. Now, the Divine Ordering no longer permeates it. Hence,
    • consists in the greatest happiness of the greatest number of human
    • mind: — “The good consists in the greatest happiness of
    • the greatest number of human beings on the Earth.” That
    • greatest happiness of the greatest number, evil must then consist
    • in the greatest happiness of the least number.
    • case evil would be the greatest happiness of the least number, and
    • 1st. The great Fetish.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • permeated with a certain belief in reality when, whether in
    • observing, that is, the processes of death and destruction.
    • destroys what mere nature creates in the human organism; and
    • during the heat of summer. This festival might be said to
    • the soul-life as permeating itself with this budding,
    • permeate the physical organic life only, no consciousness
    • as an idea, as a perception. Thus you must first create in
    • and budding processes, and while you destroy these you create
    • nature, we build up into our artistic creations. Strictly
    • into the living organism as an inserted element of death
    • body and sees the man lying there beneath. That is not so.
    • a great spiritual being having the earth as physical
    • asleep in the heat of summer, because during the universal
    • whole life through, a gradual death is taking place for
    • and death. This process is concentrated in actual physical
    • death; were not physical death to come about, in the
    • spiritual world after death we should never be able to
    • develop consciousness. Death, the destruction of the physical
    • development of consciousness in the time between death and a
    • the consciousness between death and a new birth cannot exist
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • “The Problem of Death in Connection with the Artistic
    • our head, and also the beings active and creative in these
    • ask: What significance has all this? It has a great
    • Stomach-clairvoyance will be permeated especially with all
    • that exists in the world. If we have eaten let us say a piece
    • see all this working, constructing, and creating of the
    • clairvoyance is also of great value to investigate in this
    • the creative world-powers, the dominant spiritual forces, one
    • would greatly err. Just as little as the riddles of the world
    • time to think of death, and hence, no need for immortality;
    • if he thinks of death, he only sees in it the warning to
    • beings is extinguished, as in an atmosphere, un breathable
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • usual, oft-repeated declamation, “love, love, and again
    • apathy which passes everything by and occasions great moral
    • to think with greater readiness of what is spiritual and to
    • great dangers to be found at this point should be
    • truth is something which must, to a great extent, be lacking
    • through virtue, which is creative, we build. We build through
    • Christ-impulse has permeated the world, it is this which is
    • often described by saying: There are people in Berlin who eat
    • extreme, and not universal to any great extent, still the
    • for great spiritual truths. Although Anthroposophy is still
    • pictures in a cinematograph theatre, for in the human
    • another and not wish to eat it. You may judge for yourselves
    • uncultivated human being, is but little affected by the great
    • consider certain things which are very often repeated in
    • Christ-impulse. We see humanity in perspective like a great
    • great organism, and through their own deeds form their
    • foundations, in the course of earthly evolution, for a great
    • community, which can be permeated and pervaded through and
    • death, and almost at the end of his life — he wrote a
    • reasonable world may be considered as a great immortal
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • creations, about which he liked to talk, hung on all the walls
    • French culture of his time completely permeated the life of
    • sports; but, on the contrary, the body permeated by spirit to
    • jurist who has grown up among, and is permeated with, Roman
    • had been created in the culture of Rome.
    • great impulse was still to be
    • So Goethe came upon the great man without his wig, standing
    • death. Such things must be taken fully into account by one who
    • faced death because of extremely severe and recurring
    • face to face with death, he had already begun to enter more
    • into a world conception permeated with spirit.
    • him to Shakespeare, it worked on his mind like a breath of
    • created characters directly from human individualities; who
    • to see the great problems and questions of human life. He
    • belies the recurring belief that a great spirit, living in the
    • poetic creation, and this is bound up, in turn, with the way
    • important, but he did not live in a large state. No great
    • death, but we are not really interested in his quarrels and
    • for was felt to be a great relief. To get into such a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • directed theatrical
    • contact with painting and the art of the theater while scarcely
    • stand to make of them an altar to the great God of Nature? He
    • to the great God of Nature. How impressive and beautiful is
    • created — the Faust and other things that he did for
    • the elevation and spiritual permeation of humanity — have come
    • creation of such a poetical composition as the Faust
    • create a Faust — in fact, actually wrote a fine scene.
    • of America exists also between Goethe's creations and Goethe
    • Goethe individuality was far greater than what could be taken up and
    • This is obvious in Schiller. His early death was due primarily
    • known that after his death his heart was found to be dried up,
    • he became seriously ill and stood face to face with death. He
    • virtually looked death in the face. This illness is, to be sure,
    • understand a man who creates out of the elemental forces of the
    • illness that had brought him to the point of death. When the
    • the capacity to become permeated with super-sensible concepts.
    • This event of near death appeared in Goethe at the end of the
    • not present in Schiller. For this reason, he creates characters
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • This is so even when we take into consideration repeated lives
    • individuals such as Goethe are capable of creating something so
    • trunk of the body, ensheathing the spinal cord, etc. But these
    • cord, and between our ego and ganglionic system. To a greater
    • seat to a large extent in the spinal cord and ganglionic
    • when we permeate ourselves with the knowledge that what we call
    • sorts of things, about a highly educated dog that made a great
    • not pursue this further, but all this caused the greatest
    • these various animals performed feats of arithmetic. A great
    • When, therefore, the dog, for example, has long been treated
    • permeating the world. In other words, they can be explained
    • system, are greatly impaired during the waking life of day. But
    • way; that is, the life that arises from the great achievements
    • however, is just what happens to a greater or lesser degree in
    • create stands in the same relationship to what the rest of us
    • creation of the great spirits are related to the unconscious
    • creations of other men as dream to dreamless sleep.
    • foundation may be created for a further evolution of the earth.
    • creating Faust, or in Schiller's Wallenstein, as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • waking state. At that time the aura of the earth is permeated,
    • permeated, interwoven, with thoughts. We may say that the earth
    • concepts regarding the karma of vocation. Of even greater
    • imagine, in the work that occupies the greater part of their
    • significantly great for the evolution of the world the very
    • would, however, be a great deception should one draw such a
    • necessarily create the first cosmic potentiality for a
    • we create within the sphere of our vocations, whether by bodily
    • becomes the external sheath for elemental beings who thereby
    • church, have become the sheath and shell of culture; the days
    • would be one of the greatest mistakes that could be made to
    • an individual creates in his vocation, as I have described, was
    • people today if we present them with the great advantage of
    • everything is permeated not just by a single divine spirit
    • about elemental spirits are being created which pass over into
    • Nevertheless, they will still be created, and it is important
    • and another — for example, in the treatment of chemical
    • is necessary for an ever greater number of individuals in the
    • permeating it. Life in the spiritual scientific movement
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • repeat, people would see what is of real importance here if it
    • To be sure, a great deal lies below in the depths of consciousness.
    • greater depths, the utterly irrational, as it is said. The
    • theological psychoanalysts take great satisfaction especially
    • repeated lives on earth. Yet the psychoanalysts attempt to
    • the total human life that passes through repeated lives on
    • portal of death as a force in the life between death and a new
    • death and a new birth so that it may take on the shape
    • through the portal of death into the next development on earth.
    • the region of the elemental. Yet it is of great importance to
    • be carried through the portal of death as a germ formed from
    • consciousness, in such a way that a breath of ridicule was
    • death and continues further. This constitutes a means of
    • between birth and death. Here he or she is really an instrument
    • all, to be sure, but a great part of what causes a human being
    • said, not all, but a great part of what thus appears in the
    • through the portal of death. Because of these forces, we bring
    • therefore, say: Physical body, creative of the life situation;
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • Vischer, the author of Auch Einer and the great
    • Vischer became, in a sense, a great and famous man who
    • greatness. So it seems really out of order for someone to write
    • is permeated by this characteristic; of this we must be
    • early age through his connection with a work that he created. I
    • see, the important point is that what had brought death to this
    • man, the death he suffered in connection with his work, must
    • death and a new birth. The experience must be gone through, but
    • different complexities of life in their artistic creation than
    • instructive: first, because he is really a great and gifted
    • he creates wholly from the requirements of modern life. It is
    • theater met this person as if by chance and said to him, “Do
    • you know that the position of director of an important theater
    • the matter in detail? Would you like to be a theater director?
    • position of director of the theater was offered him. There was
    • with the theater and whoever was to become the director had to
    • required! I have been in a theater no more than seven times in
    • get along with her. Can you tell me what she likes to eat?”
    • So the jurist became the director of the theater.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • not too obtuse. A great deal of emphasis is placed today on the
    • its mind to a recognition of repeated earth lives and the
    • division of human development between birth and death into
    • the greatest importance to the scientific theory of heredity
    • between the last death and this birth. Within this stretch of
    • outline. All that takes place then between death and a new
    • the unconscious, he or she elaborates between death and the new
    • who have passed through the portal of death and are able to be
    • processes between death and a new birth, all that results from
    • impulses into which the processes that occur between death and
    • greater measure. While circumstances are thus developing, he
    • death and a new birth, passes into our bodily organization,
    • culture can decide to reckon with repeated earthly lives,
    • encompasses only the present life between birth and death. Here
    • knows the laws that are connected with repeated earthly lives
    • — to ascend to an understanding of repeated earthly lives and
    • standpoint of repeated earthly lives. Because of their failure
    • to accept repeated earthly lives, they contributed much toward
    • the greatness of the human soul, but of becoming equal in its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • through repeated earthly lives, the destiny of man, which is
    • correctly in the light of repeated earthly lives.
    • great importance to having him well-instructed. He studied the
    • Greek philosopher who had hitherto been so greatly honored.
    • instruction for him with the money he earned with sweat and
    • with his brain that — I simply repeat what was related — he
    • great importance. For this service I remain always under
    • three great works I have on my hands so that I may publish
    • in this special field greater, more general, and more lasting
    • not believe that I could have greater leisure elsewhere than I
    • a support for my life, if I should meet a great prince who
    • that are, perhaps, of far less significant value have a great
    • service to a Prince or a great Lord, and to anyone dependent
    • can in great part save, since I obtain a large supplementary
    • lessons. I have a far greater longing for more free time than
    • great man. He himself — it was on February 3, 1613 — composed
    • February 18, 1564, the great Galileo was born. His father,
    • lectured with great distinction on mathematics and related
    • repeat it. Likewise, his letter was written in the way I have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • sections. One of them takes its course between birth and death.
    • death, the other section of his life begins; he or she ascends
    • of death so that he has his angel by his side from death to a
    • of the angels is to guide individual humans through repeated
    • the far greater extension of their memory that they can guide
    • and direct man's repeated earthly lives. But the modern
    • individual through repeated earthly lives. Let us grasp the
    • little; something of which he speaks a great deal at times but
    • even to illness and death. If you ask yourselves on the basis
    • connections extending to illness and death introduce a
    • case among the Masons, a great deal of nonsense is practiced;
    • to soul. Just as we breathe the same air when we sit together
    • words, certain word formulas, that had a greater effect than
    • passed through the portal of death. We must learn, however, to
    • saying in connection with repeated earthly lives, as we wish to
    • on the possibility of creating space void of air, or occupied
    • rests on the creation and use of a vacuum. In ancient times men
    • be created. Only then was it possible to consider the use of
    • vacui. But what really happens when we create a space
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • but all contributes to great cosmic processes.
    • in time and space belongs to the realm of maya, the great
    • to maya, the great illusion, and we must place this
    • community. He had passed through the portal of death and when
    • death and a new birth. As these human beings looked up to him,
    • portal of death, he remains for a short time in his etheric
    • period between death and a new birth, this etheric body comes
    • people must cure themselves of the pride that permeates the
    • ego, as it lives here between birth and death, was born for
    • into the human mind, we must admit, only with great difficulty.
    • threatened, therefore, with the loss of his humanity and it was
    • great mysteries of cosmic existence, that a divine element was
    • were, a greater heaviness than it would have possessed if this
    • in ancient times is greatly underestimated. It was subdued and
    • of death into the spiritual world and entered into relationship
    • passed through the portal of death they did not need to develop
    • human being passes through the portal of death as do others or
    • perhaps one person passes through the portal of death and
    • through the portal of death, an individual continues to be a
    • take a concrete case and assume that through death a person
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • own that they are thinking of a great world machinery.
    • forces of this great world machinery is ruling and working;
    • something most unfortunate is a feature of our age — a
    • great number of these learned men who represent such special
    • Priest brought forward something of the greatest interest. He
    • them in any other creation or any other kingdom. But before
    • great cosmic event that must be understood. Before the
    • is connected with the great spiritual mystery.
    • green in diagram.) This, however, is to a great extent
    • the greatest part is also present in the prototype.
    • constitution of man the greatest materialist is the head.
    • figure is breast and breathing and everything belonging to
    • each other; here it is more permeated with spirit. All that
    • is lung and breathing process is for the earth already more
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • death and a new birth.
    • it is into whom the Elohim breathed the breath of life. He is
    • the breathing man. The division here is not so simple as in
    • the skeleton; the breathing process through nose and mouth
    • the man of the limb-system wholly man, but is permeated by
    • cosmically at our formation, in our heats-forces we are
    • repeating the old Sun-period, in our breast we carry the
    • incarnation. In this map you would be able to read a great
    • the place where he is destined to meet his death. The meaning
    • of his head. But beneath this consciousness of the head that
    • gets as far as knowing what is around it — beneath this
    • extinguished. Before that year, however, man knew a great
    • cultures repeated lives on earth treated as a fact. This is
    • irregularly. If a man is able to breathe regularly, when his
    • heart beat even is when in fact all the functions of man's
    • between the previous death and the most recent birth or
    • coming death and next earth life. Thus the consciousness
    • after the next death. For this subconsciousness in the middle
    • earthly death and the following earthly conception, with the
    • between birth and death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • nature, man between his birth and his death. I have drawn
    • shines upon us here between birth and death, there shines
    • between death and a new birth, the spiritual sun identified
    • by Plato with the Good. And during this time between death
    • no meaning. Between death and a new birth there is only
    • that our outlook on life is actually permeated by it, that in
    • overpowering heat, this is how he would picture it. And when
    • beyond having nothing to having debts. It is a great weakness
    • permeated by consciousness in the contrary sense is what
    • he goes through the gate of death. Now I should like to draw
    • ordinary man between birth and death. We should then have to
    • between birth and death is such that actually his face is
    • soul-life is what during your life between birth and death
    • death comes the physical body falls away, and man withdraws
    • 8) reach out into our holes; after death these feelers are
    • brain, after death when he withdraws himself he pushes
    • life between death and a new birth is bound up with the basic
    • between death and a new birth, then you also see how the
    • something of the greatest and can serve to describe man's
    • Maya, the great illusion.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • and they look upon it as a great achievement, that this
    • crisis, that is, was created by a purely financial
    • meat to him. You can calculate pretty accurately what he will
    • meat. But when a human being in a given situation does
    • in economic life. And for economic situations to be created
    • is at the back of the great crisis we are going through now;
    • able to come in, and to show the great connections; because
    • I wanted to throw into the discussion to-day. A very great
    • economy; and that is the point. There are a great many
    • picture post-cards, and I write a great many: it contributes
    • place, as to the patent-leather boots, I should like to say,
    • unnecessarily to have patent-leather boots will not be able
    • It has not got a great many books, which are in great demand;
    • acquainted with the subject-matter, and so creating the
    • work is of a kind to create requirements, these requirements
    • [Spoken during the time of the great inflation
    • atmosphere was created,” one must look exactly at what this
    • at Man's death into the earth; and now these people had
    • grave, but passed over beyond death; and round this one
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • except by treating things on a big scale, as I might
    • our repeated experiences was always this: how very difficult
    • cannot be too often repeated, — is, that an
    • attended for the greater part by working men only. The
    • really a great deal here, which was thrown to the winds,
    • power of the spirit, after all, which must create social
    • create a new social order, — till then, we shall
    • for ever be repeating: ‘They are so unpractical in
    • when I concluded a great number of my speeches in those days
    • arrangement. So great is the external power of the State
    • get further, when people have hearts and minds for the great
    • great motor forces to-day.
    • said a great deal to the same effect before now, and all in
    • vain; — namely that it is a question of the great motor
    • bringing the great world-moving questions of the day really
    • towards a great many movements of all kinds. I myself could
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • and death, and which one should be able to investigate
    • out with the greatest hopes of achieving something, but soon
    • beat on my ear unnoticed — I would not have discovered
    • Such examples he describes in great numbers, and others have
    • of us that passes away with death. We are completely taken up
    • exercises is a great help in enabling something to happen.
    • great mistake to imagine that the scientist of spirit becomes a
    • means a great deal to those who look at life in a one-sided
    • The head loses substance. Every idea that is permeated by our
    • great discovery that we make.
    • themselves egoistically in what happens after death. But the
    • through the gate of death, that provides the foundation for the
    • continuation of life after death.
    • vehicle into the spiritual world after death, is integrated
    • whereby the part of us that goes through the gate of death
    • after death. We therefore come to know life before birth and
    • life after death in two different ways, the former as
    • death and brings about the next life on earth.
    • power that takes us into the spiritual world after death. This
    • unites with what enters into the spiritual world after death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • great family, to cut each other to pieces. This judgment, the
    • each day brings a very great deal. Catastrophic events breaking
    • Germany who were deceived and thought he was a great man for
    • says, who perhaps even make great mistakes. What Grimm and
    • it always has the mark of having been permeated by the
    • great difference — on the one hand a personal
    • Wilson could offer no greater proof of what he described as
    • both in social life and in life as a whole; we should create a
    • awake only in part. Beneath the surface of our waking life is
    • to be permeated by feelings, and we are asleep inasmuch as we
    • state. We sleep and dream beneath the surface of our normal
    • being, inasmuch as he belongs to the great dream of history
    • evolved, and that a great change then comes about, under whose
    • happens in history when we are able to appreciate such great,
    • had not arisen at that time there would have been the threat of
    • the spiritual was threatened. What happened in this crisis?
    • science of spirit certainly leads to the great religious
    • if they found that we have constantly to speak about the great
    • death. This also leads to something else. The part of us that
    • life, but that within the part of us that goes through death is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • there is a saying of his, which is greatly illuminated by
    • with our thinking as employed in ordinary life, the greater our
    • permeated by something that is not normally present. The
    • birth, or rather conception and birth, and death. And because
    • greater conviction concerning the dependence of the thinking
    • way certain substances are treated so that constituent
    • real dreams, but dreams that have great power over our inner
    • thought, the objective power of thought that permeates
    • gate of death. — This whole experience makes us aware
    • approaching the gate of death. But in approaching it, it is as
    • death, when death really divides the spirit-soul nature from
    • a theoretical but living experience of what death is from
    • something about it called it the approach to the gate of death.
    • losing ourselves when we approach the gate of death with our
    • spirit to the gate of death. This one can be described as
    • just at the moment when we permeate this inner observer, this
    • only to a far greater degree — thinking something through
    • death, which when we die goes on into the spiritual world. And
    • the gate of death when our body disintegrates is present in the
    • spiritual world when we have passed through the gate of death,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • answering the great riddles of existence, which natural science
    • what is meant by the great picture of our lives described here,
    • which has great importance for further research. One becomes
    • monotonous or continually repeated, has his power of attention
    • soul and spirit. The great moment now comes in such research,
    • life. A great alteration in the nature of the will can then be
    • great opaque eye. Through such exercises of the will, our
    • with the reflection in knowledge of the process of death.
    • What happens at death in full reality: that the soul and spirit
    • being has passed through the gate of death, continue their own
    • soul is not destroyed by physical death. The eternity of the
    • before conception and after death. It is a world of real
    • death. — And just as our own bodily nature falls away
    • still growing; these are the forces permeating us in our youth
    • expressed by the great educators of the nineteenth
    • alone. Like a great threat, there hangs over our entire
    • threatening specter of the future.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • the great questions of life take on a new character in each
    • century, for a solution to the great mysteries of man were
    • wonderfully advanced laws of physics and chemistry. The great
    • let us examine where this approach with its great hopes has
    • of the ways of approach, with its great hopes. We see as it
    • were, these great hopes disappearing into the world of
    • of space that we can add nothing toward answering the great
    • another sphere there have been just as great hopes, and
    • think of the great hopes people had with the advent of the
    • great as is the difference between the various species we see
    • think that Naegeli, the great botanist, was really a one-sided
    • great pupils of Haeckel, the most radical exponent of
    • honest and conscientious, do we not have to admit as the great
    • great and shattering truths which stand at the start of every
    • really quite wonderful to see how Goethe treats the physical
    • radiates through and permeates the physical percept as an
    • permeated by the will. The scientist of spirit also
    • the soul, active solely in the life of the mind. After a great
    • life is let go, it enters into much greater depths of our life
    • to his conception of the process of death, which he expressed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • the very greatest delight in their Eurhythmy lessons. I say
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • humanity is losing that inner permeation with this old
    • permeates the world, the East will gradually become
    • (I will express it in popular phraseology) — to permeate
    • permeated Spiritually, then without any doubt at all the
    • these slaves, than by permeating the earth with a common
    • permeation of the East does come about, it will not take
    • human beings, than by not permeating merely the earth
    • found in them of that great Cosmic Wisdom teaching, which at
    • men's consciousness. With that wisdom, created out of the
    • stars, the moral truths were permeated which resound from out
    • which ethically and morally permeates the humanity of the
    • great contrast, of which humanity should become aware,
    • Races, so we can now distinguish these great types. The
    • that the Greeks created their works of art according to the
    • not of the opinion that when a man creates a work of art he
    • is merely creating a thing of phantasy. Science is strictly
    • is everywhere permeated by Aestheticism.
    • permeation of humanity by a real Spiritual element can alone
    • depend very often an whether the author has been treated with
    • whereas Tirpitz was treated with the heel of the boot. Hence
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • do the epochs of time which lie between his death and
    • re-birth. The times which man passes between death and
    • than at the times between birth and death.
    • birth and death — through what is presented to us as the
    • between birth and death. Through everything which shines down
    • death and re-birth. We can even say it is more than a
    • death. Only we must not imagine that the reflection of the
    • super-sensible perception between death and re-birth. That
    • the fact that on the one hand our life between death and
    • birth and death we may become too allied to the Earth; we
    • just as in the life between death and re-birth we can also
    • the inner Spirituality. When we develop between death and
    • on Earth the possibility threatens us of hardening in
    • Physical existence, when we are living between death and
    • re-birth the possibility threatens us of being drowned in
    • death, we have a special inclination to give ourselves up to
    • lived with the between death and rebirth. We then entered
    • between birth and death, we develop such a tendency that
    • between death and the pre-birth we sleep too strongly, if, in
    • and death. That is the real Ahrimanic possibility in the life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • valuable information and inspiration which he has repeatedly
    • which the matter is treated. When in Dornach I sit down and
    • what spiritual angle they come. And there is still a great
    • necessary to create for our knowledge a foundation that is
    • spiritual world must be treated with seriousness. The
    • a state of evolving. When the Great Flood of Atlantis had
    • a great step forward. It was the same in the second
    • example, during the Egypto-Chaldean period man had a great
    • permeated by spiritual science we shall be studying those
    • for they may do great harm to what actually has to come
    • subject should be treated. That today is actually the content
    • they are indeed complete creations from the earthly point of
    • to speak of man's creative power in the sphere of morals.
    • School belongs to the very greatest of them all.But that does
    • are not creating anything to work on into the future; those
    • today, what is important is the spiritual essence permeating
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • repeated them in public. But then he saye that the Committee
    • page he finds a great deal to grumble at because the tone of
    • there in actuality. And so again I have to repeat that the
    • we are living, to a greater extent than we realise, within a
    • It is above all things essential to create a foundation, a
    • found in the Earth. When the great Atlantean flood had
    • times about man is false if it is repeated to-day. To-day
    • speaks! We should speak in such a way that men are permeated
    • facts. There is a tendency to repeat phrases unendingly at
    • often overlooked simply because people treat words as words
    • is to be given — how the material is to be treated.
    • creation — that is not denied, but just because they
    • Fantasies — that is, about what has been created by
    • not yet discovered and a great deal still rests in the bosom
    • humanity. A great deal too has already been said and has not
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness. Now you know that the essential feature
    • essential feature is a mathematical-mechanical picture of the
    • for being mathematical. The essential feature in the attitude
    • conceive of the Earth as s great sphere in universal space,
    • very great deal will have to be done in the future if we are
    • that he sitting still an his seat. He forgets that the train
    • in something that faces death, and out of that death, life
    • dying in the cloud, and out of this death something is again
    • and dying out; and fire that is arising, newly created,
    • and to perceive actually the phenomena of death and coming to
    • repeatedly said that up to a certain point, everyone
    • incorrect theories have made the illusions far greater than
    • in the next number of the Waldorf magazine treating them from
    • weigh every morsel that they put into their mouths and eat at
    • because it is created not by cut and dried rules of
    • sense; but it must do so again to a greater degree. Men must
    • consciousness will be of great significance, especially
    • great deal of abstract talking today about the ages or
    • eat in Stuttgart today and tomorrow somewhere else. You
    • about and written about in the present day has no greater
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • divine-spiritual Beings who work creatively in mankind, is
    • the creative spiritual Beings who should live in our
    • the Gods; where are the creative spiritual Beings? If I were
    • within the human being. The truly creative Gods have
    • Divine-Spiritual, the truly creative principles is
    • continue its evolution is the soul and Spirit permeating the
    • creative principle in our time — lives inside the bounds
    • choice — a choice which has become a matter of greater
    • and greater seriousness since the middle of the fifteenth
    • me to the speaker's desk and left a great many still outside
    • real knowledge of man's being which scares the great majority
    • repeat certain remarks made a short time ago. In Stuttgart we
    • residue of Divine Spiritual creation. The process of
    • Divine-Spiritual creation which dominates the
    • between death and rebirth. Just as here on the Earth he is
    • allied with gravity, in the life between death and rebirth he
    • when we are living in the spiritual world between death and a
    • the small in the great, the great in the small and not to
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • perceptive feeling for art and the creations of art it is
    • difficult to approach art either perceptively or creatively
    • created for the satisfaction of these particular needs. This
    • soul, either in artistic creation or in the enjoyment of art.
    • need. For whatever we may think about a great many of the
    • days — come very near the creations of present-day
    • artistic creation and the appreciation of art, we can very
    • there is also what we call death, destruction, what is
    • lower life by one that is higher. The human form, permeated
    • this is what constitutes artistic creation.
    • A great deal
    • given greater prominence. This something, a potentiality in
    • greater prominence and what is held together in a higher life
    • of him. The other form we had to create in addition expresses
    • actually accomplished in art — in artistic creation and
    • repeats her process — this has always been striven for.
    • light should be awakened to life, treated in such a way as to
    • attack us and tell us a great deal, the blue colours take the
    • enter form, enter essentially into the form-creating soul. We
    • give much satisfaction — because blue is always treated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • imagination, artistic creative power and appreciation, and
    • them, that artistic creative power might be disturbed by any
    • that certain gifted artists whose creations suggest a kind of
    • something like seership in the functioning of their creative
    • of resemblance between artistic creation, artistic
    • connections of true artistic creation and appreciation with
    • creating out of artistic imagination or phantasy will
    • creation, perception of the external world remains alive and
    • world. In his artistic creation there remains the image of
    • artistic creation arises. The constitution and attitude of
    • to him from works of art originating from genuine creative
    • creative experience. The seer knows that together with these
    • thinking, he feels related with what the architect creates.
    • feels kinship with what the architect and sculptor create in
    • created by the sculptor. Thus, it is possible to describe the
    • product of creative power, makes such a disagreeable effect
    • those truly creative laws which govern all that Nature
    • creates and he distinguishes this sharply from what is
    • creative forces of the universe. Such are the seer's
    • delineate it on a surface, just as the geometrician is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmic creator-being
    • Creating being in the cosmic depths:
    • You live in the heart-lung-beat
    • Cosmic creative deeds
    • of the great difficulty Rudolf Steiner experienced in reaching the
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • have lived through the period stretching from death to a new birth.
    • He has his head, and the other part of his organism. After death we
    • the period between death and a new birth into the forces underlying
    • to make investigations into the nature of a grain of wheat. He would
    • the grain of wheat from the point of view of the food-value of wheatmeal.
    • of the grain of wheat from the point of view of wheat as a means of
    • are contained in the wheat. Anyone who imagines that it is possible
    • to find out something about the real nature of wheat by investigating
    • mistake. A grain of wheat comes into existence in the whole sphere of
    • plant life as the fruit of the wheat-plant and we can only discover
    • the growth of a new wheat-plant out of the grain. The fact that a grain
    • of wheat contains constituents of nutritive value for the human being,
    • will investigate the grain of wheat from the chemical point of view
    • of the grain of wheat. If it were possible to ask the grain of wheat
    • make it possible for a new wheat plant to come into existence.
    • like men who investigate a grain of wheat from the point of view of
    • purpose of knowledge as it is a secondary purpose of the grain of wheat
    • in our being. During our life between birth and death we accumulate
    • as we use grains of wheat for the purpose of nourishment. But remember,
    • every time we use grains of wheat for food, we are depriving them of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • usual, oft-repeated declamation, “love, love, and again
    • apathy which passes everything by and occasions great moral
    • to think with greater readiness of what is spiritual and to
    • great dangers to be found at this point should be
    • truth is something which must, to a great extent, be lacking
    • through virtue, which is creative, we build. We build through
    • Christ-impulse has permeated the world, it is this which is
    • often described by saying: There are people in Berlin who eat
    • extreme, and not universal to any great extent, still the
    • for great spiritual truths. Although Anthroposophy is still
    • pictures in a cinematograph theatre, for in the human
    • another and not wish to eat it. You may judge for yourselves
    • uncultivated human being, is but little affected by the great
    • consider certain things which are very often repeated in
    • Christ-impulse. We see humanity in perspective like a great
    • great organism, and through their own deeds form their
    • foundations, in the course of earthly evolution, for a great
    • community, which can be permeated and pervaded through and
    • death, and almost at the end of his life — he wrote a
    • reasonable world may be considered as a great immortal
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • The Sun Mystery ... Death, Resurrection,
    • The Sun Mystery ... Death, Resurrection,
    • from ever new aspects this greatest of all secrets in
    • death.
    • all these teachings there was nothing about birth and death.
    • and death. The entire consciousness of mankind has changed in
    • agree that this animal is not interested in birth and death,
    • approaches death. It simply submits to death, accepting this
    • about the approach of death. Perhaps we might say that he did
    • not contemplate death at all.
    • takes place at death. He must have had feelings somewhat
    • impression of birth and death was something more self-evident
    • to raise questions about birth and death with the same vigor as
    • more and more aware that death means a big break in human life,
    • they looked on death with tragic feelings. But what they had
    • preceptors did not deal with the facts of birth and death.
    • their earth consciousness — Birth and Death — which
    • death. The riddle of death would not have been imparted to
    • observed something — the facts of birth and death —
    • which would have been of great and fundamental interest to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • repeatedly, at intervals, and incarnate vicariously in a
    • The greatest Avatar-Being Who has lived on earth, as you can
    • once. They incarnate repeatedly, but they obtain for themselves
    • is the center that in the ancient Hebrew narrative a great part
    • explain a great deal to us. We have to do with a very exalted
    • the Christ entered into the threefold sheath of Jesus of
    • little consideration is given to a fact of very great
    • physical relics are emphasized. Just consider what great
    • themselves listened to the pupils of the Apostles. Great value
    • What great prominence was given to
    • greatest importance was attached.
    • people who would have considered it the greatest folly had they
    • into a great number of people; because it was granted to
    • great historical law which should be of special importance for
    • Here we see a great historical fact
    • wisdom which is the primordial wisdom of the Great Avatar, of
    • greatest Avatar-Being, the Christ descended to earth. Let us
    • of existence. What the human being is in particular, the great
    • future; it will offer humanity far greater things, and the
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • of that which is seen as a much greater power of thought, like
    • enters into such regions, where there is a greater peace within
    • to turn back repeatedly to physical-sensory existence in a
    • time that lies between death and a new birth.
    • that we then live through as real when we pass through death.
    • our eternal inner being when we pass through the gate of death
    • unfortunately treat these things with a certain egoism. They
    • in what happens after death because we do not yet know this.
    • repeated earth lives, as indicated at the third level of
    • and death, as we judge the content of the dream from the point
    • life on earth, to be born with birth and die with death, but
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • evolution and destination, the riddle of birth and death, the
    • great variety of age groups are represented in the audience,
    • it will create conflict with their religious conscience. They
    • great philosophy or world outlook has arisen out of the
    • the great religions. Spiritual science, while resting on its
    • to show that all the great world religions are based on the
    • Greater
    • has a greater ennobling effect on the human soul because it
    • destination, birth and death, infinity and eternity; (b)
    • after death when a person has laid aside the body. Every
    • faced with greater issues and unable to cope even with
    • To questions concerning eternity or the meaning of death? At
    • another. Another point of great interest was the way the
    • after death, his experiences when attaining spiritual sight
    • science, advancing as it does at great speed, a center of
    • Jesus, the greatest founder of religion in modern times.
    • These cultures became great because their exponents
    • divine origin, and that death is vanquished. All the great
    • civilizations draw their spiritual creativity from the faith
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • one does not stop short at its shape and features, but
    • shall turn our attention to that which creates on earth its
    • problems are bound to increase as time goes on. The great
    • embryos human beings repeat once more the earlier stages of
    • is the case, an image arises within the creature in response
    • sensation. The inwardly felt has its seat in the astral body.
    • Thus, we see that creatures belonging to the animal kingdom
    • the above creates a physiognomic expression in the below as
    • is permeated by the astral body, which calls up in the
    • are to attain the capacity to create inner mirror images of
    • external events, then the ether body must be permeated by the
    • living creature is a small world that mirrors the great
    • consciousness in simple creatures is compensated by its
    • creatures. If you consider people while disregarding their
    • out of which the human being, as a living being, is created,
    • world of light the workings of the great cosmic laws.
    • through its reorganization became permeated with the astral
    • outer world and recreate it within the self.
    • we are able to build up anew what is repeated within
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • “Illness and Death.” Yet each lecture is complete
    • closely bound up with evil, illness and death, often cuts
    • greatest riddles. When attempts are made to find meaning in
    • times, it features as one of the foremost questions.
    • brought together, one of which the greater part of humanity
    • other one of life's greatest benefits.
    • human beings and the higher creatures are concerned — a
    • creation, where knowledge of good and evil is intimately
    • appears as a testing, as an incentive to greater striving. In
    • climax the suffering ends with the death of the physical
    • that from death certainty arises, certainty that pain and
    • suffering, and even death itself, are conquered.
    • portrays more sublimely than the tragedy the greatest human
    • large part of humanity as the greatest in history. The event
    • victory over death. From looking up to a universal suffering
    • of a tragedy. The poet can only create such a work of art if
    • the other. Nothing provides greater understanding than
    • physical material creation, as a kind of flower growing from
    • inorganic organizing itself within the living creatures.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • suffering, illness and death, but does not concern itself
    • primordial human wisdom that penetrates beneath the surface
    • creators and leaders of human evolution, were once at the
    • must not be thought that the same repeats itself; nothing
    • hidden, permeates the foundation of earth existence;
    • the earth began when wisdom became permeated by love. As
    • previous planet. Peculiar legendary creatures wandered about,
    • lower for the very breath of life.
    • love engendered by mortals is breathed in by the gods. This
    • well as the lowest, is the breath of gods. It might be said:
    • now. On the previous planet, a creative instinct of wisdom
    • ruled, as now a creative instinct of love. Thus, human beings
    • were removed. The world creator needed evil in order that
    • of the power that always intends evil, and always creates
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • the higher senses are developed. The astral body permeates
    • connected with the world of stars. The forces that permeate
    • creation. This name can only be applied to himself; it
    • person the crown of creation. This fourfold entity has always
    • so is it surrounded after birth by spiritual sheaths related
    • an astral sheath; the child reposes in them as he did in the
    • protective sheath, a covering that strengthens and
    • temperament. The astral body is the seat of the life of
    • encompasses a great many things. It is a time when all the
    • matters greatly what it sees and hears and generally absorbs.
    • have no effect whatever. But of the greatest significance is
    • taken money from a cashbox; greatly disturbed, they thought
    • greatly. It is far more important to refrain from doing what
    • for future health. The opposite can create a disposition
    • breathe an atmosphere of happiness and joy, even down to
    • details. The developing organs must be treated in ways that
    • Great care must
    • building blocks should not be used; the child should create
    • still rooted in the astral covering, it matters greatly what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • Illness and Death
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • Illness and Death
    • must obviously concern everyone, for illness and death enters
    • that is upsetting and even frightening. Death is indeed
    • life's greatest riddle, so much so that the individual who
    • could solve it would have solved also the other great riddle,
    • death is a riddle that no one ever has, or ever will solve.
    • to answer the specific question, How can illness and death be
    • death,” were for centuries regarded as an answer, a
    • solution to the question concerning death. Nowadays these
    • have anything to do with a physical fact such as death. Nor
    • by saying: All living creatures, in all realms of nature,
    • all living creatures: the attainment of individual
    • death.” You will realize that not only this, but also
    • concerned themselves with the riddle of death — a
    • arrive at any other conclusion than: “Basically death
    • death; for life is miserable; it can be endured only because
    • of the knowledge that death puts an end to it. On the other
    • hand, if one fears death, it is a consolation to know that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • of teeth, protected by an etheric sheath, just as the
    • earlier epochs. Even the embryo repeats all primordial stages
    • repeats earlier human evolutionary epochs.
    • to Alexander the Great.
    • Alexander the Great (356-323 B.C.) was king
    • person repeats that event during physical birth. At that
    • Lemurian and Atlantean epochs are repeated in a child's
    • teeth and puberty that epoch of evolution is repeated in
    • which great spiritual teachers have appeared among men. Buddha,
    • greater, a fact we find preserved in heroic legends and
    • great teachers was self-evident to the human soul. It is bad;
    • it does great harm if the child doubts the teacher. The
    • create a life of its own, not draw it from outside. What the
    • permeate every subject that is taught. The child will not
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • Friedrich Hölderlin (1770–1843) was among the greatest
    • have great suggestive power over weaker personalities, can
    • question, we must also bear in mind the fact of repeated
    • similar to what occurs at death. When we go to sleep the
    • bed. At death the ether or life body too separates from the
    • sense, and the more numerous and greater the talents and
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • are capable of developing spiritual forces of greater
    • and exaltation, or when life threatens to fall apart, a
    • wise. Wisdom is science becoming creative. We must so
    • not abstract but creative images. Abstract concepts and ideas
    • eyes are active transforming light. Unless the soul creates
    • cannot stream in. The pictures thus created will maintain
    • create in the soul are not accurate, it will not matter; they
    • creative wisdom. We know that the human being consists of
    • discovered, and the doctors were greatly alarmed; she showed
    • thus become creative. Their health-giving effect acts
    • is transformed into wisdom, the spirit creates the
    • therefore also the greatest healer.
    • surrounded by wisdom because wise beings created the world.
    • Spiritual Being is the greatest healer. From Christ is born
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • the greatest truths, but even more than other great truths it
    • not first created them. Out of an originally lower organism
    • are created by the light for the light.” However, the
    • recognize their creator — the light.
    • recognize what created them, that is what to the eyes is the
    • an organ, a tool; and self-knowledge becomes ever greater the
    • spirit-light, existing in the eternal world, that created our
    • death. In so doing, we must not forget that when a person
    • starts his life an earth he is not a newly created entity; he
    • brings certain qualities with him. Repeated earth lives are
    • a person's existence after death if we are to recognize what
    • what he has retained throughout the time between death and
    • ourselves that at death the human being leaves behind only
    • the physical corpse. The main difference between death and
    • needed to create a building, as the bricks do not come
    • together the physical matter and forces from birth to death.
    • falling apart. But at death it leaves the physical body,
    • sentiments, that leaves, whereas in death the ether body also
    • astral body's existence after death, comparable to someone
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • alchemical feats, does not inspire much confidence.
    • feats were for the genuine Rosicrucian nothing but symbols
    • uphold that the great work of the Rosicrucians is to be
    • Rosicrucianism contains things of far greater import. Rather
    • that appears as a basic feature of various accounts can be
    • mysteriously told, Paracelsus, the great medieval physician
    • sworn to secrecy. That is also why nothing of great
    • The great secret is revealed of what “ultimately holds
    • impart the holy secrets of existence to great masses of
    • method developed by the Rishis, the great spiritual teachers
    • millennia the great masters of wisdom who guide mankind's
    • Becoming one with the macrocosm or great world
    • philosophers of great renown tell us that human beings cannot
    • Rosicrucianism, this is known as self-created thinking.
    • characteristic contortion of his features, you see beyond the
    • vertical beam. Plato, the great philosopher of antiquity,
    • the Rosicrucian school had repeatedly to bring the picture
    • has permeated his substance, his flesh, with physical
    • desires permeate the lower organs, a person will become as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • able to speak. The artist lives and creates according to
    • these laws as the plant creates according to laws that are
    • always been so. The great mystics of the early Christian
    • Ruhe fand). These words already reveal a great deal
    • artists who attempt to create out of fantasy that lacks
    • Beauty created by art should also express truth and
    • of artistic creativity in religious feelings and perceptions.
    • creating a harmonious whole to which each contributed with
    • B.C.) was a great Athenian dramatist
    • and had selflessly created combined artistic works. Wagner
    • great dramas, seen by those who had been admitted to the
    • and they were permeated with deep religious devotion. A few
    • drama depicting the world's creation. Such dramas existed
    • formed into the various creature's of the kingdoms of nature:
    • itself in its own creation. This descent and resurrection of
    • knowledge combined to depict in dramatic form the creation of
    • to be a great, beautiful, worthy and estimable unity; when
    • creation of the world.
    • was a religious mood created, but the drama also conveyed the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • A modern person, however great his faith, can have no notion
    • could come. People saw the Bible as dealing with great world
    • picture, a procedure that was later repeated. And indeed,
    • in great contrast to the usual experience of those who
    • often based on deep seated hostility, though sometimes it is
    • structure, there is greater similarity between the lowest
    • spoke about it as a great heresy in 1859. This view influenced
    • just as real. The difference he sees is just as great between
    • developing to ever greater perfection forces that are
    • initiate is actually greater than the difference between the
    • someone who possessed greater knowledge than anyone else.
    • In the course of time the initiate will lead a great number
    • greater insight, till finally the pupil became an initiate.
    • subject is dealt with in great detail. There are many reasons
    • various people are similar This fact contains a great secret,
    • a great mystery. The people always looked up to their
    • greater detail from the viewpoint of spiritual science, and
    • further back we go in human history, the greater the
    • infinite greatness. It is this aspect of a person's being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • develop new forms of being. Passing through death and the submergence
    • impulse took place along with the great turning point [of history].
    • with the hardest opposition from the outer world. A great pain can
    • a human will which has become free of selfishness. He repeated these
    • very small circle has been created. It has
    • been created in the sense of our stream for this endowment; thus in a
    • with the positions which will be created only duties are associated,
    • endowment a number of associate branches will be created. And as the
    • a founding in the outer world must be created. Only in the context
    • of our endowment, the branch for Theosophical Art, should create a
    • that an excellent model will be created by the existence of this
    • had been for a long time himself in Freudian treatment for a nervous
    • reproductions (Rudolf Steiner's drafts of the great dome in the first
    • Death tore her from us at the very moment that a place for her work,
    • new architectural style created by Dr.
    • given by Dr. Steiner developed alongside the creative colors
    • And all these, artistically created from the most varied elements,
    • impulses. He was torn from us by death in 1925. He had to pay with
    • death for the immeasurable richness of his gifts. We were enlivened
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • the breath and the circulation of the blood. When he wills metabolism
    • conscious breath with conscious thinking, in this way, he laid hold in his
    • breath upon the continuing rhythm of cosmic occurrence. As he breathed, he
    • experienced the world as Self. Upon the rhythmic waves of conscious breath,
    • Divine-Spiritual causes the spirit-filled breath to stream continuously
    • unite his thinking with the breath. Through meditation, he must lift his
    • breath and woven together with the spiritual in the world. The Self is now
    • experienced, not in connection with the breath in the single human being,
    • the ideology constructed by the mind to the Western man was self-creating
    • of the knowledge of spirit. What the East bequeathed to the West as a
    • this creation with understanding, for he will again discover what he once
    • value of work. A great part of Roman history represents this growing
    • rights. The re-establishment of harmony between the two is the great social
    • way upward to the spiritual Powers. Man must learn to create poetry in such
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • make the greatest effort to form his ideas and concepts.
    • created, which uplifted heart and spirit, such as the
    • and the soul permeate the physical and the etheric body. Now
    • system and a part of the respiration which permeates the head
    • great majority of men did hot realise this, yet they
    • for their activities, these inspirations would retreat into his
    • great majority of men, the gods, the spiritual beings, were, so
    • Greek philosophy, then the great masses of men coming from the
    • shall find that American science greatly differs from European
    • great masses of people to-day, who rush forward to assert their
    • which are only now beginning to appear, whereas the great
    • be permeated by impulses which go in this direction. Therein
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • [From greatly abbreviated notes unrevised by the lecturer]
    • greatest event on earth must be drawn out of the depths of
    • of Nazareth made the great sacrifice of placing his purified
    • fulfilled all his great deeds within the body of Jesus.
    • received a drop from the same being, greatly resembled each
    • a part of the great Fire Spirit who had poured out his drops on
    • great teachers who had preceded him, by Buddha, by the last
    • great deal of what lived in the surroundings of man. They had
    • John the Evangelist designates it as the Divine Creative Word.
    • Creative Word.
    • could create differentiated tribes among men by sending down
    • ye gave me meat: I was thirsty and ye gave me drink.”
    • substance of the earth was permeated by Christ. Christ is the
    • having washed their feet: “He that eateth bread with me, lifts
    • example, no longer have the forces of procreation. John's
    • mystical Holy Supper. “To eat the Easter Lamb” is a
    • Jesus repeated to his Disciples the words: “Eli, Eli, lama
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • The Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    • YEAR'S COURSE AS A SYMBOL FOR THE GREAT COSMIC YEAR.
    • year, to follow certain great laws governing the course of
    • permeate all the more the remaining parts of our organism.
    • constitutes a second state of consciousness permeating the
    • two beings, for they permeate each other, so that one is filled
    • of the consciousness pertaining to the great being of the
    • senses, cannot know anything of this great consciousness of the
    • far wider consciousness and far greater thoughts than we. And
    • consciousness of the plants. You see, plants cannot have great
    • the plants permeates the consciousness of the earth. The
    • over to a still greater mystery. You know that we are living in
    • humanity on earth celebrated a new year, a great cosmic new
    • beginning of a new cosmic year upon the earth. It was a great
    • scale to the New Year upon a great cosmic scale, from the
    • symbol for the great mysteries of the cosmos.
    • its own cycle, namely the great cosmic year mentioned by
    • when our souls will pass through the great Cosmic New Year, we
    • for the great end of the year which closes a cycle of twelve
    • for the great cosmic course, for the cycle which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • only a dead body. This human head is a marvelous creation (Gebilde).
    • marvelous memory. Like an automaton, you can always repeat everything
    • someone tells us something, so one can always repeat (abtratschen
    • the fact that our pulse beats four times, while we inhale once. The
    • head and imparts to it the four times slower beat. That which comes
    • to expression through the four times faster beat of the blood circulation
    • beat of the thrusts, which derive from outer influence that indeed while
    • time, this living water, which is permeated by the etheric organism
    • That also has one to the other the beat, of one to four. This is of
    • great importance for life. It means, for example, that everything we
    • four times seven year periods are repeated from the seventh year on)
    • retina and the thrust of, the blood beat. Inside the eye things are
    • consolidate in the nerve of the eye. The nerve of the eye wants to create
    • have to permeate first the etheric and physical organism in the right
    • have to be permeated by astral and ego-man so that it gets slowly permeated.
    • namely that the right beat together is disturbed in a special way. Such
    • that one deals with a beating together in the relation of three or four
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • which can enable us to take greater connections of history into consideration.
    • that we receive the air through breathing again 'in that state as it
    • is extinguished, so to say. People eat meat. This is taken from the
    • outer surrounding, from the animal kingdom. But by eating it man drives
    • also a sort of advance killing by subjecting the food to heat and so
    • us our own laws. We cannot, let us say, eat cabbage, cannot let it arrive
    • is taken up now from the air. Thus, into what has been permeated by
    • on earth between birth and death (diagram 1, white). It is oxygen that
    • so far that we have the pancreatic gland as one of the last glands which
    • chyme inside the intestines and the whole is permeated already by the
    • that any area of the system of the organs is not permeated in the right
    • say — is too great. Then one has to envelop the tumor through
    • has to be treated from inside (diagram 3a).
    • itself only to the egotistic instincts of man for life after death.
    • has simply forgotten that God has created the world, and that one can
    • find everywhere in the things of the world traces of divine creation.
    • of man's organization, the divine, creative forces transform man. As
    • divine creation, will we get where we can permeate religion with science
    • particular the Parsifal motif, are permeated by it and everything strives
    • divine forces of the Creator.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • did not speak of illness, but said right out: Death exists and He
    • death in the situation where we would say today: this person is ill.
    • it in this way: in him death is fighting. And making well one regarded
    • as combating, as driving out death in this way. Illness was only a special
    • case of death, one might say, "a little dying", and health
    • of the earth have too great an influence on him. Mow one simply imparts
    • through this treatment to place the whole ether body into the right
    • edible. We then eat the cake; naturally, we also appreciate knives and
    • forks, but we don't eat them, they are just there. What we value as
    • that is, could combat death — through observation and treatment
    • at the great turn in the first half of the 15th century that one did
    • one thinks: if man eats this or that substance, which one finds out
    • through eating. In fact there was a time, especially among the Arabian
    • wrong; when man has eaten, he has brought something foreign into himself
    • One eats oneself sick and one digests oneself well again. This was in
    • there exists no real borderline between what one calls today “eating
    • oneself well” and “eating oneself ill.” Just think
    • correctly saw illness as a continuation of eating — eating that
    • this earth — this knowledge did exist. Namely, we do not eat to
    • get this or that food into oneself, but we eat so that we can develop
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • — which is now happening in many places from a great many
    • slightest way deny the great value and significance of progress
    • long as he lived. After his death nobody could wind it, and
    • knew how to look after it. The legend attaches great
    • death he begged once more to be permitted a moment in which to
    • as well have taken this from great world events as from
    • death.
    • something took place in the soul that was of far greater
    • very great deal more, though not consciously. You will
    • of a great deal that happens to us in the supersensible realm
    • me is permeated by a subtle elementary process that runs
    • Not only beings are permeated by a supersensible element, but
    • Remember something I have repeatedly referred to and which even
    • This can also create great confusion if we do not watch out.
    • supersensible world to some great good fortune for those
    • that God created the world or that he did not. There, too, they
    • proceed from one thought to another. But “creating
    • Creation as following of necessity from our series of
    • supersensible world, permeates ours — is not organized in
    • Just imagine, a book has just been published by the great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • Because of this, the party arrives at the spot beneath the rock
    • buried beneath the rock because of the chauffeur's
    • fact, it is a great work of art created by a very talented man.
    • received the power to create it entirely through a kind
    • he felt death approaching was the clockmaker allowed to touch
    • Death on one side and two figures on the other. One of these
    • is Death, the balancer (we shall say more about this
    • alternation of life between death and birth and between birth
    • and death human beings rise above the sphere in which Ahriman
    • his works have been created if he had been brought up
    • vain man and, opposite them, Death. Now it is possible to say
    • man looking at his reflection, and Death. And how many people
    • Namely, every time the clock was about to strike, Death began
    • ringing apparatus, then the other figure moved. Death nodded to
    • skeleton, Death, opened its mouth and people saw inside it a
    • of moral uncertainty might observe the clock and see Death
    • work of art through divine inspiration has done a great deal of
    • Death and Ahriman and Lucifer upon it was the most wonderful
    • he noticed that it was only the rich man to whom Death nodded
    • work of art, one that has great inner value, because it might
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • pupils, you acquire greater capacities to understand the
    • recorded what great progress had been achieved by the first two
    • accomplished things of far greater significance than the pupils
    • greater capacities I thus acquire will help me achieve what I
    • create and then they see that their creation was good. They do
    • superior beings for having made a good creation, but they admit
    • that it is good in order to continue creating. They incorporate
    • only create light if I knew beforehand what light was like, and
    • minutes behind time. Therefore they arrive beneath an
    • between his previous death and rebirth. This means that we must
    • between the last death and the birth into the present life.
    • to call. So we certainly see a great deal of necessity in what
    • which will pass through the gate of death — it could,
    • repeat what he did well and avoid what he did badly, but
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • a stream permeated with a strict inner necessity moving
    • should play a great part in human life, the domain of
    • difficulty. You know, the great Spinoza said that when we look
    • eat, or would like something for some other reason than
    • punishment.” Now a great many theories have been
    • greatest freedom of all is to obey historical necessity! For if
    • ought also to say, “I want to create a poem, but I am a
    • Goethe would not have been able to create Faust, for it
    • the time between death and a new birth a human being plans his
    • and Faust, take their turns, and then comes Goethe who creates
    • of greater value than those things he did exactly as they
    • this is even the case with the Elohim. The Elohim created light
    • also eat every day. There is no question of freedom there. You
    • free by not eating, because you feel the taking in of food to
    • permeates it with necessity; it creates the necessity itself,
    • we remain bound to these after death, and have to carry them
    • with us through the life between death and a new birth, and
    • beyond death. On the other hand, with regard to everything we
    • that we permeate a thing with consciousness, that is to say,
    • consciousness we soar toward the beings who permeate and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • quite enough that after death, probably for eternity, the
    • the greater part of humanity only for the past few centuries,
    • saw it to a far greater extent than now in animals and also in
    • created. They had no models. If a particular curve of the arm
    • I into the astral body, created the curve out of this
    • observes it in great detail, but he leaves it to the scientist
    • what is manifest in the human being as a creature of body and
    • create a world view, is to deny the will as such and say,
    • mythological creation. Ziehen expresses himself a little more
    • yet create a world view. For if one does form a view of life
    • again that we have to gather a great number of ideas to arrive
    • extremely obvious idea, that people think they are great
    • can easily point out that this is no great logic but proper
    • this dream view of life will appreciate the great and
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • world through the gate of death, and those souls preparing to
    • when they have passed through the gate of death. This is of
    • death into the world of spirit, man can therefore receive
    • Today there already exists a great difference between those
    • our materialistic culture. There is a great difference
    • between these souls in the life after death, and this
    • through the gate of death have few impulses which, if I may
    • by the dead — I repeat relatively easily — but
    • those who have passed through the gate of death, the
    • speak; it creates innumerable connections that only need to
    • “standpoint”. It has generated greatly already in
    • chiefly through the sheaths, instead you see in the old man,
    • school must come to the help of what is a great task of
    • civilization. In the school this creation of concrete ideas
    • whole world in which he is between death and a new birth.
    • language should be dropped. A very great deal depends upon
    • for the dead. Today when people repeat spirit, spirit,
    • seventh ahead of us leading to a great break in human
    • overcoming the great dangers of the period. The most varied
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • speak a great deal about the social problem that is
    • catastrophe will become immeasurably greater. For one cannot
    • arbitrary manner, but in the sense of a great spiritual
    • indebted to language. Language is much more creative than is
    • believed. Language contains great and powerful mysteries; the
    • genius of language is something tremendously creative. That
    • creative so seldom emerges: this is noticed only by those who
    • German speech is a result of Goethean creation and of those
    • who are connected with Goethe's creative work: Lessing,
    • too. A great part of our verbal education did not exist
    • them! To a great extent the period which produced Goetheanism
    • was created in language and we lived in what was formed in
    • this way. There you see the individually creative playing
    • that time of creation of the highest order: what follows as
    • result of no great poetic gift, but produced by a certain
    • perception that by placing himself into the world. Great
    • preparation for the life after death. How we conduct
    • impulses which will be developed in the life after death. We
    • develops important impulses in the life after death.
    • through the gate of death. Should man gave himself up
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • It must frequently be repeated that naturally it is very easy to find
    • feature of our time; it it is a feature of our time to which attention
    • To many people this has appeared as the most shattering feature of the
    • selves instead of being aroused to some interest in the great questions
    • impressive in other ways, for most of the things discussed are treated
    • way, it shows the great dangers from this catastrophe threatening both
    • a period of the supremacy of great wisdom succeeds that of passion and
    • seems to me an absolute certainty unless a period of the supremacy of great
    • this dreadful treatment of the most important concepts, a treatment
    • whether Jesus ever lived, when at that time a great gathering took place
    • varied subjects, through his great knowledge, the man might have been
    • able to do a great deal. But when I had something to do with him —
    • the nail on the heed. Now there is a neat little publication by Wasmann
    • himself, that the dog is seeing the grass, the wheat, the stone in the
    • are. In fact he is living in them with greater intensity. And he has
    • Modern materialism as a whole is actually the creation of Church creeds.
    • the greater part of the scientific conceptions throughout the world
    • comes to man in an ever greater degree a certain part of that experience
    • they must pass the Guardian of the Threshold with greater thoroughness
    • this as the greatest achievement of Spiritual Science. To know certain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • actual lack of significance in the light of the greater demands of the
    • today of making man capable of being permeated with the Holy Spirit.
    • their gaze to what unites men, to what is permeating millions and millions
    • if still greater misfortune is not to befall mankind. Today men should
    • conceptions. For what does it actually mean to be permeated by a scientific
    • and even illiterates are permeated by scientific conceptions in the
    • symbols of great antiquity. I have told you that in this respect certain
    • spiritual tide, would be greater than all the rest of evil beside. Our
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • today, in earthly existence between birth and death, he sees but the
    • itself into seven great successive epochs, of which the fourth was the
    • a great deal about man's attitude to his environment, though insufficient
    • birth and death than he can develop outwardly, can bring to manifestation
    • birth and death. For you would then say to yourself the followings I
    • in the course of my development between death and a new birth, it seemed—I
    • could not really flourish, would half die and thus create the corpse-like
    • and death are never finished, never actually bring to completion the
    • is found when we go through death and enter directly into the spiritual
    • world, which then after death we observe. For actually a circle is described
    • in the life between death and a new birth. What remains hidden here
    • the gate of death. There we go through an evolution and as we approach
    • the gate of death.
    • by man between death and a new birth, comes upon them too abruptly.
    • What man experiences between death and a new birth remains on this account
    • in the immortal life after death no will does play in—when there
    • is between death and a new birth, then this world will have no certainty
    • the gate of death. For what is given by science is only pictures, apparitions.
    • And even this comes to an end when we pass the gate of death. Science
    • death and before birth. For, you see, in books on mineralogy, in books
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • to speak of a great deal about the spiritual world that was different
    • this in past times, and it continues to be repeated by Initiates today.
    • until then has actually not been acquired, this characteristic feature
    • These feats to which I
    • to still greater social confusion than is already present in individual
    • for all men which is as great as the love of family.
    • him. When people have once understood the great, the infinite, difference
    • a very great deal hangs on the way we are able to separate what ought
    • have preserved a great deal of these former cultural stages in which
    • greater part than is thought in the conflict that will develop between
    • There is really a great
    • of the world-conception of the people there is a great difference in
    • the most part men have their attention riveted on the outer features
    • today, however greatly, the fact remains that this spiritual horizon
    • the capacity for discrimination. I have said this repeatedly, so that
    • That could not be borne. People are preferred who repeat what has been
    • given in their lectures and repeat it with a certain zeal, but independent
    • spiritual investigation was, fundamentally, the great sin against the
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • repeatedly to ask himself what attitude to the Mystery of Golgotha is
    • otherwise generally recoils in fear from having recent history permeated
    • understanding of the eatery of Golgotha. It is true that you may say
    • about Socrates or Alexander the Great, about Julius Caesar, the Emperor
    • what creates the special relation of Spiritual Science to the Mystery
    • that Christ Jesus went through death and overcame this death after a
    • like to clear away—the Christ was put to death. The most guiltless
    • One who ever trod the earth was put to death through the guilt of man.
    • such great human guilt, is regarded. This is the one side of the matter.
    • had Christ not been crucified, had He not passed through death, it would
    • not have been possible for Christianity to arise. This means, the greatest
    • human guilt was necessary for the greatest blessing to enter the evolution
    • themselves the burden of that guilt, that greatest of all guilt, the
    • way we characterise one of those great, fundamental contradictions life
    • described and was then permeated by the spirit of the Christ; as Christ-Jesus
    • death and rising again. This event at first remained unnoticed anywhere
    • heathen world. In its religious conception Judaism has something radically
    • different from any heathen religious conception. It may be said at once
    • perception of nature. In the heathen the contemplation of nature is
    • of nature, the heathen seeks to grasp as it were with his soul what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • day she was deep in many great ideas about our world-outlook—those
    • friends, we will rise from our seats.
    • understanding on this point we must first be permeated by the knowledge
    • did these old Mysteries serve? On the whole it may be said: the great
    • a man could really perceive in the spiritual. The great experience undergone
    • beyond the the earth, the Christ impulse, a man had triumphed over death:
    • and thus the overcoming of death could actually be one of the experiences,
    • and more a going back—the greater the development of the intellect
    • of the Mystery of Golgotha will have to retreat before the intellectual
    • was repeated. Yet in Goetheanism man still had not come to the point
    • at the last years of the eighties, for example. When after the death
    • Indeed Herman Grimm, had it come his way, would have even gone to great
    • than human, if we look back at Goethe himself, beneath much of what
    • is great, much of what is grandiose confronting us in Goethe, we see
    • this fragment there was expressed something of the very greatest that
    • when Goethe set himself to express what was greatest he never brought
    • its human greatness we have before us a work of gigantic proportions;
    • if we look from the point of view of the greatness that would have lived
    • a great scholar, or even as a man of certain culture, is easy to understand
    • in a remarkable war having the very greatest influence upon his spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • that. What it involves is less of a theoretic world created in
    • say, which we gradually acquire when we repeatedly work within
    • journey between death and a new birth. You know that after the
    • worlds as distinct areas through which we move between death
    • different the image will be when you receive news of a death in
    • and death we can definitely see the essential astral body
    • towards noble feelings and impulses, after their death for a
    • a way that folds are created, sections become slack and hang as
    • created through nothing less than with a clairvoyant conscious
    • needs to be created, then an astral body must join in.
    • greatest, under layers of Devachan, in Rupa-Devachan. Here the
    • they blur into one another; through this is created an outer
    • enter the astral world directly after death, is the one we call
    • After death and his transition to the astral world he still has
    • through black magic before death allows this entry, you will
    • passing away. The noblest feeling of love, creative love, must
    • between death and a new birth. Through the fact that a person
    • create these while experiencing a feeling of blessedness,
    • to this degree is the archetype created for his future
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • independent of the personality of its creator. One can also put
    • that that which is found within Goethe's creation, streams so
    • that which you entreat as knowledge to the human soul, can only
    • human soul as the case may be. Approaching the great All, we
    • down to the core of the world. Here another danger threatens.
    • While illusion acts as a threat towards world knowledge, due to
    • us delving into the depths of the soul, so another threat finds
    • confronted with a vision threatened by a void, appearing more
    • defeated by that underlying development which we allow in
    • death, not towards growth. We die from birth onwards, and at
    • the moment of death everything is drawn together which worked
    • unfortunately created the single Mephistopheles. When
    • development. He had treated Mephistopheles as an individual
    • Mephistopheles he could not have created two characters. In his
    • towards that which the great universe revealed to humanity.
    • This is the great tableau at the closing of
    • of “Faust” which he created in his youth. Precisely
    • great work in world literature which allows us to lay our eyes
    • more accomplished through the fact that great power flowed into
    • towards which mankind must return, repeatedly.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • expression means a great deal, even much more so for the
    • and which will repeat future incarnations, how would it have
    • develop to create the characteristic keynote of his life?
    • these images, which from morning to night permeate the soul,
    • and time in your life between birth and death. As a result you
    • to our self, something which surpasses birth and death. Here we
    • stream, what develops from great-grandfather to grandfather and
    • counter-acted and as a result create more karmic causes, thus
    • on learning a great deal but rather that one has this or that
    • human beings just as they are. When you heat the oven, the room
    • warms up. Giving it heating offers the chance to heat the room.
    • be there, but to merely repeat it doesn't help. Your step is
    • transformed way. Whereas you had experienced great pain and
    • steel bow when grasped. Experience itself must create each
    • more, then you deepen yourself selflessly in the greater
    • reach knowledge of the great cosmic relationships of our earth;
    • whole organism. The finger doesn't create the illusion that it
    • view in order to create images as to how each observation
    • creates a different side, that is the inner tolerance which is
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Eleven kölcsönhatás élők és holtak között
    Matching lines:
    • Occult Investigation of Life between Death and Rebirth.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • be of great importance if the Goetheanum could also be made known to
    • it will itself possess the inner force with which to create its own
    • artistic forms and figures. Once again, I should like to repeat what
    • any other education than that of thought. When forms have to be created,
    • its greatest intellectual development in the last few centuries, can
    • succeeded in creating artistic forms. All that has been achieved is
    • day conception of the world. Our modern age is not concerned with creating
    • By this means great progress can be made along the lines followed in
    • things have gone so far that, on the one hand those who wished to create
    • been a great disadvantage in another sense to the development of modern
    • from itself thoughts, but of creating forms and permeating the whole
    • to show all that can be accomplished by a really creative conception
    • must be created from out of their own form-essence. They will then,
    • and that what is really creative in a conception of the world has been
    • the great cupola.the seven columns which, in succession, encircle and
    • and here beneath the smaller cupola you see 6 of the 12 columns which
    • side, the auditorium, and the space beneath the small cupola, the place
    • form constructed from out of that which is organically creative in nature
    • with the great cupola. This cut through the centre from East to West.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • underneath it and is united with the Mercury motif. Then you will understand
    • most perfect result in the development of the organic creation and that
    • line). Simplicity is created from concealed complexity. Simplicity is
    • of forms demands, we grow into the creative principle of nature herself.
    • creates not in intellectual ideas but in pictures and in imaginations.
    • within it the seed of death. And the conceptions of the world which
    • Building the principle that lives and works creatively in nature can
    • that in the beginning the sectarian feelings of a great many people
    • in everyday conditions. In ordinary life we sleep a great deal to-day,
    • through gossip and chatter, so that other people are able to repeat
    • sleep to enter into our eurhythmic forms but that a greater awareness
    • and creative Art other harmonies now manifest themselves that have not
    • experiment which one discovers only at last when one has been creating
    • in the same way as nature herself creates. Next picture. Here you see
    • Here you see the last pillar and the point where the great cupola impinges
    • see a bit of what is in the middle; beneath that will be the sculptured
    • of the small cupola. Here is to be found everything repeated again —
    • of this Building is imagined as being in unity with the creative powers
    • gives you the portal of our glass house underneath. You can observe
    • of the great cupola of the main Building.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • at the initial stages. To allow form to appear as the creation of colour
    • of Raphael, Leonardo, Michael Angelo and others? — that the greatest
    • that in this world each element represents a creative whole. If we have
    • a right sense for the world of colour we find something truly world-creative
    • made to show in painting the secret of how to create out of the very
    • nature of colour. For a greater part of that which is living, which
    • we look out on, is born wholly out of the creative colour-world. As
    • the spirit, out of itself creating form. The psychic finds its manifestation,
    • But this very creation from
    • evolved ever more a sort of philosophy of death, which is no longer
    • with the forces which in perceiving, alone understand death, recognise
    • of civilisation lead to death, are concerned with what is dead. And
    • into proximity with death. Thus Death had to be brought into proximity
    • the feeling of death, death which always accompanies the most important
    • soul to have a sort of Faust-figure above and below to have death, and
    • composition of Faust and Death, we have this flying child, which to
    • some extent represents the contrast to the feeling of Death. Thus a
    • Trinity is to be understood: Death, the Seeking Man and the young Child
    • as it were full consciousness of the significance of Death, not only
    • of death in our head. Were these forces which are active in our head
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • powerful, and during the sixty years in which he was creating
    • epoch. And in his Faust Goethe has created a figure, a
    • historical Faust with those of the Faust he was creating, the
    • to a great part lost in Faust's time and Goethe knew this
    • In evil days when death was near.
    • Of aching hands, to stay the Death
    • breathing
    • wreathing,
    • we shall pass through the gates of death as spiritually
    • What Faust says to Gretchen then is quoted repeatedly and
    • ’neath our feet?
    • permeated” then the poodle has to show its true
    • cheated?
    • chemical process. The grey metal was collected and treated in
    • condition of gold after it has been treated chemically. He
    • King, then make a great fire and throw the Wolf into
    • — thus the Wolf who has eaten up the
    • processes in greater detail, especially how the Golden King
    • an external force. And to a greater degree than one thinks
    • that all the greatness of the 19th century arise through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • would certainly studied Faust with great warmth of
    • have known what befell Gretchen after Valentine's death,
    • Walpurgis-night take too great a place in relation to the
    • he was all that older and had passed the great experiences,
    • suppose that, two days after such a great misfortune, Faust
    • strange that the Canon of a great community should be
    • Sunday. I will put you in the private seat in a certain
    • on, so that there immediately arose a great disturbance in
    • And with what buffets beats upon my shoulder!”
    • treatise about leeches and spirits, Friedrich Nikolai had
    • He'll seat himself, and when the leeches feast
    • Wherein doth lie man's greatest might!
    • find diversion in what is reasonable, that is, to treat it in
    • constantly repeat, Goethe was not the commonplace,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • the active, creative ego, and also the ego filled with God.
    • — to even greater degree than is necessary in Spiritual
    • often appears foolish. This is why such a great spirit as
    • It was embodied too in the treatise on
    • lived especially in his splendid treatise on the Mysteries of
    • death! — It was a spiritual struggle of the first
    • — the caricaturing of what is great — for we must
    • itself with all that was a lie that created the past epoch
    • clearly refers to when announcing that he has created the
    • created the whole world. It had become an idée
    • fixe with him that he had created it. I said to him at
    • have created the world, but there is something to be added to
    • the idea. You created the idea of your own boots, but it was
    • you made your own boots, though you may have created the idea
    • rather heatedly about the people who, as he observes, receive
    • see a genuine ahrimanic activity developing in the creation
    • not a poet of that calibre; poetical creation West ham
    • works he had really studied, the treatise De Generatione
    • to consider that in this treatise De Generatione Rerum
    • as to how he could save himself from these creatures, these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • that one can repeatedly return to it because through its
    • it contains a very great deal of all that Goethe is wishing
    • approached in thought with great caution. As I said, this is
    • perceives, beneath the foundation of our world of the senses,
    • creature, his incarnation. You must picture a certain process
    • it is a counterpart of the great cosmic germ-cell.
    • death. And it is this intellect in Faust that must be
    • these things has to a great extent been lost. I have told you
    • through great spiritual vision. The whole connection with the
    • which you can see how the great poet Goethe did not simply
    • belongs to those who treat of such things out of a thoroughly
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • “Birth and Death” within the Universe. These
    • theoretic sense, the great problems of Birth and Death stand
    • phenomena of Birth and Death entered the heart and mind of
    • Death to the life of the fourth post-Atlantean epoch. Why so?
    • question about Birth and Death with the same vital intensity
    • and Death stood before the human beings of that evolutionary
    • way, than now. That which is hidden behind Birth and Death,
    • regard to Birth and Death. The experiences of the
    • like any other poet. Goethe is one who created out of
    • indicates his meaning with the greatest possible intensity.
    • Ideation,
    • a sentence of great importance for the fifth post-Atlantean
    • between Faust and Mephistopheles contains a great deal of the
    • Birth and Death, but only as a repetition of the Atlantean
    • acquaintance with illusion — with Maya, with the great
    • repeatedly drawn attention to this from quite other. points
    • post-Atlantean epoch must create very much out of illusion.
    • larger world, he creates, paper currency. This too is
    • outer economic life was permeated by a network of illusions,
    • great errors as I mentioned recently, — all these are
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • have to do with the great and significant life-question of
    • do especially with the problem of Birth and Death, — a
    • Christ-Impulse to do with the great and important question
    • and Death in their supersensible significance? How much
    • significant a part is played by the Death of Christ! In the
    • Birth and Death of Christ we see most pregnantly this
    • Death. It was a wrestling in the soul, because the same
    • more physical form in the great Atlan Lean epoch. Notably in
    • also, — forces connected with Birth and Death were
    • had influence on Birth and Death in a far more than merely
    • their fellowmen, and thereby also upon Birth and Death. In
    • Death.
    • Death was transplanted more into the region of the soul. But
    • with Birth and Death in Atlantean time. Notably through the
    • the force of Electricity, which will assume far greater
    • the one, hand are those who suffer greatly, because they
    • served in the creation of those orders which, as I told you,
    • his death, and he was buried in Attic soil. We need only call
    • they were the great rebels, who were none the less necessary
    • concealed beneath these things. The Court lady of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • Science would certainly never have created these scenes in
    • extant he is a creature — if I may use a term
    • creature points us back to his creators, his spiritual
    • creators.
    • particular spiritual creators, on those beings among the
    • universe reaches its culmination in the creation of man, on
    • spiritual creators we have this stream which I will colour
    • hog; he is, in a sense, the goal of divine creation. I have shown
    • physical development between birth and death if he were only
    • subjected to the influence of these creators of his? He would
    • creative beings set themselves the task of so forming man
    • with the radiance originally intended by his creators, Again,
    • not the self-knowledge that man's creators intended, And when
    • which his creators had destined hum, According to their
    • Science is then repeated in public in another form, changed
    • knowledge, so clearly divined, flowed into the creation of
    • gradually — the creation of Goethe's Faust-figure, and
    • whereas what permeates these three substances we call warmth
    • that world in our physical body, we could not breathe in that
    • breathe in that world for there is no air. I have pictured in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • experiences spring. But beneath this threshold of
    • consciousness there also lies a very great deal of what a men
    • would find that, during this waking time, they do a great
    • they sleep too — sleep as regards a very great many
    • while the greater part of our life of feeling, and above all
    • from man what is beneath the level of human consciousness. In
    • by our waking life permeating us with forces so strongly that
    • consider, Goethe embodies the characteristic features of
    • features were formed by slow and gradual processes. You might
    • period — emmets, pigmies, creatures of a lower kind, and
    • not only goddess of the chase, she is the working, creating
    • sense he repeatedly felt the spiritual, the
    • the way on ideas and concepts. However great a genius a man
    • up beneath out gaze.
    • scenes of Faust were being created, Goethe occupied
    • a great mystery of existence. You will have realised, from
    • death. And when he raises himself to the world — that he
    • permeate and illumine the material, the material must
    • permeate and illumine the ideal.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • able to see how Goethe's creative work is steeped through by
    • greatest interest to every man. I have spoken to you of the
    • over brightness, lightness any form of darkness is projeatd,
    • is nature herself while creating; that is, she does not hold
    • between birth and death; he is also the being who lives
    • between death and a new birth. into this life between death
    • permeate natural phenomena with these; or, he becomes a
    • conception — and death. And by looking on one side into
    • being the life between birth, or conception, and death, is
    • reflected in what appears to one as life between death and a
    • new birth; and vice versa, the life between death and a new
    • birth is reflected in the life between birth and death. We
    • reality. It is of great importance to take heed of this.
    • death.
    • BIRTH--------------------- DEATH
    • effort. This is exactly the reason why we can make such great
    • ‘Great God’ who worked through natural phenomena.
    • passed the gate of death. It is just with such a concentrated
    • supersensible that man experiences between death and a new
    • concerned man makes the greatest mistake in believing that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • meant by saying he had put a great deal in a veiled way into
    • its imagery to make a great appeal to the senses.
    • great deal that is veiled, and is meant actually to introduce
    • side, however, these alluring creatures, these voices, are
    • Kabiri divinities, permeated all the various ideas the Greeks
    • bequeathed to the Greek consciousness by the Samothracian
    • in their consciousness how, at that time, the great Alexander
    • to lend to ever greater heights. In Goethe himself we have
    • man rise today to anything really creative. He keeps to a
    • great deal. There are, no doubt, well-intentioned people who
    • permeated by spirit, we reach the point when we realise that
    • The mystery is far greater than what can be contained even in
    • of Homo. Goethe felt he had made a great beginning with the
    • greater by our recognising the limitations he himself so
    • expressed in works of art was part of all that is creative in
    • doing in the creation of their works of art; they acted in
    • creations. And he had the experience that, if the artist is a
    • the forces creating in nature; he creates his forms, and all
    • that can be created artistically, out of what is working in
    • Goethe had to admit to himself. The creative forces present
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • significant of Goethe's creation, with a scene he added to
    • — dominated above all by the great seriousness of this
    • form that, regarded merely from the theatrical standpoint,
    • whole, as regards what he does and creates. Faust is not
    • Faust to be inadequate for knowledge of man, his great
    • easily see what lay beneath this idea of his. — Goethe
    • fiction and creations of fantasy. And I have often told you
    • fantasy plays in the creations of simple minds, not how
    • breathing, a densification of the atmosphere, or a change to
    • to test how far he would get by breathing new life into such
    • death) even if he has grown old in this striving and has
    • great gift of human understanding and knows how to transform
    • of the great universe. These experiences are, indeed,
    • permeate the human body. What today is my head has its form
    • something there suggesting that the Greeks, in creating their
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • artistic creation out of this spiritual life, so that in this
    • creation neither the art not the wisdom falls short and, in
    • studies was to create the possibility for you to absorb and
    • was created. Such studies should simply teach the language,
    • his life between birth and death in the physical body. I
    • the physical body, between birth and death, we have not only
    • features about this thinking and willing. The
    • by nature subject in the life between birth and death. And it
    • experience between birth and death; the other is encountered
    • birth and death. A man is tested when, with suitable
    • Christ-permeated conception of the world and of life must, in
    • might say that it has created the feeling in man that Christ
    • beats, midway between the not-reaching and the losing
    • evolution in the individual man between birth and death
    • while we are living our life between death and a new birth,
    • progressive rhythmic process. It must be repeatedly
    • dangers that threaten man's moral impulses. And this is
    • point of view of drama, how great is the moment when in the
    • we, as it were, repeat our birth when we plunge again into
    • extolled as the great achievement of the nineteenth century
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • have yielded the greatest successes in the field of natural
    • science and which have also brought about the greatest
    • between birth and death, or conception and death.
    • it cannot be denied that natural science owes its great
    • day creatures out of which man is supposed to have developed.
    • and the number of these people will get ever greater.
    • the dream creates initially something which appears
    • of life, dreams create impossible pictures, chaotic pictures.
    • from the heat of a boiling hot stove? He has seen the
    • stove with its heat, it was a picture of our heart which was
    • like an outer object. But when we have our own heart beat in
    • artificially creating dreams, but awakening in the soul in full
    • or us spontaneously. It must be created by inner activity, but
    • things, one has to create these symbols.
    • imposed on us by our inner being, but which we ourselves create
    • forms of deprivations: in hunger, which instructs us to eat, in
    • sleep is independent of it, indeed which is the creator of the
    • which one sees in the described way like a great but concrete
    • death, of dying, stands before one's soul. If one has once
    • passed through the gate of death. And one also gets to know the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • understanding of the revelation regarding the greatness, the
    • these ancient Rishis, these great teachers of the
    • when they wanted to be permeated and surged through inwardly by
    • death. - On the other hand they are told: Osiris had only a
    • After death however, when they have become sufficiently worthy,
    • who had to prepare the great event through which the spiritual,
    • Egyptian culture, now single and alone beneath the non-sensory
    • weaves in the world as creative Being, who lives, rules and
    • prevails over everything that's been and is created. Nothing
    • gigantic pyramids were built. A great army of people was needed
    • there was still great effectiveness of these physical forces.
    • fountainhead, the great World-I, that the realm of the surging,
    • image of the individual “I,” that was the great
    • From these viewpoints we will understand how this great
    • beneath the divine which is within you. I am the everlasting in
    • regarding the divine had to be after-images of the great
    • not worship anything which is beneath the godly which is
    • correct thoughts are an active reality. “When you create
    • to gender, bequeath it into an expression of disease and
    • true spiritual imagination. Through this a simultaneous breath
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • It already has an account of spiritual-soul facts of great
    • plants and earth create a unity, and we understand and can also
    • a single being, but becomes part of the great living being,
    • linked to a great living being which is our planet. We learn to
    • development. While no great difference in the physical exchange
    • according to the St John's Gospel: “Whoever eats my
    • earth step on the earth with their feet. “Whoever eats my
    • spiritual way to reach an understanding of the great religious
    • creatures suffer and sigh under the gradual solidification, all
    • creatures sigh and wait for the spiritualisation.” He
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • towards such great and simple paths of thought as those from
    • not be unmindful of the fact that Haeckel's great powers of
    • nineteenth century, set themselves to confront the great riddle
    • animated by a certain subtleness — a breath, as it were,
    • and again told us how distinctly the mind of his great teacher
    • this subtle breath. You can read in Haeckel's own writings how
    • animals under Johannes Müller) by the great resemblance
    • possible for man to observe, to a far greater extent than
    • distinguish living creatures, showing that we have to do with a
    • creatures to be lost sight of, because no physical sense,
    • impression made by this great advance in the domain of
    • world. Things that now seem puerile created then the most
    • discovery, feelings and sensations play a great part in the
    • spectrum analysis, to a greater theoretical knowledge of heat,
    • centuries, a time when a greater spiritual sensitiveness
    • an event of great moment when Haeckel, in the year 1864,
    • creature may be accredited with a sort of consciousness, but he
    • the smallest living creature.
    • animals to be even greater than that existing between the
    • in the 'nineties, not long before his death, gave utterance to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • have treated until now. At the same time it will help to throw
    • say, ‘In the air in which we breathe is oxygen,’ so did these
    • the thoughts.’ And as we say ‘We breathe in the oxygen of the
    • air,’ so did these people say — not ‘We breathe in the
    • that the oxygen he receives in breathing were not received by
    • pulse-beat. This happens quickly. The people of whom I am now
    • of breathing, but it was a very slow breathing. It consisted in
    • of receiving the thoughts. As we hold the breath within us for
    • a certain time — between our in-breathing and
    • out-breathing — so did those people conceive a certain
    • breathed them out again — out into the cosmic spaces
    • — when they passed through the gate of death.
    • Thus it was a question of in-breathing — the beginning of
    • life; holding the breath — the duration of earthly life;
    • out-breathing — the sending forth of the thoughts into
    • a long time after, this conflict was felt with great intensity.
    • us consider for a moment what they imagined. The in-breathing
    • breath — that is the earthly life itself. The
    • out-breathing — that is the going forth of the thoughts
    • cosmic ether, into the impulses of the sphere beneath the Moon,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • yourselves have had many experiences in connection with the great
    • was a kind of madness, and since then matters have not greatly
    • words were not spoken from any great depth, but none the less they
    • remains. It has been superseded by great world-affairs as between the
    • with the great currents of human evolution. And yet in this very death
    • We do right to turn to the great wisdom-treasures of the East —
    • disarmament, about the desirability of ending wars... a great war
    • themselves. No, they will not. The hour of a great decision has
    • have finally arrived at a great system of ‘world-machinery’ in which
    • the habitableness of other planets, but no great significance is
    • men did not speak of the great mechanical processes in the Universe
    • avoid scientific scrutiny. Science speaks only of a great system of
    • nothing but a great system of machinery. Man has lost himself; he has
    • death but not of the eternity stretching beyond birth,
    • no word which corresponds, at the other pole, to ‘deathlessness’ or
    • deathlessness and unborn-ness, the true being of man will never
    • The meaning attaching to the word ‘deathlessness’ nowadays is very far
    • idea of annihilation at death distasteful to him. Think about all that
    • fast to the teaching that death does not bring annihilation. And so,
    • death, although the appeal there is to the egotism of the soul. That
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • process of death, inserts itself.
    • great importance to learn about just those experiences which the Ego
    • death. In his earthly development, however, man is so constituted that
    • a few days after death. We see it at first as a tableau — a
    • but which will inevitably arise before us after death.
    • through the Gate of Death. But the idealistic thoughts and feelings,
    • we pass through death.
    • death and a new birth. Even during earthly life we are connected with
    • for us between birth and death. This world of the higher Hierarchies
    • between death and a new birth. The more we have delivered over to our
    • into us after death when we are beings of soul-and-spirit, the more
    • in the spiritual world between death and rebirth what our eyes and
    • Now between death and a new birth there comes a time when the Angel
    • man lives between death and a new birth from many different points of
    • The Inner Nature of Man and the Life between Death and a new Birth.
    • When a somewhat lengthy period has elapsed after death, the important
    • death. There are great differences among human souls living between
    • death and a new birth. In our epoch there are persons who have brought
    • through death. This activity which unfolds between the Angel and the
    • great difference, dependent upon whether we are able to follow
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • so to order his descent at the end of his life between death and a new
    • stretching between death and a new birth. As soon as we come to study
    • the inner nature of man, this life between death and a new birth must
    • reflection of the life between death and a new birth. Life in matter
    • world, and thus we do injury to his subsequent life after death. In
    • unconsciously permeated with new thoughts — this and this only we
    • take with us through the Gate of Death. In our present very difficult
    • egotism by speaking only of eternal life after death, not of what was
    • into play whenever mention is made of the life after death. Life after
    • death assumes an egotistic form in the religious concepts of to-day.
    • He talks a great deal about the world but he does not know it,
    • repeating: ‘God rules the world in India, God rules the world in
    • with thorns and pointed, tapering petals, repeating: “That is a
    • as to those who actually live here. There was certainly a great
    • the North is permeated with the Northern influence. Whatever
    • greatest theorists of all, for they never get down to realities, they
    • standpoint of life between birth and death, but also from the
    • standpoint of life between death and a new birth; we must be mindful
    • who merely wants to be happy after death and because he still has
    • knowledge of the periods he spends between death and a new birth.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • great size stands beside a brook. The generations inhabiting this
    • might perhaps repeat the sermon by heart; it is known that he can
    • society. Then it was suggested to him to repeat the sermon which he
    • word, he repeated from beginning to end the sermon which he had
    • And he repeated it in such a way that all felt as if everything
    • the mansion, which formed so great a contrast with everything to
    • his mind was the idea of a voluntary death. Then, just at the
    • prospect of being able to do great things with him. But the process
    • mother who behaved in such a way towards a pupil was the greatest
    • necessary to understand the deep-seated difference between Swiss
    • or those particular writings and treatises which radiate
    • writings of this man, Immanuel Kant, confronted him as a new creation.
    • and sat at the feet of the great teacher. And he
    • soul of this teaching, which he held to be the greatest ever
    • he had a singular experience. A great many critics at least found
    • which were now permeating the world. And he mingled the substance
    • be a creating reality. This is the Ego itself,
    • that Ego which recreates itself every moment,
    • that being consists in its creation; in its self-creation. And into
    • this self-creation flows everything that has real being. Away then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • Christmas festival. Indeed, it is one of the greatest festivals of the
    • human heart as a commemorative thought of the greatest impulse which
    • permeate ourselves with the Christmas mood, and wish to receive this
    • former greatness. His habits prevent him from perceiving this
    • greatness any longer, a greatness to which humanity had become
    • full depth and greatness of the impulse which belongs to this
    • sense of the word, that depth and greatness which cannot be any more
    • on the one hand, the mood which social custom creates nowadays in
    • permeated the Christmas festival. On the other hand, let us compare
    • the full depth of what is connected with our great seasonal festivals.
    • breeze permeated the mood of soul of those who believed that they bore
    • the Christ in their hearts during the great festivities surrounding
    • which permeated humanity like a gentle spiritual breeze during those
    • little of this magic wind which permeated the soul mood in those times
    • it permeated the souls, the mood, of country folk in certain remote
    • retreated into the homes as a family festival you would see there no
    • retreated into the homes was more or less a last echo of something
    • in connection with what the Bible tells of the great Christ Impulse of
    • days. The memory and the thought of the great periods of humanity were
    • supposed to permeate their souls during this season. I myself have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • great pleasure that I greet you here in this place for the second
    • wrestling spirit of man such as are given us in some great work like
    • We are going to speak of one of the greatest and most penetrating
    • human clairvoyance. One who tries to feel what this poem breathes
    • something like a breath of the ancient clairvoyance humanity
    • arises Krishna, the great spiritual teacher of Arjuna, and a
    • central nerve impulse of the whole of this great poem. When we
    • Arjuna cosmic secrets, great immense teachings. Then his pupil is
    • embraces all things, a great, sublime, glorious beauty, a nobility
    • death. It longs to rise into a world of the eternal, but with the
    • the greatest spirits of Western lands made the central figure of all
    • the spirit in the hour of his death, even as Plato describes him in
    • death he speaks to them of the immortality of the soul. Many people
    • important lives there, of far greater significance than logical
    • says on immortality to be spoken by a man of great culture, depth
    • passage through the gates of death. He gives out his teaching in a
    • hour of his own death — which does not meet him unexpectedly
    • case with the great works of man, we find the opening words of the
    • often an object of the greatest enthusiasm. Yet we may say that,
    • mood he is met by the great teacher Krishna. Here we must call
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • records, the more we are struck by one feature of them which meets us
    • dramatic power the story is carried up stage by stage to a great
    • episode we already have a moment of great intensity and also an
    • just for this reason that such great care must be taken to give the
    • on the great horizon of the world.
    • its very life. Now think of the great contrast between all that
    • do they honor Pythagoras as such a great man when every schoolboy and
    • Pythagoras was not a great man in having discovered his theorem just
    • philosopher may repeat by rote as the wisdom of Krishna — that
    • the senses. In the 18th century what was considered a great word was
    • power of reason!” Today a great word must resound in men's
    • the exultation of joy. They must have felt the breath of the
    • only the ego that lies between the limits of birth and death but what
    • the great beauty in the artistic composition of the
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • intellect, then my soul had greater power. My soul could come freely
    • birth and death. If we do not penetrate into these deeper regions we
    • have no idea that beneath the threshold of consciousness we are quite
    • happen the change is of very great significance because it
    • their endeavors to break away from a liking for meat, however, they
    • quite other reasons, thinking for instance that they need meat for
    • then is everyday judgment in creating a feeling of antipathy toward
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • Somehow a great respect
    • treated in such books, the thought slips in that either man exists
    • soul life is meaningless if life really ends with death; if man has
    • birth and death. Man is impelled to ask the very nature, not of
    • breath poured out through it. For this song resounds with tones of a
    • great turning-point in time, when, from the twilight of the old
    • breathe there. Man enters that world with the part of his being that
    • permeated and transfused with something not unlike the cloud-forms
    • of suffocation in our soul, comparable to losing our breath for lack
    • away the light-air from us. We crave breath, and long for the
    • the things on the physical plane. He breathes in, so to say, what he
    • “Why didn't the all-wise God of the universe simply create the
    • that higher realm we perceive it with far greater force. There we see
    • must be included which come from the evil beings. There is great
    • are not, because they are permeated by consciousness. When we have
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • fix our attention on a great law of existence, I mean what is called
    • define man as a featherless biped. While this particular definition
    • force, which at other times creates our consciousness, is in sleep
    • greater part of our intelligence enters the brain through eyes and
    • of thought, the way of thinking that produced the great materialistic
    • the great significance for Western spiritual evolution of that moment
    • the blue cup of the heavens was suspended over our earth. These great
    • birth and death, or conception and death, will learn that these are
    • broken through, those of birth and death. Set free of these there
    • repeated incarnations. Thus a new age is beginning, the age of
    • of spiritual understanding that brought forth the great triumphs of
    • of somewhat greater significance than that of waking and sleeping.
    • was permeated with the idea of gravity, the effects of Newton's
    • these two great epochs is an important point in evolution. Before
    • remained, working on spiritually after death. This ancestor worship
    • passes through the gates of death into the spiritual worlds.
    • ancient time mankind was best educated by the inspiration of great
    • had something that worked into their lives with great power and
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • like to approach such spiritual creations from the ideal or
    • most difficult in our time to gain a true judgment about the great
    • one of the greatest creations of the human spirit, a creation that has never
    • its beauty and greatness were increased a hundred times.” These
    • that no trace is to be found in this great poem of philosophy as we
    • showing how a creative Spiritual Being preparing for a new age
    • creator of man’s inmost being, of his consciousness of self.
    • definite, familiar feelings. Then comes a still greater climax. We
    • behold in all thy Frame, O God. Also the hosts of creatures; Brahma
    • radiance of the Sun, immeasurably great art Thou! Lost beyond all
    • thought, unperishing, greatest of all Good, thus dost Thou appear to
    • infinite in realms of space. Great are Thine eyes like to the Moon;
    • slay mankind! And even though thou wilt bring them unto death in
    • battle, without thee hath death taken all the warriors who stand
    • They whom I have slain will fall beneath thy sword!”
    • moods of this great poem work upon us we shall gain much more than
    • are able to form some lofty conception of the creative spirit, which
    • from the depths of his own inner being he works, creates, and draws
    • great mistakes by confusing these two revelations. What I have
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • up to man. It goes without saying that man must assume some creative
    • an actual external process. The creative forces on the other hand —
    • great truth if we can thoroughly enter into the thought that all that
    • destructive process is taking place. The creative forces that bring
    • what in man transcends the animal. These very creative forces are
    • destroyed. These creative forces that raise man above the animal can
    • recognize how the creative forces active in the earth's life to raise
    • we can gather that in self-knowledge man's creative forces, the real
    • These human creative forces have a very special relation to all the
    • below nothing. Then it is that those forces arise that are creatively
    • organism again in sleep, then it will treat these forces as does a
    • knives are there to cut meat.” People are always making that
    • human organism is permeated by an awareness of the forces afterward
    • All this time his nature is permeated by these sleeping forces. This
    • sensitive to these things feels something like a gentle breath of God
    • breath of divine powers. While in later life they appear in man's
    • lower nature, they are so wonderful because they really breathe the
    • pure breath of God so long as they work in unconscious innocence. We
    • ourselves one person who is related to the creative forces in man,
    • perceive we have to surmise another man, one in whom the creative
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • WE WANT to approach such a creation as the sublime
    • circumstances, are as far removed from this great poem as are the
    • creation coming over to us from a strange race, from the ninth or
    • combined with great fervor of feeling, but with this there was no
    • and special spiritual movement is greatly distorted and falsified. As
    • spiritual tendency that in the deepest sense permeates the
    • great European thinker said on his deathbed, “Only one person
    • spiritual substance that represents a great height of achievement but
    • by their great poem. In effect they still have more ways of
    • understand how the people of the East can look up to the old creative
    • philosophy and permeates the Sankhya philosophy with its deep
    • those who were the creators of that sublime spirituality that
    • permeates the Vedas, the Vedantic literature, and the philosophy of
    • touch with spiritual creations like those of Solovieff, Hegel, and
    • great, however, is the spread of that angel's mighty wings that the
    • individual dies within a single beat.” So we must not shrink
    • had seen the creations of Solovieff, Hegel and Fichte, all those
    • great men would have said, “What we were striving for back in
    • permeates the souls of these nineteenth century men quite
    • the ancient people of India was still permeated by the light of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • is permeated by feelings and shades of meaning saturated with ideas of sattwa,
    • constitution meat is essentially a tamas food, but the Indian meant
    • tamas man.” Thus is Krishna the great educator of the human
    • If a man raises his belief to the divine creators of the world he is
    • the spiritual world. So they repeat Aum, Aum, Aum, which
    • that Krishna as the creator of self-consciousness must give. Thus he
    • self-liberation, but here again, what then required the greatest
    • Arjuna's highest endeavor has become the greatest suffering for many
    • is to create self-consciousness, that pushes up from within as the
    • of self is created, which is to work on all men. This is indicated as
    • self-consciousness, and this creates an impulse to know the divinity
    • religions. There is, however, another way of doing so. One may repeat
    • lose nothing of their greatness and majesty. How sublime was the
    • greatness that appeared to us in the figure of Krishna even when we
    • purposely tried to derive our thoughts from a spiritual creation
    • put forward so easily, and that continually repeats what should be
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries, whether Eastern or Western: contact with death, passage
    • worlds between death and a new birth, we enter again through birth
    • undergone a great change, in that Initiation can be attained up to a
    • objectively what is really there. In general, one of the greatest
    • Beneath the threshold of the consciousness there is indeed something
    • incredible shock. One must prepare oneself, then, by an ever-repeated
    • But through constantly repeated meditation on the thought that things
    • cannot be altered by knowing about them, one expels a great part of
    • Death”; the second is “Passing through the Elementary
    • what is meant by having “come into contact with Death”, by
    • “To come into the vicinity of Death.” The point here is that
    • in his waking condition between birth and death a man really lives
    • to the Gate of Death.” For the person knows now what is meant by
    • small at first, but it becomes ever greater and greater and spreads
    • permeate himself with the whole world; and the more he permeates the
    • with it, and finally he becomes as great as the world that is at his
    • aspirant has risen beyond the mere “Contact with Death”, but
    • activity of the eyes. It is not a matter of constructing or creating a
    • which a man passes between death and a new birth. That is what I
    • worlds are like between death and a new birth, and in how far it has
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • fate of morally irresponsible souls after death is to become the
    • servants of terrible beings. Untimely deaths, also epidemics and
    • after death. Suitable and unsuitable characteristics for the
    • the realm that he inhabits between death and a new birth. When the
    • of Death, are going through their development between death and a new
    • In that realm we find souls which for a certain period between death
    • beings, and that it was through their own lives before death that they
    • his physical body from birth to death and how — as has often been
    • so-called natural death is brought about through an inner conformity
    • not speak of this death at present. But there are other deaths. There
    • are those deaths by which a man is snatched away, through accident or
    • deaths at different ages? We understand that a man must die when his
    • worlds. Those deaths which are to a certain extent untimely also
    • attention if we want to understand the life between death and the next
    • birth. We see the physical world permeated by illnesses and diseases,
    • death pass over the Earth; we see disease and pestilence. And. the
    • seer sees souls living between death and a new birth who are helping
    • so-called untimely death.
    • periods of their lives between death and a new birth human souls have
    • become servants of the evil spirits of illness and death, and have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the Gate of Death, and, with them, too, he gazes downward, and sees
    • Then, however, arises a great longing, a longing that becomes terrible
    • spiritual sight; and that in which you sheathe yourself when you are
    • the great longing we have spoken of: they had no need to behold their
    • understand what these sheaths conceal? That is the difference between
    • stirred when they saw how the sheaths which man needs if he is to
    • incarnation build up sheaths out of the Cosmos, but they build only
    • sheaths.” That was precisely the essence of the Zarathustra
    • and parents in order to clothe himself with new sheaths. All the
    • how the etheric and physical sheaths arise and are formed out of the
    • outside its sheaths and has passed through the “cosmic
    • another, and also the forces which illuminate the soul between death
    • conveys the soul from death to a new birth; and when there presses
    • towards you the spiritual Light that illumines souls between death and
    • ocean of forces which illuminate the soul between death and a new
    • inward part of me as a human being from death to a new birth. Only
    • Sphere-music with the creative cosmic Word — the Word which
    • permeates space and pours into the beings everything that has to be so
    • etheric body after passing through the life between death and a new
    • death and a new birth. That which is hidden deep in the physical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • The Being formerly known spiritually as the Creative Word first became
    • Creative Word was disappearing. When it reappeared, belonging now to
    • steps: Approach to the Boundary of Death; Becoming acquainted with the
    • spiritual worlds, I found Osiris permeating cosmic space with the
    • Creative Word and its meaning, which represent the ground-forces of
    • as the Creative Word, had gradually become lost to the experience of
    • regions to which he could first attain he felt the Creative Word
    • shall see that for spiritual sight this Creative Word now goes forward
    • death, but during the Eastern period of human evolution it was still
    • toward death. We investigate how this has come about, and we find that
    • created their bodies in accordance with it. But our souls have lost
    • exercise on man a very great influence in a quite special way. While
    • Grail referred to the permeation of the Intellectual or Mind-soul with
    • what he had to learn in order to permeate with the new wisdom the part
    • spiritual forces there, a person can have just as great and powerful
    • after-effects of the great Empedocles still present in the atmosphere,
    • In the middle of the Middle Ages, Calot bobot in Sicily was the seat
    • the one hand there is the great, high-minded soul who could bring
    • greater demands on the innermost part of the human soul; but in a
    • overcome — the elements which can so greatly disturb the Initiate
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • rises above all created things of the Earth, above the animals, indeed
    • above all creation. And only through this principle can he commune
    • of the One God are certainly features of it but they only represent
    • creates divine Love, the power which transforms man from within, the
    • vivifying, creative, transmuting power.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture II: The Mission of Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • and transfigured by the Good. The great feature of Manicheism is that
    • ideal is not necessary for action is a great error. A man without
    • But the farther back we go in history, the greater is the difference
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture III: God, Man, Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the air and make it fit to breathe. On the other side, man and the
    • semi-animal. The Earth herself was, as it were, a great animal-being.
    • Her whole surface was one mass of peat-like ‘turf’ with
    • in the legend of Baldur. The God Baldur is put to death by the
    • body of man. But the characteristic feature of man is that a twofold
    • kingdom. Oxygen and carbonic acid are in-breathed and out-breathed by
    • man. The plant-kingdom breathes out oxygen; man breathes out love
    • How comes it that the animals and man out-breathe love?
    • him in opposition to the Divine Will which has created him in its
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • In the lasting creations of Nature, nothing is without its use. The
    • pineal gland is the surviving remnant of an organ of great
    • The rôle played by the pineal gland was thus of great significance.
    • peasants who are labouring at the harvest in the oppressive heat of
    • In the course of history we find that the creation of myths ceases
    • we create is contained somewhere in the universe.
    • could create such a wonder-structure. In comparison with the physical
    • body, the astral body — the seat of passions and desires — is
    • soul of Raphael and the ideas which his creations represent will be
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • The advent of Christianity wrought a great change in the manner of
    • against eating human flesh. Whereupon the savage burst into laughter,
    • whether it is good to eat. And you know nothing about it
    • transmuted and permeated by the self but not the lower part as yet.
    • At death, the etheric and astral bodies are wholly severed from the
    • soul. Thought must be permeated with feeling; otherwise it will not
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • has said that the soul who loves is, till death, equally
    • When this inner void has been created, man is able to receive the
    • begin to control the systems of breathing and blood, the lungs and the
    • and breathed through gills like fish. Sacred literature indicates the
    • time when he began to breathe the airs of heaven. Genesis says
    • “God breathed into his nostrils the breath of life.”
    • The disciple must purify and bring about changes in his breathing
    • The new rhythm of breathing produces a change in the blood. Man is
    • in his own breath. He accomplishes an alchemical transmutation.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VII: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • magical power — a fact well known to occultists. By repeating these
    • death and resurrection. The disciple spent three days in a sarcophagus
    • was a transformed, new-born being. The greatest Greek writers have
    • spoken of these mysteries with great awe and inspiration.
    • Christ, historic fact on the physical plane. The death
    • undergone by the ancient Initiates was only a partial death in the
    • etheric world. The death of Christ was a full and complete death in
    • death of Lazarus. “The disciple whom Jesus loved” is he who
    • passed through the stages of death and resurrection in initiation and
    • through the death undergone by Christ. Such is the mystic path
    • especially on the etheric body which is the seat of memory. Alcohol
    • Belief in reincarnation and the law of Karma had a great
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • rising from the depths of materialism demands greater effort and
    • The Mystic Death.
    • verily I say unto you, the servant is not greater than his Lord;
    • neither he that is sent greater than he that sent him.” Theology
    • plants: I am above you, but to you I owe the oxygen which I breathe.
    • are brothers and companions, involved in the great process of
    • evolution — that the human brain, the seat of intelligence, the
    • is not bounded by the skin; it is united with the great organism of
    • without the soil on which he rests, without the air he breathes? It
    • Death is revealed to him.
    • The Mystic Death, — In the grip of the greatest of all
    • illusion. He is actually aware of death and of descending into the
    • arithmetic, beneath the zero point, we enter into the growing series
    • Such is the Mystic Death. When a man has passed this stage, the
    • characterised by the saying: The creative word issues from the soul
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • existence between birth and death. Between two incarnations we live
    • excited, and from the lightest breath to the wildest din, from the
    • dangers that may threaten the mind and brain of one who attempts this
    • What happens at the moment of death? After death, the etheric body,
    • corpse alone remains in the physical world. A short time after death
    • death. By contrast, unsatisfied thirst for action produces the
    • beginning at death and going back to birth. Not until the life has
    • death, in backward order, there must be abnegation of enjoyment, while
    • without a physical body. Death gives rise, at first, to the impression
    • In cases of violent death and of suicide, the impressions of
    • separates with great travail, whereas in natural death the detachment
    • case of violent death that is not caused by the will of man, the
    • During life itself a kind of spiritual death may occur, caused by a
    • death.
    • the false and true forms, resulting in death.
    • bears within him. The black magician has the urge to kill, to create a
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • is a cloud-like, ovoid form, permeating and enveloping man. We can
    • around the physical sheath.
    • All the great Founders of religions have been possessed of clairvoyant
    • Buddha and the Eight Beatitudes of Christ. The same underlying truth
    • personal effort. The eight new petals correspond to the Beatitudes of
    • knights of King Arthur, and again in all creation, in all action.
    • In days of yore, the sexual organs (the procreative forces) and the
    • organ of the voice (the word creative) were united. Two poles have
    • The third aspect of the Logos is the creative power of the word (as
    • The two-petalled lotus-flower lies beneath the forehead, at the root
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • between the death and rebirth of man. After death, in the astral
    • Eating to excess affords a stimulus to the astral body which re-acts
    • body, having greater quiet and less to do, partially detaches itself
    • Let us now consider the condition of man in Devachan, after death. At
    • influence of the higher Self. At death, this substance is given
    • is conserved and is fit to pass into Devachan after death. Here on
    • consciousness through deaths and births.
    • Earth of their relation to the heavenly constellations. The great
    • beneath and its organs of generation above, turned towards the Sun.
    • man in the higher worlds after death in the work of building up the
    • a conscious expression of the transfigured soul of man. Creative works
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XII: The Devachanic World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • At the first stage of clairvoyance, greater order enters into dreams;
    • the great religions are, properly speaking, the language of the
    • creative Word, the living hieroglyphs of cosmic speech. Among such
    • clairvoyance, these signs — which we today delineate in abstract
    • indicate, so to say, the norms and laws of creation. These signs were
    • The rhythmic breathing practised in Yoga was one of the methods by
    • body stretched on the couch but merely as an empty sheath. Around this
    • physical substance appears as an empty sheath. But it is only the
    • If he enters into deep meditation while the breath is held, man
    • after death, the echoes of Earth can be experienced in these
    • to transmute suffering into joy, failures into renewed efforts, death
    • creation has proceeded; it is the home of the Ideas of
    • sheath and the living soul. Daily discipline and long training are
    • sounds have a greater clarity, brilliance and richness. In a mighty
    • are by knights of the Grail, who represent the great spiritual
    • great cities had its rise, coming from Scotland into England and
    • borne by the symbolic swan. The messenger of the great Initiates is a
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • evolution to the Logos by Whom this world was created.
    • Before the great Atlantean race, of which all European and Asiatic
    • find rudimentary human forms, breathing not through the nasal organs
    • This great transformation was of cardinal importance to man. In
    • Genesis (II.7), we read: “And the Lord God ... breathed
    • into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living
    • possessed by man changed into lungs and he began to breathe the outer
    • air. Simultaneously with the power to breathe, he acquired an inner
    • When man began to breathe air through the lungs, his blood was
    • then divine phases. Before the body breathed air, the soul of man
    • soul. At that time, therefore, man actually inbreathed the divine soul
    • evolutionary sense, are to be taken quite literally. To breathe is to
    • be permeated with Spirit. This truth was the basis of the exercises
    • the rhythm of breathing, their purpose being to render the body fit to
    • receive the impouring Spirit. When we breathe, we commune with the
    • world-soul. The inbreathed air is the bodily vesture of this higher
    • These changes in the breathing-process mark the transition from
    • Consciousness in pictures (imaginative) created its own inner content
    • consciousness is that it is creative. It creates forms and
    • passed into its self-created dwelling place and began to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • A consciousness which repeats the third stage but retains the acquired quality of objectivity. Images have definite colours and are realised as being quite distinct from the perceiver. The subjective sense of attraction or repulsion vanishes. In this new imaginative consciousness, the faculty of reason that has been acquired in the physical world retains its own powers.
    • state, with three beneath and three above. The three higher states
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • abstractions but to pictures, for pictures have a living, creative
    • In the beginning, form was given to all created things by the Gods.
    • machines. Just as in the past the Gods created the mineral world from
    • future times he will be able to create and give shape to plant-life by
    • he drew his first breath; consciousness will reach its stage of
    • creative power with which his thought is endowed today. In this age,
    • the stage of higher creative consciousness, he will be able to
    • — wholly permeated with life. In giving body to these images, he
    • The one great Messenger, He alone Who manifested in a human body like
    • before this Spirit entered into him by way of the breath. The Earth is
    • required a protective sheath of bone — the skull. In this sense,
    • when, on Earth, he began to breathe the air around him. Did he then
    • breathe on the Moon?
    • there in the place of air. The Lemurians breathed fire. That is why it
    • it into carbonic acid and the breathing-process has thus caused the
    • life of passions? — The fire which was inbreathed by the beings
    • of substances is required before we can begin to understand the great
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • manifestation. Let us imagine a substance which is heated to a high
    • envelopes the earth is truly a sphere of death.
    • center of the earth with its surface. Underneath the solid earth there
    • They bring from birth great spiritual pre-dispositions because,
    • through their death, they were brought in touch with forces which
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • shall attempt to deal with the fourth mystery, that of Death. These
    • The mystery of Death.
    • breathed fire, just as today we breathe air. This is why the legends
    • denser materiality, into the air we inbreathe and outbreathe.
    • was neither birth nor death.
    • through death; the renewal of his being would not be brought about by
    • all. Around an imperishable centre, the surrounding sheaths alone
    • being was subject to metamorphoses, not to birth or death. But in this
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • and creative power. What will Christianity be in the sixth epoch? To
    • water from the celestial ocean, led down to Earth by the great streams
    • spiritually creative. This will be Gnosis-spiritual consciousness.
    • Thus there are seven great epochs of Aryan civilisation in which the
    • when man's very features express his karma, human beings will divide
    • ‘elect.’ Man will bear the signs of the seven great phases
    • end of earthly existence will be that the Christ-Principle permeates
    • Him as the hosts around the Lamb, and the great harvest of evolution
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • previously that the great philosopher Hegel would be present
    • sick, he has gone through everything from death to
    • wishes, passions, etc. It permeates the physical body in the
    • a spell in our souls. These great eternal verities will rise
    • spell in John's soul and brought forth the great visions.
    • says: Do what I have done. Let the great formula, “In
    • of which John speaks. He says it with great clarity:
    • appearance, to a greater or lesser extent, an expression of
    • features came from the father or mother, an uncle or an
    • itself in the features, in the gestures of the hands and in
    • of the complete extinction, the death of the lower nature. He
    • must go through the three days of death and then be awakened.
    • profundity, and then it becomes one of the greatest texts
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • create the necessary conditions for the astral body to work
    • The animal is of higher rank than the plant. It breathes
    • person goes through when he follows this path. The great
    • This is the mystical death. The whole world appears as
    • creature can see the sunlight unless its eyes are opened so
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • eaten of the Tree of Knowledge, should also eat of the Tree
    • beyond all death and all that is transitory. This is the
    • fig tree, thou believest; thou shalt see greater things than
    • birth and death ever and again, until he has gained his full
    • so in the body of the great world mother — where we are
    • through rebirth and repeated earth lives. It is said that
    • permeates man's innermost being and leads it forward. For the
    • Thus he said, signifying what death he should die. The people
    • obliged to take the life between birth and death as something
    • birth and death was only a passing episode. But then man had
    • death.
    • Certainly, the priestly sages of Chaldea taught great
    • Race, the Lemurian epoch. Mankind did not then breath air, he
    • breathed through gills. Lungs and breathing through lungs
    • does not appear, only the death on the Mount of Golgotha.
    • materials with which nature provides him. He creates works of
    • art, pictures of the Almighty, but he cannot breathe life
    • time the intellect has achieved great things, but the John
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • the world recognises as the great men of history were not really the
    • greatest; the greatest, the Initiates, kept in the background.
    • “Jacob, Jacob, today you are small, but one day you will be great.
    • between Boehme and his visitor, who was a great Initiate, and the source
    • in the world. In this way all the great advances in the development
    • great treasure of occult knowledge of all ages to be made accessible
    • hidden behind his visible form? What happens after death? — all
    • The astral body is the seat of everything we know as desire, passion,
    • cloud which not only surrounds the body, but permeates it. If we
    • so much of Manas as he has created by his own efforts; part of his astral
    • the physical body itself, a man must learn to control the breath and
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • we have been created from out of the invisible worlds. Moreover, nobody
    • world only after death, unless as initiates we are already aware of
    • surrounded by black, malignant forms which threaten and terrify them
    • Nor do these legends grow up by chance: the great Initiates created
    • to provide warmth and heat, while not giving it any coal. If we want a
    • would. I repeat: every thought and every feeling is a reality, and for
    • we are creating a thought which the seer can recognise by its colour
    • every lie is an act of murder. Every spoken truth creates a life-promoting
    • will take much greater care to speak the truth and avoid lies than if
    • a battle appears like a great thunderstorm, fiery flashes of lightning,
    • need not involve any great discoveries; they may belong to everyday
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • period between death and a new birth? To call death the elder brother
    • of sleep is not unjustified, for between sleep and death there is a
    • certain relationship; but even so there is a great, decisive difference
    • The etheric body, which permeates the physical body with a delicate
    • At the moment of death the connection between the astral body and etheric
    • death brings a remarkable experience: for a brief space of time the
    • entire life appears before his soul in a moment, like a great tableau.
    • Something like this can happen during life, in rare moments of great
    • from a great height, when death seems imminent, may see his whole life
    • If the hypnotism is repeated, the etheric body will develop an inclination
    • of death. The cause of this similarity is that the etheric body is the
    • after death. This lasts for some time, until the etheric body separates
    • our ears, absolute silence; and no feeling of heat or cold without the
    • death, when the two corpses have been laid aside. This condition is
    • does a dead man feel? To take a simple example, suppose a man eats avidly
    • means of enjoyment: thus we need gums and so forth in order to eat.
    • death. But the man no longer has any means of satisfying his desires,
    • all this after death? The soul is like a wanderer in the desert, suffering
    • its experience's, events and actions, back from the moment of death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • death a man leaves behind him the corpse, first of his physical body,
    • which comes before the soul at death vanishes at the moment when the
    • through all this in the past. At each death, at the end of each
    • in man. Before his first death a man consists of four bodies, but when
    • man's repeated appearance on Earth? If there were no connection between
    • in Devachan between death and a new birth. Occultism has always recognised
    • by the light for the light.” He means that light is the creator
    • in Kentucky certain creatures went to live in caves; the caves were
    • dark and so the creatures did not need eyes. Gradually they lost the
    • was now more useful for them. These creatures, then, lost their sight
    • eyes. The forces which create the eye are in the light, just as the
    • forces which create the ear are in the world of sound. In short, all
    • the organs of the body are built up by the creative forces of the universe.
    • power to the great laws of nature, it was the wisdom of nature which
    • had created the organ of understanding
    • there is a creative power. His eyes, and the understanding which he
    • death he reaches Devachan, he finds, as we have seen, the picture of
    • forces of the astral body are released after death, its own specific
    • it as a symbol in their works: Michaelangelo created his statue of Moses
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • bliss of Devachan comes about. Most of the activity there is creative,
    • that pervades the activity of a being engaged in the creation of another
    • like a vast tableau, a man is under an obligation to create the image
    • feels the bliss of creation.
    • the great changes in the countenance of the Earth, and also the greatly
    • carries out in the period between death and rebirth. Thus our own evolution
    • interval of about I,000 years between death and the next incarnation,
    • drawn to him and slips into his new astral body. He does indeed create
    • follows the moment of death. Just as immediately after death the whole
    • importance. It may happen that a person who went through a great deal
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • most imitative of all creatures; and this is particularly true during
    • every care to develop these features; we must influence a child's
    • faculties so early. Our age sins greatly in this respect. Care must
    • of the great men of history, but there must be no talk of “this
    • and death, and the changes that accompany them, we can use the example
    • teachers, since the future of mankind depends on it. Here a great
    • These are the great basic
    • Theosophy can be drawn from a study of the great law of karma: a law
    • of karma answers the great human question: why are children born into
    • to wealth, perhaps endowed also with great talents and surrounded by
    • to failure — or a child may have great abilities but no chance
    • passes through repeated lives on Earth, and that when a child is born,
    • everyone recognises, and it is this great natural law of cause and effect
    • in the external world? Take a metal ball, heat it and put it on a wooden
    • board. It will burn a hole in the wood. Take another ball, heat it but
    • the world is really one great unity and brotherhood. And just as in
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • ideas, experiences, feelings, and all this produces great changes in
    • the Great, Hannibal, Caesar, Napoleon, for example, were cholerics.
    • anything else. If, however, a man has learnt a great deal from experience
    • use anyone as a means to an end but has to treat everyone as an end
    • was this that gave occult leaders their great power.
    • body will create a predisposition to good or bad health. Good habits
    • will produce good health; bad ones will create a tendency to some specific
    • Germans and other Central European peoples, they created a wave of fear
    • related to physical heredity? Physical heredity plays a great role;
    • Bernoulli was a great mathematician, and eight other gifted mathematicians
    • to the next. In a family, then, where a great deal of music is performed,
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • and tried to convince him that it is not a good thing to eat another human
    • being. The cannibal retorted that in order to decide whether eating a man
    • is good or bad you must first eat one yourself. In other words, the
    • this cannibal come to distinguish between good and bad? He went on eating
    • his fellow-men until one day he was due to be eaten himself. At that
    • at a primitive stage would eat everything indiscriminately, but when he
    • things he could eat and some he could not. This kind of experience became
    • fantastic-looking creatures, unlike the fishes of today. Then again
    • creatures such as the saurians and water-tortoises, which were really
    • himself a great deal that was later externalised. And today he still
    • determined for them by the Creation. Here there is a glimmer of the
    • members of the Order were specially trained for their great work. The
    • reach the heights of holiness. A field has to be treated with manure and
    • Later on, when man has overcome evil, he can go on to redeem the creatures
    • We as human beings have made everything, and in the rest of creation
    • even of the external world. We are led to these great interconnections by
    • cannot have an astral body. In fact, if a plant were to be permeated by
    • provided with cells if it were to be permeated by an etheric body.
    • into a force, and he carries a great number of such forces with him
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • If a man eats the wrong sort of food, he is following the desires of
    • the first-born of our creative process. But Saturn-man was very different
    • like a small pear and as though made of oyster-shells. Saturn was permeated
    • individualities, we find a remarkable passage. But the great Initiates
    • merely repeated the Saturn period: it was not until the second Round
    • crust, had something like a living and inwardly growing peaty mass.
    • This living foundation was permeated with woody structures out of which
    • did not breathe as man does today; they breathed fire, not air. Through
    • this breathing in of fire the warmth permeated their whole being; then
    • they breathed out the fire and heat and became cold again. What man
    • has nowadays as the heat of his blood, Moon-men had in the warmth of
    • their breath. Many of the older, still clairvoyant painters symbolised
    • this in the image of the fire-breathing dragon; they knew that in ancient
    • times there had been these Moon-beings who breathed fire.
    • Saturn-existence was repeated, in the second the Sun, and in the third
    • Moon was repeated, but on the returning path of this Round two bodies
    • as far as the animal kingdom, as it then was; he would have breathed
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, the three worlds, life after death, karma, the evolutionary
    • its arms to creat</